sign in sign up
<<
Home , Bucket seat, Check engine light, Chevrolet Silverado, Chevrolet Tahoe, Hydraulic brake, Power door locks

21_CHEV_TahoeSuburban_COV_en_US_84266975B_2020AUG24.pdf 1 7/16/2020 11:09:15 AM

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

84266975 B Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- 13690472) - 2021 - Insert - 5/10/21

Insert to the 2021 Cadillac Escalade, Tahoe/Suburban, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali, 1500, and GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner’s Manuals This information replaces the information Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto under “Stop/Start System” found in the { Warning Starts may occur because: Driving and Operating Section of the owner’s The automatic Stop/Start feature . The climate control settings require the manual. causes the engine to shut off while the engine to be running to cool or heat the Some vehicles built on or after 6/7/2021 are vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle vehicle interior. not equipped with the Stop/Start System, before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle . The vehicle battery charge is low. see your dealer for details on a specific may restart and move unexpectedly. . The vehicle battery has recently been vehicle. Always shift to P (Park), and then turn disconnected. the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. Stop/Start System . Minimum vehicle speed has not been reached since the last Auto Stop. If equipped, the Stop/Start system will shut Auto Engine Stop/Start . The accelerator pedal is pressed. off the engine to help conserve fuel. It has When the are applied and the vehicle . The engine or is not at the components designed for the increased is at a complete stop, the engine may turn number of starts. required operating temperature. off. When stopped, the displays . AUTO STOP. See Tachometer. When the The outside temperature is not in the pedal is released or the accelerator required operating range. . pedal is pressed, the engine will restart. The vehicle is in any gear other than D (Drive). Some vehicles may maintain To maintain vehicle performance, other Auto Stop after being shifted to P (Park). conditions may cause the engine to . automatically restart before the brake pedal Certain driver modes have been selected. is released. See Driver Mode Control and Four- Drive.

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 85548842 © 2021 LLC. All Rights Reserved. Cadillac Escalade Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 13690472) - 2021 - Insert - 5/10/21

2 . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade. . The driver door has been opened or the driver has been unbuckled. . The has been opened. . The Auto Stop has reached the maximum allowed time. Auto Stop Disable Switch

Chevrolet/GMC SUV Uplevel Shown Chevrolet/GMC Pickup If equipped, the automatic engine Stop/Start feature can be disabled and enabled by pressing h. Auto Stop is enabled each time you start the vehicle. When h is illuminated, the system is enabled. Cadillac Uplevel Shown /Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - CRC - 8/21/20

OnStar ...... 412 Introduction Contents Connected Services ...... 417 Index...... 420 Introduction ...... 1 Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 7 Seats and Restraints ...... 36 Storage ...... 88 Instruments and Controls ...... 93 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs Lighting ...... 133 appearing in this manual including, but not Infotainment System ...... 141 limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, TAHOE, SUBURBAN, Climate Controls ...... 204 and Z71 are trademarks and/or service marks Driving and Operating ...... 212 of General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Vehicle Care ...... 308 For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute Service and Maintenance ...... 385 the name “General Motors of Canada Technical Data ...... 398 Company” for Chevrolet Motor Division Customer Information ...... 401 wherever it appears in this manual. Reporting Safety Defects ...... 409 This manual describes features that may or may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that was not purchased on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84266975 B Second Printing © 2020 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - CRC - 8/21/20

2 Introduction not be available in your region, or changes Using this Manual subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the back of the If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement in the manual and the page number where for additional and specific information on it can be found. this engine. A circle with a slash through it is a safety Refer to the purchase documentation Danger, Warning, and Caution symbol which means “Do not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” relating to your specific vehicle to confirm Warning messages found on vehicle labels the features. and in this manual describe hazards and Symbols Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick what to do to avoid or reduce them. The vehicle has components and labels that reference. { Danger use symbols instead of text. Symbols are Canadian Vehicle Owners shown along with the text describing the Danger indicates a hazard with a high operation or information relating to a A French language manual can be obtained level of risk which will result in serious specific component, control, message, gauge, from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, injury or death. or indicator. or from: M : Shown when the owner’s manual has Propriétaires Canadiens { Warning additional instructions or information. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide Warning indicates a hazard that could * : Shown when the service manual has en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à additional instructions or information. l'adresse suivante: result in injury or death. 0 : Shown when there is more information Helm, Incorporated on another page —“see page.” Attention: Customer Service Caution 47911 Halyard Drive Caution indicates a hazard that could Plymouth, MI 48170 result in property or vehicle damage. USA Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - CRC - 8/21/20

Introduction 3 Vehicle Symbol Chart _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited O : Power Here are some additional symbols that may H : Flammable 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert be found on the vehicle and what they mean. See the features in this manual for [ : Forward Collision Alert I : Registered Technician information. R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location / : Remote Vehicle Start u : Air Conditioning System + : Fuses h : Risk of Electrical Fire G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints > : Seat Belt Reminders 9 : Readiness Light Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly I : Side Blind Zone Alert ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) Installed h : Stop/Start $ : Brake System Warning Light | : Lane Change Alert 7 : Pressure Monitor 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly @ : Lane Departure Warning d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water A : Lane Keep Assist Stability Control (ESC) B : Engine Coolant Temperature * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp a : Under Pressure : : Oil Pressure V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - CRC - 8/21/20

4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - CRC - 8/21/20

Introduction 5 1. Electric 0 240. 4. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 9. Light Sensor. See Automatic 0 0 2. g Traction Control/Electronic Stability Lane-Change Signals 137. System 135. Control 0 242. Wiper/Washer 0 95. 10. Infotainment. See Introduction 0 141. 0 0 h Stop/Start Button (If Equipped). See Rear Window Wiper/Washer 96. 11. Instrument Panel Storage 88 (If Stop/Start System 0 229 5. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 121 (If Equipped). Equipped). 12. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 136. X Park Assist Button (If Equipped). See 0 Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 6. Favorite Switches (Out of View). See 13. Infotainment. See Overview 142. 0 0 262. Wheel Controls 144. 14. Dual Automatic Climate Control System Volume Switches (Out of View). See 0 204. A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 275 (If Controls 0 144. Equipped). 15. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 43 7. Instrument Cluster 0 102. (If Equipped). 5 Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 244 (If Equipped). 8. Shift Buttons. See Automatic 16. Power Outlet (12V Direct Current) (If Transmission 0 232. Equipped). See Power Outlets 0 98. - 110V Power Outlet Enable (If 0 Electronic Range Select (ERS). See Manual 17. Rear Climate Control Buttons. See Rear Equipped). See Power Outlets 98. Mode 0 235. Climate Control System 0 207. 0 3. Air Vents 208 18. USB Port 0 152. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - CRC - 8/21/20

6 Introduction 19. Wireless Charging 0 99. 27. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). 20. ENGINE START/STOP. See Ignition See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check 0 Positions 0 226. Engine Light) 110. 0 21. Steering Wheel Controls 0 144. 28. Exterior Lamp Controls 133. 22. Horn 0 95. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 137. 23. Hood Release. See Hood 0 310. 29. Driver Mode Control 0 245. 24. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 94. 0 Automatic Transfer Case Knob (If 25. 251. Equipped). See Four-Wheel Drive 0 236. 0 (Advanced) 253 Four Corner System 0 248 (If Equipped). (If Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 267 (If Equipped). Heated Steering Wheel 0 94 (If Equipped). 26. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped). See Towing Equipment 0 287. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 Folding Mirrors ...... 28 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors ...... 29 Windows Automatic Dimming Mirror ...... 29 Keys Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 29 Keys and Locks Interior Mirrors { Warning Keys...... 7 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 30 Leaving children in a vehicle with a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 8 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 30 remote key is dangerous and children or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 30 others could be seriously injured or killed. Operation ...... 8 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 30 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 14 They could operate the power windows Door Locks ...... 15 Windows or other controls or make the vehicle ...... 16 Windows ...... 32 move. The windows will function with Delayed Locking ...... 17 Power Windows ...... 32 the remote key in the vehicle, and Automatic Door Locks ...... 17 Sun Visors ...... 34 children or others could be caught in the Lockout Protection ...... 17 path of a closing window. Do not leave Safety Locks ...... 17 Roof children in a vehicle with a remote key. ...... 34 Doors Liftgate ...... 18 Power Assist Steps ...... 25 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 25 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 25 Steering Column Lock ...... 26 Immobilizer ...... 27 Immobilizer Operation ...... 27 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 27 Power Mirrors ...... 28 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect . If the remote key is still not working the key blade for debris. Periodically clean correctly, see your dealer or a qualified with a brush or pick. technician for service. With an active OnStar or connected service Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview System Operation 0 412. The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside entry when the remote key is within 1 m Assistance Program 0 404. (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later in this section. If equipped with memory seats, remote keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of The remote key functions may work up to memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 40. 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. The mechanical key inside the remote key is used for the driver door and glove box. Other conditions can affect the performance Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) of the remote key. See Remote Keyless Entry To remove the mechanical key, press the System (RKE) System 0 8. button on the side of the remote key near 0 the bottom, and pull the mechanical key See Radio Frequency Statement 409. out. Never pull the mechanical key out If there is a decrease in the remote key without pressing the button. operating range: The mechanical key may have a bar-coded . Check the distance. The remote key may key tag that the dealer or qualified be too far from the vehicle. locksmith can use to make new keys. store . Check the location. Other vehicles or this information in a safe place, not in the objects may be blocking the signal. vehicle. . Check the remote key’s battery. See See your dealer if a replacement key or “Battery Replacement” later in this additional key is needed. section. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 Q : Press to lock all doors. If equipped with auto mirror folding, Keyless Access Operation pressing and holding K for one second will If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash once The Keyless Access system allows for doors unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle and the liftgate to be accessed without on the second press to indicate locking has 0 occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps when Personalization 124. removing the remote key from your pocket, Q is pressed again within three seconds. See Press and hold K until the windows fully purse, briefcase, etc. The remote key must Vehicle Personalization 0 124. open, if remote window operation is be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 124. being opened. If the vehicle has this feature, Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See there will be a button on the outside door Vehicle Alarm System 0 25. b : Press twice to open or close the handles. liftgate. Press once to stop the liftgate from If equipped with auto mirror folding, Keyless Access can be programmed to moving. pressing and holding Q for one second will unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle c : Press twice to open the liftglass. press from the driver door. See Vehicle Personalization 0 124. Personalization 0 124. 7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle K : Press once to unlock only the driver locate. The turn signal lamps flash and the If equipped with memory seats, remote keys door. If K is pressed again within horn sounds three times. 1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of 0 three seconds, all remaining doors unlock. memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 40. Press and hold 7 for more than The interior lamps may come on and stay Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is three seconds to activate the panic alarm. Driver Door turned on. The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm When the doors are locked and the remote If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice turns off when the ignition is turned on or key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle, to indicate unlocking has occurred. 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off pressing the lock/unlock button on the If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. for the panic alarm to work. driver door handle will unlock the driver See Vehicle Personalization 0 124. door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed / : To remote start the vehicle, double K again within five seconds, all passenger Pressing on the remote key disarms the press / from outside the vehicle using the doors and the liftgate will unlock. alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 remote key. The vehicle cannot be started if 25. a remote key is left inside the vehicle. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause Enabling Keyless Unlocking: all doors to lock if any of the following occur: With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K . The lock/unlock button was used to on the remote key at the same time for unlock all doors. approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash twice quickly to indicate . Any vehicle door has been opened and all access is enabled. doors are now closed. Enabling Keyless Unlocking may also be Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior configured under Vehicle Personalization Door Handles and Liftgate 0 124. If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior Passive Locking door handles and liftgate can be disabled Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar and enabled. The Keyless Access system will lock the vehicle several seconds after all doors are Disabling Keyless Unlocking: Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause closed, if the vehicle is off and at least one all doors to lock if any of the following With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and remote key has been removed from the occur: K on the remote key at the same time for interior, or none remain in the interior. . It has been more than five seconds since approximately three seconds. The turn signal If other electronic devices interfere with the the first lock/unlock button press. lamps will flash four times quickly to remote key signal, the vehicle may not . Two lock/unlock button presses were indicate access is disabled. Using any detect the remote key inside the vehicle. used to unlock all doors. exterior handle to unlock the doors or open If passive locking is enabled, the doors may . Any vehicle door has been opened and all the liftgate will cause the turn signal lamps lock with the remote key inside the vehicle. doors are now closed. to flash four times quickly, indicating access Do not leave the remote key in an is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm unattended vehicle. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the system before starting the vehicle. Passenger Doors To customize the doors to automatically lock Disabling Keyless Unlocking may also be when exiting the vehicle, see “Remote Lock, When the doors are locked and the remote configured under Vehicle Personalization Unlock, Start” under Vehicle Personalization key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle, 0 124. 0 124. pressing the lock/unlock button on a passenger door handle will unlock all doors. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 Temporary Disable of Passive Locking Keyless Liftgate Opening To program, the vehicle must be in RUN and Temporarily disable passive locking by Press the touch pad on the underside of the all remote keys, both currently recognized and new, must be with you. pressing and holding K on the interior door liftgate handle to open the liftgate when all switch with a door open for at least doors are unlocked, or when the remote key Vehicles with Front four seconds, or until three chimes are is within 1 m (3 ft). 1. Place the two recognized remote keys on heard. Passive locking will then remain Keyless Liftglass Opening the passenger seat. disabled until on the interior door is Q Press the exterior liftglass button to open 2. Scroll to the DIC menu to "Remote Key pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. the liftglass when all doors are unlocked, Learn" menu and select. Remote Left In Vehicle Alert or when the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft). The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE #3, When the vehicle is turned off and a remote See Liftgate 0 18. 4, 5, ETC. key is left in the vehicle, the horn will chirp Key Access three times after all doors are closed. To turn on or off see Vehicle Personalization To access a vehicle with a weak remote key 0 124. battery, see Door Locks 0 15. Remote Removed From Vehicle Alert Programming Remote Keys to the If the vehicle is on with a door open, and Vehicle then all doors are closed, the vehicle will Only remote keys programmed to the check for remote keys inside. If a remote vehicle will work. If a remote key is lost or key is not detected, the Driver Information stolen, a replacement can be purchased and Center (DIC) will display NO REMOTE programmed through your dealer. The DETECTED and the horn will chirp three vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or times. This occurs only once each time the stolen remote keys no longer work. Each vehicle is driven. To turn on or off see vehicle can have up to eight remote keys 3. Place the new remote key into the 0 Vehicle Personalization 124. programmed to it. backup pocket in the lower console bin. Programming with Recognized Remote Keys A new key can be programmed to the vehicle when there are two recognized keys. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the Starting the Vehicle with a Low Remote remote key is learned, the DIC display Key Battery will show that it is ready to program the next remote key. For improved vehicle security, the remote key is equipped with a motion sensor. When 5. Remove the remote key from the backup starting the vehicle, if the remote key has pocket and press K or Q on the been idle for an extended period of time, remote key. the DIC may display KEY IN SLEEP MODE, To program additional remote keys, MOVE KEY, THEN START. Move the remote repeat Steps 3–5. key slightly and try starting the vehicle. When all additional remote keys are If the remote key battery is weak or if there programmed, press and hold ENGINE is interference with the signal, the DIC may START/STOP for approximately display NO KEY FOUND, REPLACE BATTERY IN 12 seconds to exit programming mode. 3. Place the new remote key into the KEY or NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED backup pocket in the left cupholder. Vehicles without Front Bench Seat PLACE KEY IN KEY POCKET THEN START YOUR 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the VEHICLE when starting the vehicle. 1. Place the two recognized remote keys on remote key is learned, the DIC display To start the vehicle: the passenger seat. will show that it is ready to program the 2. Scroll to the DIC menu to "Remote Key next remote key. Learn" menu and select. 5. Remove the remote key from the backup The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE #3, pocket and press K or Q on the 4, 5, ETC. remote key. To program additional remote keys, repeat Steps 3–5. When all additional remote keys are programmed, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for approximately 12 seconds to exit programming mode. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral) Caution press the brake pedal and ENGINE START/STOP. When replacing the battery, do not touch Replace the remote key battery as soon any of the circuitry on the remote key. as possible. Static from your body could damage the remote key. Battery Replacement

{ Warning Caution Never allow children to play with the Always replace the battery with the remote key. The remote key contains a correct type. Replacing the battery with small battery, which can be a choking an incorrect type could potentially create With Bench Seat hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of occur, resulting in severe injury or death. used batteries according to instructions Seek medical attention immediately if a and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, battery is swallowed. crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid exposing the battery to environments with extremely low air pressures or high { Warning temperatures. To avoid personal injury, do not touch Replace the battery in the remote key soon metal surfaces on the remote key when if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN it has been exposed to extreme heat. REMOTE KEY. These surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F). To replace the battery:

Without Bench Seat 1. Place the remote key in the remote key pocket. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows 2. With the mechanical key removed, insert Remote Vehicle Start a flat, thin object in the center of the remote key to separate and remove the If equipped with the remote start feature, back cover. the climate control system will come on when the vehicle is started remotely depending on the outside temperature. The rear defog and heated and ventilated seats, if equipped, may also come on. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 43 and Vehicle Personalization 0 124. Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters. Check local 1. Press the button on the side of the regulations for any requirements on remote remote key and pull the mechanical key starting of vehicles. out. Never pull the mechanical key out Do not use remote start if the vehicle is low without pressing the button. on fuel. The vehicle may run out of fuel. 3. Lift the battery with a flat object. The vehicle cannot be remote started if: 4. Remove the battery. . The remote key is in the vehicle. 5. Insert the new battery, positive side . The hood is not closed. toward the back cover. Replace with a . There is an emission control system CR2032 or equivalent battery. malfunction and the malfunction indicator 6. Push together the remote key. lamp is on. 7. Reinsert the mechanical key. . The hazard flashers are on. . Two remote vehicle starts or a start with an extension have already been used. . The vehicle is not in P (Park). . The vehicle is not off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 The engine will turn off during a remote Extending Engine Run Time Warning (Continued) vehicle start if: Remote start can be used for up to . The coolant temperature gets too high. 30 minutes of total engine run time. increased if the doors are not locked. . The oil pressure gets low. So, all passengers should wear seat After two remote starts of 15 minutes, belts properly and the doors should be The remote key range may be reduced or multiple shorter time starts totaling locked whenever the vehicle is driven. while the vehicle is running. 30 minutes have been used, the vehicle . Young children who get into unlocked Other conditions can affect the performance must be started and then turned off before the remote start can be used again. vehicles may be unable to get out. of the remote key. See Remote Keyless Entry A child can be overcome by extreme (RKE) System 0 8 or Canceling a Remote Start heat and can suffer permanent injuries Vehicle Personalization 0 124. To cancel a remote start, do one of the or even death from heat stroke. Starting the Engine Using Remote Start following: Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it. 1. Press S twice on the remote key. The . Press and hold S until the parking turn signal lamps will flash. The lamps lamps turn off. . Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down flash to confirm the request to remote . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors start the vehicle has been received. . Turn the ignition on and then off. During the remote start, the doors will can help prevent this from happening. be locked and the parking lamps will Door Locks remain on as long as the engine is To lock or unlock the doors from outside the running. vehicle: { Warning K 2. The engine will shut off after 15 minutes . Press Q or on the remote key. See Unlocked doors can be dangerous. or after the remainder of the 30 minute Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 total running time is used, unless you . Passengers, especially children, can Operation 8. stop the remote start before engine easily open the doors and fall out of a . Use the mechanical key in the running has completed or the vehicle is moving vehicle. The doors can be driver door. unlocked and opened while the vehicle turned on. To lock or unlock the doors from inside the is moving. The chance of being thrown 3. Press the brake pedal and turn the vehicle: ignition on to drive the vehicle. out of the vehicle in a crash is (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows . Press Q or K on the power door lock Free-Turning Locks Q : Press to lock the doors. The indicator switch. The door key lock cylinder turns freely when light in the switch will illuminate when . Pulling an interior door handle will unlock either the wrong key is used, or the correct locked. the door. Pulling the door handle again key is not fully inserted. The free-turning K : Press to unlock the doors. unlatches it. door lock feature prevents the lock from Security Status indicator Keyless Access being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it to the vertical position with the correct key fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it again. If this does not reset the lock, turn the key halfway around in the cylinder and repeat the reset procedure. Power Door Locks Press Q or K on the Remote Key. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8.

A light on the upper surface of the driver's The remote key must be within 1 m (3 ft) of door trim is used to indicate vehicle security the or door being opened or locked. status. Press the button on the door handle to open. See “Keyless Access Operation” in This light will be OFF any time the ignition Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System is ON, except momentarily when vehicle Operation 0 8. doors are locking. Solid : Indicates securing with doors closed. Fast Flash : Indicates securing with doors open. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 Slow Flash : Indicates battery conserving If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then This can be manually overridden by pressing secured state. opened and closed, the doors will lock either and holding Q on the power door lock No light : Indicates unsecured state. when your foot is removed from the brake switch. or the vehicle speed becomes faster than Delayed Locking 13 km/h (8 mph). Safety Locks This feature delays the locking of the doors To unlock the doors: The rear door safety locks prevent until five seconds after all doors are closed. . Press K on the power door lock switch. passengers from opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle. When Q is pressed on the power door lock . Shift the transmission into P (Park). switch while the door is open, a chime will Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. sound three times indicating delayed locking Automatic door unlocking can be is active. programmed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 The doors will lock automatically 124. five seconds after all doors are closed. If a Lockout Protection door is reopened before that time, the five-second timer will reset when all doors For the Police and Special Service Packages, are closed again. see the Police and Special Service Packages Supplement. Press Q on the door lock switch again or press Q on the remote key to lock the When locking is requested with the driver door open and the ignition is on or in ACC/ doors immediately. ACCESSORY, all the doors will lock and then This feature can be programmed. See the driver door will unlock. The safety lock is on the inside edge of the “Delayed Door Lock” under Vehicle rear doors. To use the safety lock: If the vehicle is off and locking is requested Personalization 0 124. 1. Move the lever down to the lock while a door is open, when all doors are position. Automatic Door Locks closed the vehicle will check for remote keys inside. If a remote key is detected and the 2. Close the door. The doors will lock automatically when all number of remote keys inside has not 3. Do the same for the other rear door. doors are closed, the ignition is on, and the reduced, the driver door will unlock and the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). horn will sound three times. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To open a rear door when the safety lock Caution is on: Warning (Continued) 1. Unlock the door by activating the inside through the seal between the body and To avoid damage to the liftgate or handle, by pressing the power door the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine liftgate glass, make sure the area above unlock switch, or by using the exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) and behind the liftgate is clear before remote key. which cannot be seen or smelled. It can opening it. cause unconsciousness and even death. 2. Open the door from the outside. Manual Liftgate When the safety lock is enabled, adults and If the vehicle must be driven with the older children will not be able to open the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety . Close all of the windows. locks to enable the doors to open from the inside. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. To cancel the safety lock: . Adjust the climate control system to a 1. Unlock the door and open it from the setting that brings in only outside air outside. and set the fan speed to the highest 2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do the setting. See “Climate Control Systems” same for the other door. in the Index. . If the vehicle is equipped with a Doors power liftgate, disable the power liftgate function. To open the liftgate, press K on the power Liftgate See Engine Exhaust 0 231. door lock switch or press K on the remote key twice to unlock all doors. Press the { Warning touch pad (1) on the underside of the Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it liftgate handle and lift up. is driven with the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, or with any objects that pass (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19 Press the button (2) above the license plate Power Liftgate Operation If equipped, the power liftgate switch is on to open the liftglass, or press c twice the overhead console. The vehicle must be quickly on the remote key. Do not leave the { Warning in P (Park). liftglass open when raising the liftgate. You or others could be injured if caught The modes are: There will be a delay in the release of the in the path of the power liftgate. Make MAX : Opens to maximum height. liftglass if there is an attempt to open it sure there is no one in the way of the 3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that can be while the rear wiper is in motion. liftgate as it is opening and closing. set from 3/4 to fully open. Use to prevent Use the pull cup to lower and close the the liftgate from opening into overhead liftgate. Do not press the touch pad while Caution obstructions such as a garage door or closing the liftgate. This will cause the roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can be liftgate to be unlatched. Driving with an open and unsecured opened manually all the way. liftgate may result in damage to the The liftgate can be opened when locked if OFF : Opens manually only. the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the power liftgate components. touch pad. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) To power open or close the liftgate, select System Operation 0 8. MAX or 3/4 mode and then: The liftgate has an electric latch. If the . Press b twice quickly on the remote battery is disconnected or has low voltage, key until the liftgate moves. the liftgate will not open. The liftgate will . Press 8 on the overhead console. The resume operation when the battery is driver door must be unlocked or locked reconnected and charged. without the security armed. . Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate handle after unlocking all doors. A locked vehicle can be opened if the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows When stopping the gate at low heights it Interfering with the power liftgate motion may partially reopen. or manually closing the liftgate too quickly The power liftgate may be temporarily after power opening may resemble a disabled in extremely low temperatures, support strut failure. This could also activate or after repeated power cycling over a short the falling liftgate detection feature. Allow period of time. If this occurs, the liftgate can the liftgate to complete its operation and still be operated manually. Select OFF on the wait a few seconds before manually closing liftgate switch. the liftgate. If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while Obstacle Detection Features the power function is in progress, the If the liftgate encounters an obstacle during liftgate will continue to completion. If the a power open or close cycle, the liftgate will vehicle is accelerated before the liftgate has automatically reverse direction and move a . Press l on the bottom edge of the completed moving, the liftgate may stop or short distance away from the obstacle. After liftgate next to the latch to close. reverse direction. Check for Driver removing the obstruction, the power liftgate Information Center (DIC) messages and make Press any liftgate button, the touch pad, operation can be used again. If the liftgate sure the liftgate is closed and latched before encounters multiple obstacles on the same or b on the remote key while the liftgate driving. is moving to stop it. Pressing any liftgate power cycle, the power function will Falling Liftgate Detection deactivate. After removing the obstructions, button or pressing b twice quickly on the manually close the liftgate. This will allow remote key restarts the operation in the If the power liftgate automatically closes normal power operation functions to reverse direction. Pressing the touch pad on after a power opening cycle, it indicates that resume. the liftgate handle will restart the motion, the system is reacting to excess weight on but only in the opening direction. the liftgate or a possible support strut If the vehicle is locked while the liftgate is failure. Remove any excess weight. closing, and an obstacle is encountered that Caution A repetitive chime will sound while the prevents the liftgate from completely Manually forcing the liftgate to open or falling liftgate detection feature is operating. closing, the horn will sound as an alert that the liftgate did not close. close during a power cycle can damage If the liftgate continues to automatically the vehicle. Allow the power cycle to close after opening, see your dealer for complete. service before using the power liftgate. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21 Setting the 3/4 Mode Manual Operation Hands-Free Operation To change the position the liftgate stops at Select OFF to manually operate the liftgate. If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle Access, when opening: See “Manual Liftgate” at the beginning of the liftgate may be operated with a kicking 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and power this section. motion under the rear at the open the liftgate. location of the projected logo. The remote Caution key must be within 1m (3ft) of the rear 2. Stop the liftgate movement at the bumper to use hands-free feature. desired height by pressing any liftgate Attempting to move the liftgate too button. Manually adjust the liftgate quickly and with excessive force may Splashing water may cause the liftgate to position if needed. result in damage to the vehicle. open. Keep the remote key away from the l rear bumper detection area or turn the 3. Press and hold on the bottom edge Operate the liftgate manually with a liftgate mode to OFF when cleaning or of the liftgate next to the latch on the smooth motion and moderate speed. The working near the rear bumper to avoid outside of the liftgate until the turn system includes a feature which limits the accidental opening. signals flash and a beep sounds. This manual closing speed to protect the indicates the setting has been recorded. components. The hands-free feature will not work while the liftgate is moving. To stop the liftgate The liftgate cannot be set below a minimum while in motion use one of the liftgate programmable height. If there is no light switches. flash or sound, then the height adjustment may be too low. The hands-free feature can be customized. See Vehicle Personalization 0 124. Choose from the following: On-Open and Close : The kicking motion is activated to both open and close the liftgate. On-Open Only : The kicking motion is activated to only open the liftgate. Off : The feature is disabled. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows . Do not keep your foot under the bumper; the liftgate will not activate. . Do not touch the liftgate until it has stopped moving. . This feature may be temporarily disabled under some conditions. If the liftgate does not respond to the kick, open or close the liftgate by another method or start the vehicle. The feature will be re-enabled. When closing the liftgate using this feature, there will be a short delay. The rear lights will flash and a chime will sound. Step away . 1 m (3 ft) Hands-Free Operation from the liftgate before it starts moving. Detection Zone . 2 m (6 ft) Projected Logo Detection Zone Projected Logo The projected logo shows where to kick If equipped with this feature, a vehicle logo towards the rear bumper. will be projected for one minute onto the ground near the rear bumper when a The projected logo will not be restarted remote key is detected within approximately using the same remote key unless it has 2 m (6 ft) from the rear bumper. The been out of range for longer than projected logo may not be visible under 20 seconds. brighter daytime conditions. If a remote key is again detected within approximately 2 m (6 ft) of the liftgate, or another kick has been detected, the To operate, move your foot in a forward one-minute timer will be reset. kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper, then pull it back. The projected logo will not work under . Do not sweep your foot side to side. these conditions: . The vehicle battery is low. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23 . The transmission is not in P (Park). Lens Cleaning . Hands Free Liftgate Control is set to off in vehicle personalization. See Vehicle Personalization 0 124. . Power liftgate is turned off. . The vehicle remains parked for 72 hours or more, with no remote key use or Keyless Access operation. To re-enable, press any button on the remote key or open and close a vehicle door. The projected logo will not work for a single remote key when a remote key: . Has been left within approximately 5 m (15 ft) of the liftgate for several minutes. If equipped, use a cotton swab to clean . Has been left inside the vehicle and all the lens. vehicle doors are closed. . Has approached the area outside of the liftgate five times within 10 minutes. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability Action Hands-Free Liftgate Projected Logo Remote key entering projected logo Operative On for one minute detection zone Remote key left inside projected logo Operative Off until remote key button press or a door is detection zone for minimum of 10 minutes opened and closed Remote key brought in and out of projected Operative Off for one hour or until remote key button logo detection zone five times or more within press or a door is opened and closed 10 minutes Vehicle remains parked for more than Operative Off until remote key button press or a door is 72 hours opened and closed Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off Power liftgate is turned off Non-operative Off Hands-free liftgate is disabled in vehicle per- Non-operative Off sonalization Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 Power Assist Steps Keep hands, children, pets, objects, and Vehicle Alarm System clothing clear of the power assist steps { Warning when in motion. The steps will reverse direction if they encounter an obstruction To avoid personal injury or property when opening or closing. Remove the damage, before entering or exiting the obstruction, then open and close the door vehicle, be sure the power assist step is on the same side to complete the motion of fully extended. Do not step on the power the assist steps. If the obstruction is not assist step while it is moving. Never place cleared, the assist steps remain extended hands or other body parts between the while driving. extended power assist step and the To extend or retract both power assist steps vehicle. for cleaning, see Vehicle Personalization 0 124. If equipped, the power assist steps will Enable/Disable deploy when the door is opened and The indicator light, on the driver door near automatically retract three seconds after the To enable or disable the power assist steps, the window, indicates the status of the 0 door is closed. The power assist steps will see Vehicle Personalization 124. system. See Power Door Locks 0 16 retract immediately if the vehicle starts moving. Vehicle Security Arming the Alarm System Disable the power assist steps before jacking 1. Turn off the vehicle. This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; or placing any object under the vehicle. Too 2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways: much ice buildup may prevent deployment however, they do not make the vehicle . Use the remote key. of the power assist steps. Check the step impossible to steal. position before exiting the vehicle. If this . Use the Keyless Access system. happens, disable the power assist steps, . With a door open, press Q on the clear the ice, then enable the assist steps interior of the door. and confirm normal function prior to use. 3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will arm, and the indicator light will begin to slowly flash. Pressing Q on the remote Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows key a second time will bypass the To avoid setting off the alarm by accident: . A message to service the steering column 30-second delay and immediately arm . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have lock indicates that an issue has been the alarm system. exited. detected with the column lock feature and the vehicle should be serviced. The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the . Always unlock a door with the remote doors are locked with the mechanical key. key, or use the Keyless Access system. . A message that the steering column is locked indicates that the engine is If the driver door is opened without first Unlocking the driver door with the running, but the steering column is still unlocking with the remote key, the horn will mechanical key will not disarm the locked. It is normal for the column to be chirp and the lights will flash to indicate system or turn off the alarm. locked during a remote start, but the pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, How to Detect a Tamper Condition column should unlock after the brake or the door is not unlocked by pressing K pedal is pressed and the vehicle is started. on the remote key during the 10-second If K is pressed on the remote key and the No message will display during a remote pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. horn chirps three times, an alarm occurred start. previously while the alarm system was The alarm will also be activated if a . A message that the steering wheel must armed. passenger door, the liftgate, or the hood is be turned and the vehicle must be started opened without first disarming the system. If the alarm has been activated, a message again indicates that the column lock When the alarm is activated, the turn will appear on the DIC. mechanism is bound, the column locking signals flash and the horn sounds for about device was unable to unlock the steering 30 seconds. The alarm system will then Steering Column Lock column, and the vehicle did not start. re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized If equipped, the steering column lock is a If this happens, immediately turn the event. theft-deterrent device. This feature locks the steering wheel from side to side to unbind the column lock. If this does not Disarming the Alarm System steering column when the vehicle is turned off and the driver door is opened, or when unlock the steering column, turn the To disarm the alarm system or turn off the the driver door is opened and then the vehicle off and open the driver door to alarm if it has been activated: vehicle is turned off. The steering column reset the system. Then turn the vehicle K unlocks when the vehicle is turned on. on and immediately turn the steering . Press on the remote key. wheel side to side for about 15 seconds. . Unlock the vehicle using the Keyless The Driver Information Center (DIC) may In some cases, it may take significant Access system. display one of these messages: force to unbind the column. . Start the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27 To keep the steering column from binding, The system has one or more remote keys remote keys, see “Programming Remote straighten the front before turning matched to an immobilizer control unit in Keys to the Vehicle” under Remote Keyless off the vehicle. the vehicle. Only a correctly matched Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. remote key will start the vehicle. If the Immobilizer Do not leave the remote key or device that remote key is ever damaged, you may not disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent See Radio Frequency Statement 0 409. be able to start your vehicle. system in the vehicle. When trying to start the vehicle, the Immobilizer Operation security light may come on briefly. Exterior Mirrors This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent If the engine does not start and the security system. light stays on, there is a problem with the Convex Mirrors The system does not have to be manually system. Turn the ignition off and try again. armed or disarmed. If the vehicle will not change ignition modes { Warning The vehicle is automatically immobilized (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and the remote A convex mirror can make things, like when the vehicle is turned off. key appears to be undamaged, try another other vehicles, look farther away than remote key. Or, you may try placing the they really are. If you cut too sharply The immobilization system is disarmed remote key in the backup location. See into the right lane, you could hit a when the ignition is turned on or to ACC/ Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System vehicle on the right. Check the inside ACCESSORY and a valid remote key is Operation 0 8. present in the vehicle. mirror or glance over your shoulder If the ignition modes will not change with before changing lanes. the other remote key or in the backup location, the vehicle needs service. If the The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. ignition does change modes, the first A convex mirror's surface is curved so more remote key may be faulty. See your dealer. can be seen from the driver seat. It is possible for the immobilizer system to learn new or replacement remote keys. Up The security light, in the instrument cluster, to eight remote keys can be programmed comes on if there is a problem with arming for the vehicle. To program additional or disarming the theft-deterrent system. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows Power Mirrors Turn Signal Indicator Power Folding If equipped, the mirror has turn signal indicator lights, which flash in the direction of the turn or lane change. Puddle Lamps If equipped, puddle lamps project light from the bottom of the mirror to the area of ground below the driver and passenger doors. See Entry Lighting 0 139 and Exit Lighting 0 139. Memory Mirrors The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See 0 To adjust the mirrors: Memory Seats 40. To adjust power folding mirrors, if equipped: Lane Change Alert (LCA) 1. Press } or | to select the driver or 1. Press { to fold the mirrors inward. passenger side mirror. The indicator light The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change 2. Press again to return the mirrors to 0 { comes on. Alert (LCA) 272. the driving position. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to Folding Mirrors The outside mirrors may automatically move the mirror up, down, right, or left. unfold when the vehicle is driven above 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the Manual Folding 20 km/h (12 mph), but may be folded with side of the vehicle and the area behind Fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage the power folding mirror switch. If the are seen. when going through an automatic wash. vehicle speed is driven above 40 km/h 4. Press either } or | again to deselect To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. (25 mph), they may automatically unfold the mirror. The indicator light goes off. Push the mirror outward, to return to its and may not be refolded with the power original position. folding mirror switch. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29 Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors 1. If doors are locked by pressing H on the Automatic Dimming Mirror Reset the power folding mirrors if: remote key, the mirrors will fold. I If equipped, the driver outside mirror . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed If doors are unlocked by pressing on automatically adjusts for the glare of the while folding. the remote key, the mirrors will unfold. from behind. This feature comes See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System on when the vehicle is started. . They are accidentally manually folded/ Operation 0 8. unfolded. 2. If doors are locked by pressing the door Reverse Tilt Mirrors . The mirrors do not stay in the unfolded handle button, the mirrors will fold. position. If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and If doors are unlocked by pressing the memory seats, the passenger and/or driver . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving door handle button, the mirrors will speeds. mirror tilts to a preselected position when unfold. See “Keyless Unlocking/Locking the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using from the Driver Door” in Remote Keyless curb to be seen when parallel parking. the mirror controls to reset them to their Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. The mirror(s) may move from their tilted normal position. A noise may be heard 3. If passive locking is enabled and doors position when: during the resetting of the power folding are locked by that feature, the mirrors mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual will fold. See “Passive Locking” in Remote . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), folding operation. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation or remains in R (Reverse) for about 0 30 seconds. Remote Mirror Folding 8. . The vehicle is turned off. If equipped with power folding mirrors and Heated Mirrors . The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above the mirrors have been folded with the a set speed. power folding mirror switch, they may not K : Press to heat the mirrors. be unfolded by use of remote key. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle 0 Personalization 0 124. If equipped with power folding mirrors and Automatic Climate Control System 204. the mirrors have not been folded with the power folding mirror switch and the vehicle is in P (Park), they may be automatically folded/unfolded as follows: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows Interior Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirrors Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. Manual Rearview Mirror If equipped, push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it rearward for Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the Press V to scroll through the adjustment nighttime use to avoid glare of the tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is options. headlamps from behind. automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle Press t and u to adjust the settings using Automatic Dimming Rearview while the display is off. the indicators on the mirror. The indicators Mirror will remain visible for five seconds after the last button activation, and the settings will If equipped, automatic dimming reduces the remain saved. glare of headlamps from behind. The dimming feature comes on when the vehicle The adjustment options are: is started. Rear Camera Mirror If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror provides a wide angle camera view of the area behind the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

{ Warning The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a limited view. Portions of the road, vehicles, and other objects may not be seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only this camera. Objects may appear closer than they are. Check the outside mirrors or glance over your shoulder when making lane changes or merging. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. . Brightness . Tilt Troubleshooting

. Zoom Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows See your dealer for service if a blue screen and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as indicated to return to the automatic dimming mode. The Rear Camera Mirror may not work properly or display a clear image if: . There is glare from the sun or headlamps. This may obstruct objects from view. If needed, push the tab to turn off the display. . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to damp cloth, or, if equipped, with the Rear Windows improve fuel economy performance. This Camera Washer. See Rear Window Wiper/ may result in a pulsing sound when either Washer 0 96. { Warning rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a . The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a front window or the sunroof, if equipped. been damaged, and/or the position or the pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the mounting angle of the camera has windows closed in warm or hot weather. Power Windows changed. They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or { Warning even death from heat stroke. Children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. Never leave the remote key in a vehicle with children. When there are (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33 Window Lockout Warning (Continued) This feature stops the rear passenger children in the rear seat, use the window window switches from working. lockout switch to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys 0 7.

Without Folding Mirrors . Press 2 to engage the rear window lockout feature. The indicator light is on With Folding Mirrors when engaged. . Press 2 again to disengage. The power windows work when the ignition Window Express Movement is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See All windows can be opened without holding Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 229. the window switch. Press the switch down fully and quickly release to express open the Using the window switch, press to open or window. pull to close the window. If equipped, pull the window switch up fully The windows may be temporarily disabled if and quickly release to express close the they are used repeatedly within a window. short time. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows Briefly press or pull the window switch in Programming the Power Windows Sun Visors the same direction to stop that window’s Programming may be necessary if the express movement. vehicle battery has been disconnected or Window Automatic Reversal System discharged. If the window is unable to express-up, program each express-close The express-close feature will reverse window: window movement if it comes in contact with an object. Extreme cold or ice could 1. Close all doors. cause the window to auto-reverse. The 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ window will operate normally after the ACCESSORY. object or condition is removed. 3. Partially open the window to be Pull the down to block glare. Automatic Reversal System Override programmed. Then close it and continue to pull the switch briefly after the Detach the sun visor from the center mount window has fully closed. to pivot to the side window and, { Warning if equipped, extend along the rod. 4. Open the window and continue to press If automatic reversal system override is the switch briefly after the window has active, the window will not reverse fully opened. Roof automatically. You or others could be injured and the window could be Remote Window Operation Sunroof damaged. Before using automatic reversal If equipped, this feature allows the windows If equipped, the ignition must be on or in system override, make sure that all to be opened remotely. If enabled in vehicle ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory people and obstructions are clear of the personalization, press and hold K on the Power (RAP) must be active to operate the window path. remote key. See Vehicle Personalization sunroof. See Ignition Positions 0 226 and 0 124. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 229. When the engine is on, override the automatic reversal system by pulling and While the sunroof always operates in holding the window switch if conditions express mode, movement can be stopped by prevent it from closing. pressing the switch again. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35 The sunroof cannot be opened or closed if . Press or pull C (2) again to stop at the the vehicle has an electrical failure. desired location. Sunroof Vent Operation: . Press and release E (3) to vent the sunroof. . Pull and release E (3) to close the sunroof vent. Automatic Reversal System The sunroof and power sunshade, if equipped, have an automatic reversal system that is only active when the sunroof Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof and power sunshade are operated in seal or in the track. This could cause an express-close mode. issue with sunroof operation or noise. 1. SLIDE Switch If an object is in the path while It could also plug the water drainage 2. Power Sunshade Switch express-closing, the reversal system will system. Periodically open the sunroof and 3. TILT Switch detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe Sunroof Operation: or power sunshade slightly. the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not . Press and release D (1) to express-open If this condition occurs, attempt to remove remove grease from the sunroof. to the fully open position. the object, then pull and release the switch to express close. If the reversal occurs . Pull and release D (1) to express-close. multiple times, the DIC message OPEN THEN . Press or pull D (1) again to stop at the CLOSE SUNROOF will display, and express is desired location. disabled. To operate sunroof while express is disabled, the switch must be either pressed Sunshade Operation: or pulled and held. . Press and release C (2) to express-open. . Pull and release C (2) to express-close. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

36 Seats and Restraints Where Are the ? ...... 61 Head Restraints Seats and Restraints When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 62 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 63 The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable Head Restraints How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 63 head restraints in the outboard seating Head Restraints ...... 36 What Will You See after an Airbag positions. Front Seats Inflates? ...... 63 Adjustment ...... 39 Passenger Sensing System ...... 65 { Warning Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Lumbar Adjustment ...... 39 With head restraints that are not Vehicle ...... 68 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 40 installed and adjusted properly, there is a Adding Equipment to the Memory Seats ...... 40 greater chance that occupants will suffer Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 43 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 68 Airbag System Check ...... 69 a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not Rear Seats Replacing Airbag System Parts after a drive until the head restraints for all Rear Seats ...... 44 Crash ...... 69 occupants are installed and adjusted Heated Rear Seats ...... 44 properly. Child Restraints Second Row Seats ...... 45 If your vehicle has rear head restraints Third Row Seats ...... 49 Older Children ...... 70 Infants and Young Children ...... 71 that fold down, always return them to Seat Belts Child Restraint Systems ...... 73 the full upright position whenever an Seat Belts ...... 52 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 75 occupant is seated in the seat. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 53 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 55 (LATCH System) ...... 76 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 58 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Seat Belt Extender ...... 58 Crash ...... 82 Safety System Check ...... 58 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Seat Belt Care ...... 58 Belt in the Rear Seat) ...... 83 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Crash ...... 59 Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 85 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Airbag System Belt in the Center Front Seat) ...... 87 Airbag System ...... 59 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 37 Rear Seats Second Row Seats The vehicle’s second row seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted. The second row outboard head restraints are not removable. The second row outboard head restraints are designed to be folded. When folding the second row seatbacks down, the head restraint will automatically Adjust the head restraint so that the top of The height of the head restraint can be fold out of the way as the seat is the restraint is at the same height as the adjusted. folded down. top of the occupant's head. This position To raise or lower the head restraint, press The second row outboard head restraints reduces the chance of a neck injury in a the button located on the side of the head can be folded forward to allow for better crash. restraint and pull up or push the head visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied. Front Seats restraint down, and release the button. Pull and push on the head restraint after the The vehicle's front seats have adjustable button is released to make sure that it is head restraints in the outboard seating locked in place. positions. The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

38 Seats and Restraints When an occupant or child restraint is in the seat, always return the head restraint to the full upright position. Push the head restraint up and rearward until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked. Third Row Seats The vehicle’s third row seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted up or down. The third row outboard head restraints are To fold the head restraint, press the button not removable. To fold the head restraint, press the button on the side of the head restraint. The third row outboard head restraints are on the side of the head restraint. designed to be folded. When folding the third row seatbacks down, the head restraint will automatically fold out of the way as the seat is folded down. The head restraint can be folded forward to allow for better visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied.

The head restraint will fold forward The head restraint will fold forward automatically. automatically. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 39 When an occupant or child restraint is in the Lumbar Adjustment seat, always return the head restraint to the full upright position. Push the head restraint up and rearward until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked. Front Seats Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning You can lose control of the vehicle if you To adjust the seat: try to adjust a driver seat while the . Move the seat forward or rearward by . Press and hold the front or rear of the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat sliding the control forward or rearward. control to increase or decrease lumbar only when the vehicle is not moving. . If equipped, raise or lower the front part support. of the seat cushion by moving the front . If equipped, press and hold the top or of the control up or down. bottom of the control to raise or lower { Warning . Raise or lower the seat by moving the lumbar support. The power seats will work with the rear of the control up or down. ignition off. Children could operate the power seats and be injured. Never leave children alone in the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

40 Seats and Restraints Reclining Seatbacks Do not have a seatback reclined if the Warning (Continued) vehicle is moving. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of Memory Seats you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear To recline the seatback: the seat belt properly. . Tilt the top of the control rearward to recline. If equipped, memory seats allow two drivers . Tilt the top of the control forward to to save and recall their unique seat positions raise. for driving the vehicle, and a shared exit position for getting out of the vehicle. Other { Warning feature positions may also be saved, such as Sitting in a reclined position when the power mirrors and wheel, vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. if equipped. Memory positions are linked to remote key 1 or 2 for automatic memory Even when buckled up, the seat belts recalls. cannot do their job. (Continued) Before saving, adjust all available memory feature positions. Turn the vehicle on and then press and release SET; a beep will sound. Then immediately press and hold 1, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 41 2, or B (Exit) until two beeps sound. To . To begin Seat Exit Memory movement 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ manually recall these positions, press and when the vehicle is turned off and the ACCESSORY with remote key 1 or 2. hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is driver door is opened, or when the vehicle A DIC welcome message may indicate is turned off with the driver door already reached. Follow the instructions under driver number 1 or 2. opened, select the Settings menu, then “Saving Memory Positions.” Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then 2. Adjust all available memory features to The vehicle identifies the current driver’s Seat Exit Memory. Select On or Off. See the desired driving position. remote key number (1–8). See Remote “Seat Exit Memory” later in this section. 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound. 0 Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 8. . See Vehicle Personalization 0 124 for 4. Immediately press and hold the 1 or Only remote keys 1 and 2 can be used for additional setting information. 2 memory button matching the above automatic memory recalls. A Driver Identifying Driver Number DIC welcome message until two beeps Information Center (DIC) welcome message sound. indicating the remote key number may To identify the driver number: display for the first few ignition cycles If too much time passes between 1. Move your remote key away from the following a remote key change. For Seat releasing SET and pressing 1, the vehicle. Entry Memory to work properly, save the memory position will not be saved and positions to the memory button (1 or 2) 2. Start the vehicle with another remote two beeps will not sound. Repeat matching the remote key number displayed key. The DIC should display the driver Steps 3 and 4. in the DIC welcome message. Carry the number for the other remote key. Turn 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver number. linked remote key when entering the the vehicle off and remove the remote See “Identifying Driver Number” vehicle. key from the vehicle. previously in this section. Vehicle Personalization Settings 3. Start the vehicle with the initial remote 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second driver key. The DIC should display the driver using 1 or 2. Remote keys 3–8 will not . To have the Seat Entry Memory number of your remote key. save memory positions. movement begin when the vehicle is started, select the Settings menu, then Saving Memory Positions To save the position for B and Seat Exit Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then Read these instructions completely before Memory features, repeat Steps 1–4 using Seat Entry Memory. Select On or Off. See saving memory positions. B. This saves the position for getting out “Seat Entry Memory” later in this section. To save preferred driving positions 1 and 2: of the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

42 Seats and Restraints Save preferred memory feature positions to same memory button number 1 or 2 are number that positions were saved to. Try both 1 and 2 if you are the only driver. automatically recalled when the vehicle is storing the position to the other memory Manually Recalling Memory Positions turned on, or turned from off to ACC/ button or try the other remote key. ACCESSORY. Remote keys 3–8 will not Seat Exit Memory Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall the provide automatic memory recalls. previously saved memory positions if you Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an remote To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, see B are driver 1 or 2 identified in the DIC “Vehicle Personalization Settings” previously key. The position saved to is used for all welcome message. in this section and Vehicle Personalization drivers. To turn Seat Exit Memory on or off, To stop Manual Memory recall movement, 0 124. see "Vehicle Personalization Settings" B previously in this section and Vehicle release 1, 2, or or press any of the The vehicle must be in P (Park) to start Seat Personalization 0 124. following controls: Entry Memory. Seat Entry Memory recall . Power seat will complete if the vehicle is shifted out of If turned on, the position saved to B is . Memory SET P (Park) prior to reaching the saved memory automatically recalled when one of the position. following occurs: . Power mirror, with the driver or passenger side mirror selected To stop Seat Entry Memory recall . The vehicle is turned off and the driver door is opened within a short time. . Power steering wheel, if equipped movement, turn the vehicle off or press any of the following controls: . The vehicle is turned off with the driver Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2, . Power seat door open. or B buttons may be initiated and may . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B To stop Seat Exit Memory movement, press complete to the saved memory position if any of the following memory controls: the vehicle is in or out of P (Park). . Power mirror, with the driver or . Power seat Seat Entry Memory passenger side mirror selected . Power steering wheel, if equipped . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B The vehicle identifies the number of the If the saved memory seat position does not . Power mirror, with the driver or current driver’s remote key (1–8). See passenger side mirror selected Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System automatically recall or recalls to the wrong Operation 0 8. If the remote key is 1 or 2, positions, the driver’s remote key number (1 . Power steering wheel, if equipped and Seat Entry Memory is enabled in vehicle or 2) may not match the memory button personalization, the positions saved to the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 43 Obstructions When this feature is off, the heated and If something has blocked the driver seat ventilated seat symbols on the buttons are while recalling a memory position, the recall white. When a heated seat is turned on, the may stop. Remove the obstruction and try symbol turns red. When a ventilated seat is the recall again. If the memory position still turned on, the symbol turns blue. does not recall, see your dealer. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the Heated and Ventilated Front seat will change to the next lower setting, Seats and then to the off setting. The indicator lights next to the buttons indicate three for { Warning the highest setting and one for the lowest. If the heated seats are on high, the level If temperature change or pain to the skin Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown, may automatically be lowered after cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause Heated Seat Buttons Similar approximately 30 minutes. burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use The passenger seat may take longer to care when using the seat heater, If equipped, the buttons are near the heat up. especially for long periods of time. Do climate controls on the center stack. To not place anything on the seat that operate, the engine must be on. Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats insulates against heat, such as a blanket, Press I or + to heat the driver or When the vehicle is on, this feature will cushion, cover, or similar item. This may passenger seatback. automatically activate the heated or cause the seat heater to overheat. An ventilated seats at the level required by the overheated seat heater may cause a burn Press J or z to heat the driver or vehicle’s interior temperature. passenger seatback and cushion. or may damage the seat. The active high, medium, low, or off heated Press C or {, if available, to ventilate the or ventilated seat level will be indicated by driver or passenger seat. A ventilated seat the manual heated or ventilated seat has a fan that pulls or pushes air through buttons on the center stack. Use the manual the seat. The air is not cooled. heated or ventilated seat buttons on the center stack to turn auto heated or ventilated seats off. If the passenger seat is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

44 Seats and Restraints unoccupied, the auto heated or ventilated The remote start heated or ventilated seats seat; for example, if a child entered the seats feature will not activate that seat. The may be enabled or disabled in the vehicle vehicle through the rear door and left the auto heated or ventilated seats feature can personalization menu. See Remote Vehicle vehicle without the vehicle being shut off. be programmed to always be enabled when Start 0 14 and 0 The feature can be turned on or off. See the vehicle is on. Vehicle Personalization 124. Vehicle Personalization 0 124. See Vehicle Personalization 0 124. Heated Rear Seats Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats Rear Seats During a remote start, the heated or Rear Seat Reminder { Warning ventilated seats, if equipped, can be turned If equipped, the message REAR SEAT on automatically. When it is cold outside, If temperature change or pain to the skin REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause the heated seats turn on, and when it is hot under certain conditions indicating there outside the ventilated seats turn on. If the burns. See the Warning under Heated may be an item or passenger in the rear and Ventilated Front Seats 0 43. auto heated or ventilated seats feature, seat. Check before exiting the vehicle. if equipped, is not turned on, the heated or ventilated seats may be canceled when the This feature will activate when a second row ignition is turned on. If necessary, press the door is opened while the vehicle is on or up heated or ventilated seat button to use the to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle on. There will be an alert when the vehicle is started. is turned off. The alert does not directly detect objects in the rear seat; instead, The heated or ventilated seat indicator lights under certain conditions, it detects when a may turn on during a remote start. rear door is opened and closed, indicating The temperature performance of an that there may be something in the unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is rear seat. normal. The feature is active only once each time the vehicle is turned on and off, and will require reactivation by opening and closing The buttons are on the rear of the center the second row doors. There may be an console. alert even when there is nothing in the rear Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 45 With the engine running, press M or L to Second Row Seats heat the left or right outboard seat cushion. An indicator on the rear climate control Rear Seat Adjustment display appears when this feature is on. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The indicator lights next to the buttons indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. If the heated seats are on high for an extended time, their level may automatically be lowered. 1. Lift the lever on the outboard side of the seat. 2. Move the seatback to the desired To adjust the seat position: position, and then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. 1. Remove objects on the floor in front of or on the second row seat, or in the seat 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make tracks on the floor. sure it is locked. 2. Lift the lever below the seat cushion and To return the seatback to the upright slide the seat forward or backward. position: Reclining Seatbacks To recline the seatback: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

46 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning Warning (Continued) If either seatback is not locked, it could seating position before driving the move forward in a sudden stop or crash. vehicle. Push and pull on the seat to That could cause injury to the person make sure it is locked into place. sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Caution 1. Lift the lever fully while applying Folding a rear seat with the seat belts pressure to the seatback, and the still fastened may cause damage to the seatback will return to the upright seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle position. If the lever is lifted without the seat belts and return them to their applying pressure, the seat will release normal stowed position before folding a 2. Lift the lever on the outboard side of the to a folded position. rear seat. seat to release the seatback. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. The second row seats can be folded for additional cargo space or folded and Entering and Exiting the Third Row tumbled for easy entry and exit to the third Manual Fold and Tumble Feature row seat. Folding and Tumbling the Seat { Warning To fold and tumble the seat: Do not leave the second row seat in a 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, tumbled position while the vehicle is in in front of, or on the seat. motion. A tumbled seat is not locked. It can move when the vehicle is in motion. People in the vehicle could be injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure The seatback will fold forward to create to return the seat to the passenger a flat load floor. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 47 If the seatback cannot fold flat, try moving the front seat forward and/or Warning (Continued) put the front seatback in the upright the seat to the passenger seating position. position. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place.

To fold and tumble the seat from the third row seat: 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat.

3. Pull the strap again to release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble forward. Automatic Fold and Tumble Feature 3. Lift the lever again to release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will { Warning tumble forward. Do not leave the second row seat in a Folding and Tumbling the Seat from the tumbled position while the vehicle is in Third Row Seat motion. A tumbled seat is not locked. It can move when the vehicle is in { Warning 2. Pull the strap on the bottom rear of the motion. People in the vehicle could be Using the third row seating position second row seat to release the seatback. injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure The seatback will fold forward. while the second row is folded, or folded to return the seat to the passenger and tumbled, could cause injury in a (Continued) sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

48 Seats and Restraints 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, Warning (Continued) in front of, or on the seat. seating position before driving the vehicle. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place.

{ Warning Automatically folding and tumbling the seat when someone is sitting in the seat, could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always make sure there is no one sitting in the seat before pressing the 1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and automatic seat release switch. Tumble Switches Driver Side Rear Panel Switch 2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise Switches Caution 2. Press the automatic seat release switch on the panel behind the rear doors. The To fold and tumble the seat from the Folding a rear seat with the seat belts seatback automatically folds flat. cargo area: still fastened may cause damage to the 3. Press the switch again to release the rear seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, of the seat from the floor. The seat will in front of, or on the seat. the seat belts and return them to their tumble forward. normal stowed position before folding a 2. Press the switch (1) on the side trim of rear seat. Folding and Tumbling the Second Row Seat the cargo area to fold the second row from the Cargo Area seatback. The vehicle must be in P (Park) for this The vehicle must be in P (Park) for this The left switch folds the left seatback, feature to work. feature to work. and the right switch folds the right Folding and Tumbling the Seat seatback. To fold and tumble the seat: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 49 3. Press the switch again to release the rear Third Row Seats of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble forward. Caution The switches (2) can be used to fold the Folding a rear seat with the seat belts third row seatbacks from the cargo area. See still fastened may cause damage to the Third Row Seats 0 49. seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle Returning the Seat to the Sitting Position the seat belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a { Warning rear seat. If either seatback is not locked, it could The third row seatbacks can be folded to move forward in a sudden stop or crash. increase cargo space. That could cause injury to the person 1. Open the liftgate to access the controls 4. Disconnect the rear seat belt mini-latch, sitting there. Always push and pull on for the third row seat. using a key in the slot on the the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. mini-buckle, and let the belt retract into 2. Make sure that there is nothing under, the headliner. To return the seat to the sitting position in front of, or on the seat. from the tumbled position: 3. If the second row seat is in the full rear 1. Pull the seat down until it latches to the position, adjust it forward to allow the floor. The seatback cannot be raised if third row seat to fold fully flat. the seat is not latched to the floor. 2. Lift the seatback and push it rearward. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. 3. For the 60/40 split-bench seat, make sure the seat belt in the center seating position is not caught between the two seats and is not twisted. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

50 Seats and Restraints 5. Stow the mini-latch in the holder in the Returning the Third Row Seatback to the headliner. Upright Position

1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and Tumble Switches 6. Stow the seat belt in the belt 2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise 1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and stowage clip. Switches Tumble Switches Repeat the steps to fold the other 1. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side 2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise seatback, if desired. trim of the cargo area to fold the third Switches row seatback. Power Seatback Folding (If Equipped) To return the third row seatback to the The left switch folds the left seatback, upright position: The vehicle must be in P (Park) for this and the right switch folds the right feature to work. seatback. 2. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, if desired. The switches (1) can be used to fold or fold and tumble the second row seats from the cargo area. See Second Row Seats 0 45. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 51 1. Pull up on the lever to release the Warning (Continued) seatback. The person wearing the belt could be 2. Push the seatback forward to lay flat. seriously injured. After raising the rear 3. Repeat for the other seatback, seatback, always check to be sure that if necessary. the seat belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. Returning the Third Row Seatback to the Upright Position 4. Reconnect the center seat belt mini-latch to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist. 5. Pull on the seat belt to be sure the mini-latch is secure. 1. Ensure the seat belt is in the belt 6. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, stowage clip. if desired. 2. Open the liftgate to access the controls Manual Seatback Folding (If Equipped) for the seat. 3. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side trim of the cargo area to raise the third row seatback. The left switch raises the left seatback, and the right switch raises the right 1. Ensure the seat belt is in the belt seatback. stowage clip. 2. From the rear of the vehicle, raise the { Warning seatback to the upright position using the pull strap on the back of the third A seat belt that is improperly routed, not row seat, or lift the seatback and push it properly attached, or twisted will not into place from inside the vehicle. provide the protection needed in a crash. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

52 Seats and Restraints Folding the Third Row Seats from the If the red light on the switch is { Warning Overhead Console illuminated, the third row seatback is not If either seatback is not locked, it could in the seating position. move forward in a sudden stop or crash. There are additional switches which can be That could cause injury to the person used to fold the third row seatbacks from sitting there. Always push and pull on the cargo area. See Third Row Seats 0 49. the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Seat Belts 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place. This section describes how to use seat belts properly, and some things not to do. { Warning A seat belt that is improperly routed, not { Warning properly attached, or twisted will not Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt provide the protection needed in a crash. To fold the seats from the overhead console, cannot be worn properly. In a crash, The person wearing the belt could be if equipped: if you or your passenger(s) are not seriously injured. After raising the rear wearing seat belts, injuries can be much seatback, always check to be sure that The vehicle must be in P (Park) for this worse than if you are wearing seat belts. feature to work. the seat belts are properly routed and You can be seriously injured or killed by attached, and are not twisted. 1. Press and hold the switch to fold the hitting things inside the vehicle harder or third row seatback. by being ejected from the vehicle. In 4. Reconnect the center seat belt mini-latch The left switch folds the left seatback, addition, anyone who is not buckled up to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist. and the right switch folds the right can strike other passengers in the vehicle. seatback. 5. Pull on the seat belt to be sure the It is extremely dangerous to ride in a mini-latch is secure. 2. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. if desired. In a collision, passengers riding in these 3. Press and hold the switch to return the areas are more likely to be seriously seatback to the seating position. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 53 When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast Also, in nearly all states and in all Warning (Continued) as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops Canadian provinces, the law requires injured or killed. Do not allow passengers suddenly, you keep going until something wearing seat belts. to ride in any area of the vehicle that is stops you. It could be the windshield, the not equipped with seats and seat belts. instrument panel, or the seat belts! How to Wear Seat Belts Properly Always wear a seat belt, and check that When you wear a seat belt, you and the Follow these rules for everyone's protection. all passenger(s) are restrained vehicle slow down together. There is more There are additional things to know about properly too. time to stop because you stop over a longer seat belts and children, including smaller distance and, when worn properly, your children and infants. If a child will be riding This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to strongest bones take the forces from the in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 70 or buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts Infants and Young Children 0 71. Review and Reminders 0 108. makes such good sense. follow the rules for children in addition to the following rules. Why Seat Belts Work Questions and Answers About Seat Belts Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a It is very important for all occupants to crash if I am wearing a seat belt? buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than A: You could be — whether you are those who are wearing seat belts. wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance of being conscious during and after a There are important things to know about crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, wearing a seat belt properly. is much greater if you are belted. Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I have to wear seat belts? A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. They work with seat belts — not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

54 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keep your feet Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to on the floor in front of you (if possible). become loose or twisted. . Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. . Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 55 If you are using a rear seating position with a detachable seat belt and the seat belt is not attached, see Third Row Seats 0 49 for instructions on reconnecting the seat belt to the mini-buckle. The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index.

Never wear the shoulder belt under both Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an arms or behind your back. .

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt pieces. across you. Do not let it get twisted. Lap-Shoulder Belt Always use the correct buckle for your All seating positions in the vehicle have a seating position. lap-shoulder belt. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

56 Seats and Restraints The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 73. If this occurs, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on position on the seat, move the seat it clicks. the shoulder belt. rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating If the belt is not long enough, see Seat position may affect the passenger Belt Extender 0 58. sensing system. See Passenger Sensing Position the release button on the buckle System 0 65. so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” in this section for instructions on use and important safety information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 57 To unlatch the belt, push the button on the Seat belt pretensioners can also help tighten buckle. The belt should return to its stowed the seat belts in a side crash or rollover position. event. Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat Pretensioners work only once. If the belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed pretensioners activate in a crash, the position, the retractor may lock and cannot pretensioners and probably other parts of be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat the vehicle's seat belt system will need to belt straight out firmly to unlock the be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System webbing, and then release it. If the webbing Parts after a Crash 0 59. is still locked in the retractor, see your Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while dealer. entering or exiting the vehicle or at any Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the is out of the way. If a door is slammed Push the release button to move the height seat belt can damage the webbing and against a seat belt, damage can occur to adjuster to the desired position. hardware. both the seat belt and the vehicle. After the adjuster is set to the desired Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster position, try to move it down without pushing the release button to make sure it Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide The vehicle has a shoulder belt height has locked into position. added seat belt comfort for older children adjuster for the driver and front outboard who have outgrown booster seats and for passenger positions. Seat Belt Pretensioners some adults. When installed on a shoulder Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for belt, the comfort guide positions the the belt is on the shoulder and not falling the front outboard occupants. shoulder belt away from the neck and head. off of it. The belt should be close to, but not Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot Comfort guides are available through your contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt be seen, they are part of the seat belt dealer for the rear outboard seating height adjustment could reduce the assembly. They can help tighten the seat positions. Instructions are included with the effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See comfort guides. 0 belts during the early stages of a moderate How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 53. to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

58 Seats and Restraints Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy Seat Belt Extender have it replaced immediately. If a belt is twisted, it may be possible to untwist by Seat belts work for everyone, including If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around reversing the latch plate on the webbing. pregnant women. Like all occupants, they you, you should use it. If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your are more likely to be seriously injured if But if a seat belt is not long enough, your dealer to fix it. they do not wear seat belts. dealer will order you an extender. When Make sure the seat belt reminder light is you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 108. you will wear, so the extender will be long enough for you. To help avoid personal Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt 0 injury, do not let someone else use it, and Care 58. use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The extender has been designed for adults. Seat Belt Care Never use it for securing child restraints. For Keep belts clean and dry. more information on the proper use and fit Seat belts should be properly cared for and of seat belt extenders see the instruction maintained. sheet that comes with the extender. Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and Safety System Check free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior Periodically check the seat belt reminder, hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be A pregnant woman should wear a seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris be worn as low as possible, below the and seat belt anchorages to make sure they in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in rounding, throughout the pregnancy. are all in working order. Look for any other the system please see the dealer. Parts may The best way to protect the fetus is to loose or damaged seat belt system parts need to be replaced to ensure proper protect the mother. When a seat belt is that might keep a seat belt system from functionality of the system. worn properly, it is more likely that the performing properly. See your dealer to fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to seat belts may not protect you in a crash. making seat belts effective is wearing them Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under properly. impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 59 crash may have been stressed or damaged. . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard { Warning See your dealer to have the seat belt passenger and the second and third row Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. assemblies inspected or replaced. passengers seated directly behind the front outboard passenger It may severely weaken the webbing. In New parts and repairs may be necessary a crash, they might not be able to even if the seat belt system was not being The vehicle may have the following airbag: provide adequate protection. Clean and used at the time of the crash. . A front center airbag for the driver and rinse seat belt webbing only with mild Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if front outboard passenger soap and lukewarm water. Allow the the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on webbing to dry. airbag readiness light stays on after you the trim or on a label near the deployment start the vehicle or while you are driving. opening. Replacing Seat Belt System Parts See Airbag Readiness Light 0 108. For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on after a Crash the center of the steering wheel for the Airbag System driver and on the instrument panel for the { Warning The vehicle has the following airbags: front outboard passenger. A crash can damage the seat belt system . A frontal airbag for the driver For the front center airbag, the word AIRBAG in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt . A frontal airbag for the front outboard is on the inboard side of the driver seatback. system may not properly protect the passenger For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the person using it, resulting in serious injury . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback or even death in a crash. To help make driver or side of the seat closest to the door. sure the seat belt systems are working properly after a crash, have them . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on front outboard passenger inspected and any necessary the ceiling or trim. replacements made as soon as possible. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and for Airbags are designed to supplement the the second and third row passengers protection provided by seat belts. Even After a minor crash, replacement of seat seated directly behind the driver though today's airbags are also designed to belts may not be necessary. But the seat help reduce the risk of injury from the force belt assemblies that were used during any of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

60 Seats and Restraints Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system: Warning (Continued) { Warning to any airbag when it inflates can be Children who are up against, or very { Warning seriously injured or killed. Do not sit close to, any airbag when it inflates can You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you be seriously injured or killed. Always crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the secure children properly in the vehicle. To belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help read how, see Older Children 0 70 or designed to work with seat belts, not keep you in position before and during a Infants and Young Children 0 71. replace them. Also, airbags are not crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with designed to inflate in every crash. In airbags. The driver should sit as far back some crashes seat belts are the only as possible while still maintaining control restraint. See When Should an Airbag of the vehicle. The seat belts and the Inflate? 0 62. front outboard passenger airbags are most effective when you are sitting well Wearing your seat belt during a crash back and upright in the seat with both helps reduce your chance of hitting feet on the floor. There is an airbag readiness light on the things inside the vehicle or being ejected instrument cluster, which shows the airbag Occupants should not lean on or sleep from it. Airbags are “supplemental symbol. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in against the front center armrest or the vehicle should wear a seat belt console in vehicles with a front center The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you properly, whether or not there is an airbag. if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag airbag for that person. Occupants should not lean on or sleep Readiness Light 0 108. against the door or side windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side { Warning impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. Because airbags inflate with great force and faster than the blink of an eye, anyone who is up against, or very close (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 61 Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar

The driver frontal airbag is in the center of The driver and front outboard passenger the steering wheel. If the vehicle has a front center airbag, it is seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the in the inboard side of the driver seatback. side of the seatbacks closest to the door. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

62 Seats and Restraints determine the severity of the impact. Warning (Continued) Deployment thresholds can vary with do not attach or put anything on the specific vehicle design. steering wheel hub or on or near any Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in other airbag covering. moderate to severe frontal or near frontal Do not use seat or console accessories crashes to help reduce the potential for that block the inflation path of a severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or seat-mounted side impact airbag or the front outboard passenger's head and chest. front center airbag, if equipped. Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflate is not based primarily on how fast Never secure anything to the roof of a the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a is hit, the direction of the impact, and how Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar rope or tie-down through any door or quickly the vehicle slows down. window opening. If you do, the path of The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front an inflating roof-rail airbag will be Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash outboard passenger, and second and third blocked. speeds depending on whether the vehicle row outboard seating positions are in the hits an object straight on or at an angle, ceiling above the side windows. and whether the object is fixed or moving, When Should an Airbag Inflate? rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. { Warning This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate 0 If something is between an occupant and Airbag System 59. Airbags are designed to during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, an airbag, the airbag might not inflate inflate if the impact exceeds the specific or many side impacts. properly or it might force the object into airbag system's deployment threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict In addition, the vehicle has advanced that person causing severe injury or even how severe a crash is likely to be in time technology frontal airbags. Advanced death. The path of an inflating airbag for the airbags to inflate and help restrain technology frontal airbags adjust the must be kept clear. Do not put anything the occupants. The vehicle has electronic restraint according to crash severity. between an occupant and an airbag, and sensors that help the airbag system The front center airbag, if equipped, is (Continued) designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes depending upon the location of Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 63 the impact, when either side of the vehicle will inflate when either side of the vehicle is Airbags supplement the protection provided is struck. In addition, the front center airbag struck, if the sensing system predicts that by seat belts by distributing the force of the is designed to inflate when the sensing the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, impact more evenly over the system predicts that the vehicle is about to or in a severe frontal impact. occupant's body. roll over on its side. The front center airbag In any particular crash, no one can say Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are is not designed to inflate in frontal impacts, whether an airbag should have inflated designed to help contain the head and chest near frontal impacts, or rear impacts. simply because of the vehicle damage or the of occupants in the outboard seating Seat-mounted side impact airbags are repair costs. positions in the first, second, and third rows. designed to inflate in moderate to severe The rollover capable roof-rail airbags are side crashes, depending on the location of What Makes an Airbag Inflate? designed to help reduce the risk of full or the impact. Seat-mounted side impact In a deployment event, the sensing system partial ejection in rollover events, although airbags are not designed to inflate in sends an electrical signal triggering a release no system can prevent all such ejections. rollovers or in rear impacts. The driver side of gas from the inflator. Gas from the But airbags would not help in many types seat-mounted side impact airbag is not inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to of collisions, primarily because the designed to inflate in frontal impacts or in break out of the cover. The inflator, the occupant's motion is not toward those near frontal impacts. The passenger side airbag, and related hardware are all part of airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? seat-mounted side impact airbag is designed the airbag module. 0 62. to inflate in moderate to severe frontal impacts or in near frontal impacts. For airbag locations, see Where Are the Airbags should never be regarded as A seat-mounted side impact airbag is Airbags? 0 61. anything more than a supplement to seat designed to inflate on the side of the vehicle belts. that is struck. How Does an Airbag Restrain? What Will You See after an Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal moderate to severe side crashes depending collisions, even belted occupants can contact Airbag Inflates? on the location of the impact. In addition, the steering wheel or the instrument panel. After frontal and seat-mounted side impact these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate In moderate to severe side collisions, even airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so during a rollover or in a severe frontal belted occupants can contact the inside of quickly that some people may not even impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to the vehicle. realize the airbags inflated. The front center inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags airbag and roof-rail airbags may still be at Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

64 Seats and Restraints least partially inflated for some time after they inflate. Some components of the airbag Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) module may be hot for several minutes. For If you experience breathing problems to be drivable after a moderate crash, location of the airbags, see Where Are the following an airbag deployment, you there may be concealed damage that 0 Airbags? 61. should seek medical attention. could make it difficult to safely operate The parts of the airbag that come into the vehicle. contact with you may be warm, but not too The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors, turn on the Use caution if you should attempt to hot to touch. There may be some smoke restart the engine after a crash has and dust coming from the vents in the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, occurred. deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not and shut off the fuel system after the airbags inflate. The feature may also prevent the driver from seeing out of the In many crashes severe enough to inflate windshield or being able to steer the activate, without airbag inflation, after an event that exceeds a predetermined the airbag, are broken by vehicle, nor does it prevent people from vehicle deformation. Additional windshield leaving the vehicle. threshold. After turning the ignition off and then on again, the fuel system will return to breakage may also occur from the front outboard passenger airbag. { Warning normal operation; the doors can be locked, the interior lamps can be turned off, and . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. When an airbag inflates, there may be the hazard warning flashers can be turned After an airbag inflates, you will need dust in the air. This dust could cause off using the controls for those features. some new parts for the airbag system. breathing problems for people with a If any of these systems are damaged in the If you do not get them, the airbag history of asthma or other breathing crash they may not operate as normal. system will not be there to help protect trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the you in another crash. A new system will vehicle should get out as soon as it is { Warning include airbag modules and possibly other safe to do so. If you have breathing parts. The service manual for the vehicle A crash severe enough to inflate the covers the need to replace other parts. problems but cannot get out of the airbags may have also damaged . The vehicle has a crash sensing and vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get important functions in the vehicle, such diagnostic module which records fresh air by opening a window or a door. as the fuel system, brake and steering (Continued) information after a crash. See Vehicle systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears Data Recording and Privacy 0 410 and (Continued) Event Data Recorders 0 411. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 65 . Let only qualified technicians work on the The passenger sensing system works with airbag systems. Improper service can sensors that are part of the front outboard Warning (Continued) mean that an airbag system will not work passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors seriously injured or killed if the passenger properly. See your dealer for service. are designed to detect the presence of a frontal airbag inflates and the passenger properly seated occupant and determine if seat is in a forward position. Passenger Sensing System the front outboard passenger frontal airbag Even if the passenger sensing system has The vehicle has a passenger sensing system should be allowed to inflate or not. turned off the passenger frontal airbag, for the front outboard passenger position. According to accident statistics, children are no system is fail-safe. No one can The passenger airbag status indicator will safer when properly secured in a rear seat guarantee that an airbag will not deploy light on the overhead console when the in the correct child restraint for their weight vehicle is started. and size. under some unusual circumstance, even though the airbag is turned off. Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating Never put a rear-facing child restraint in position. the front seat, even if the airbag is off. If securing a forward-facing child restraint Never put a rear-facing child seat in the in the front outboard passenger seat, front. This is because the risk to the always move the seat as far back as it rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag United States and Canada inflates. will go. It is better to secure child restraints in the rear seat. Consider using The words ON and OFF, and the symbols for { Warning another vehicle to transport the child on and off, will be visible during the system when a rear seat is not available. check. When the system check is complete, A child in a rear-facing child restraint can either the word ON or OFF, and the symbol be seriously injured or killed if the If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is will accommodate a rear-facing child Airbag Status Indicator 0 109. because the back of the rear-facing child restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should The passenger sensing system turns off the restraint would be very close to the not be installed in the vehicle, even if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflating airbag. A child in a airbag is off. under certain conditions. No other airbag is forward-facing child restraint can be affected by the passenger sensing system. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

66 Seats and Restraints The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger 2. Remove the child restraint from the turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, depending upon the person's vehicle. frontal airbag if: seating posture and body build. Everyone in 3. Remove any additional items from the . The front outboard passenger seat is the vehicle who has outgrown child seat such as blankets, cushions, seat unoccupied. restraints should wear a seat belt covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. properly — whether or not there is an . The system determines an infant is airbag for that person. 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the present in a child restraint. directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing Child . A front outboard passenger takes his/her { Warning weight off of the seat for a period Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear of time. If the airbag readiness light ever comes Seat) 0 83 or on and stays on, it means that Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat When the passenger sensing system has Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 87 or turned off the front outboard passenger something may be wrong with the airbag Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light system. To help avoid injury to yourself Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 85. and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is or others, have the vehicle serviced right 0 off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator away. See Airbag Readiness Light 108 Make sure the seat belt retractor is 0 109. for more information, including important locked by pulling the shoulder belt all safety information. the way out of the retractor when The passenger sensing system is designed to installing the child restraint, even if the turn on the front outboard passenger frontal If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child child restraint is equipped with a seat airbag anytime the system senses that a Restraint belt lock off. When the retractor lock is person of adult size is sitting properly in the set, the belt can be tightened but not front outboard passenger seat. The passenger sensing system is designed to pulled out of the retractor. turn off the front outboard passenger When the passenger sensing system has 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON frontal airbag if the system determines that an infant is present in a child restraint. If a and restarting the vehicle, the ON indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. that the airbag is active. child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit: Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat cushion, For some children, including children in child 1. Turn the vehicle off. restraints, and for very small adults, the passenger sensing system may or may not Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 67 if adjustable, to make sure that the If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, vehicle seatback is not pushing the child Adult-Sized Occupant centered on the seat cushion, with legs restraint into the seat cushion. comfortably extended. Also make sure the child restraint is not 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is trapped under the vehicle head restraint. pulled out all the way, the child restraint If this happens, adjust the head restraint. locking feature will be engaged. This See Head Restraints 0 36. may unintentionally cause the passenger 6. Restart the vehicle. sensing system to turn the airbag off for some adult-sized occupants. If this The passenger sensing system may or may happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt not turn off the airbag for a child in a child go back all the way, and then buckle the restraint depending upon the child’s size. belt again without pulling the belt out It is better to secure child restraints in a all the way. rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to transport the child when a rear seat is not 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person available. Never put a rear-facing child remain in this position for two to If a person of adult size is sitting in the restraint in the front seat, even if the ON three minutes after the ON indicator front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF indicator is not lit. is lit. indicator is lit, it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat or { Warning that the child restraint locking feature is engaged. Use the following steps to allow If the front outboard passenger airbag is the system to detect that person and enable turned off for an adult-sized occupant, the front outboard passenger frontal airbag: the airbag will not be able to inflate and help protect that person in a crash, 1. Turn the vehicle off. resulting in an increased risk of serious 2. Remove any additional material from the injury or even death. An adult-sized seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat occupant should not ride in the front covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. outboard passenger seat, if the passenger 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright airbag OFF indicator is lit. position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

68 Seats and Restraints Additional Factors Affecting System Warning (Continued) Operation { Warning Stowing articles under the passenger seat system. Be sure to follow proper service Seat belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle or between the passenger seat cushion procedures, and make sure the person maneuvers and braking, which helps the and seatback may interfere with the performing work for you is qualified to passenger sensing system maintain the proper operation of the passenger do so. passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” sensing system. and “Child Restraints” in the Index for Adding Equipment to the additional information about the importance Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Airbag-Equipped Vehicle of proper restraint use. Vehicle Adding accessories that change the vehicle's A thick layer of additional material, such as Airbags affect how the vehicle should be frame, bumper system, height, front end, a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket serviced. There are parts of the airbag or side sheet metal may keep the airbag equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, system in several places around the vehicle. system from working properly. and seat massagers can affect how well the Your dealer and the service manual have passenger sensing system operates. We The operation of the airbag system can also information about servicing the vehicle and be affected by changing, including recommend that you not use seat covers or the airbag system. To purchase a service other aftermarket equipment except when improperly repairing or replacing, any parts manual, see Publication Ordering of the following: approved by GM for your specific vehicle. Information 0 408. See Adding Equipment to the . Airbag system, including airbag modules, 0 front or side impact sensors, sensing and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 68 for more { Warning information about modifications that can diagnostic module, airbag wiring, or front affect how the system operates. For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is center console turned off and the battery is The ON indicator may be lit if an object, . Front seats, including stitching, seams or such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, disconnected, an airbag can still inflate zippers laptop, or other electronic device, is during improper service. You can be . Seat belts injured if you are close to an airbag an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, . Steering wheel, instrument panel, remove the object from the seat. when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. overhead console, ceiling trim, or They are probably part of the airbag garnish trim (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 69 . Inner door seals, including speakers If the vehicle must be modified because you Replacing Airbag System Parts Your dealer and the service manual have have a disability and you have questions after a Crash information about the location of the airbag about whether the modifications will affect the vehicle's airbag system, or if you have modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic { Warning module, and airbag wiring along with the questions about whether the airbag system proper replacement procedures. will be affected if the vehicle is modified for A crash can damage the airbag systems any other reason, call Customer Assistance. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system In addition, the vehicle has a passenger 0 See Customer Assistance Offices 403. may not properly protect you and your sensing system for the front outboard passenger position, which includes sensors Airbag System Check passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in that are part of the passenger's seat. The serious injury or even death. To help passenger sensing system may not operate The airbag system does not need regularly make sure the airbag systems are properly if the original seat trim is replaced scheduled maintenance or replacement. working properly after a crash, have Make sure the airbag readiness light is them inspected and any necessary with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim, 0 or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim working. See Airbag Readiness Light 108. replacements made as soon as possible. designed for a different vehicle. Any object, Caution such as an aftermarket seat heater or a If an airbag inflates, you will need to comfort enhancing pad or device, installed If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, replace airbag system parts. See your dealer under or on top of the seat fabric, could or broken, the airbag may not work for service. also interfere with the operation of the properly. Do not open or break the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays on after passenger sensing system. This could either coverings. If there are any opened or the vehicle is started or comes on when you prevent proper deployment of the passenger broken airbag coverings, have the airbag are driving, the airbag system may not work airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing covering and/or airbag module replaced. properly. Have the vehicle serviced right system from properly turning off the For the location of the airbags, see Where away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 108. passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing Are the Airbags? 0 61. See your dealer for 0 System 65. service. If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, see Different Size and Wheels 0 354 for additional important information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

70 Seats and Restraints Child Restraints belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear According to accident statistics, children are Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under safer when properly restrained in a rear Older Children Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 55. If a comfort guide seating position. is not available, or if the shoulder belt In a crash, children who are not buckled up still does not rest on the shoulder, then can strike other people who are buckled up, return to the booster seat. or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the children need to use seat belts properly. hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. { Warning . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for Never allow more than one child to wear the length of the trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot properly spread the impact forces. In a Q: What is the proper way to wear seat crash, they can be crushed together and belts? seriously injured. A seat belt must be A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder used by only one person at a time. Older children who have outgrown booster belt and get the additional restraint a seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs. height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash. continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 55. shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 71

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Never allow a child to wear the seat belt tighten but cannot be loosened if it is shoulder belt under both arms or behind locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is their back. A child can be seriously pulled all the way out of the retractor. injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder It unlocks when the shoulder belt is belt properly. In a crash, the child would allowed to go all the way back into the not be restrained by the shoulder belt. retractor, but it cannot do this if it is The child could move too far forward wrapped around a child’s neck. If the increasing the chance of head and neck shoulder belt is locked and tightened injury. The child might also slide under around a child’s neck, the only way to the lap belt. The belt force would then be loosen the belt is to cut it. applied right on the abdomen. That could Infants and Young Children Never leave children unattended in a cause serious or fatal injuries. The Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This vehicle and never allow children to play shoulder belt should go over the shoulder with the seat belts. and across the chest. includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, Every time infants and young children ride for everyone, to use safety restraints. In in vehicles, they should have the protection fact, the law in every state in the United provided by appropriate child restraints. States and in every Canadian province says Neither the vehicle’s seat belt system nor its children up to some age must be restrained airbag system is designed for them. while in a vehicle. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of { Warning the vehicle. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

72 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning { Warning Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front For example, in a crash at only passenger seat. Secure a rear-facing child 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) It is also better to secure a forward-facing force on a person's arms. An infant or child restraint in a rear seat. If a child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint must be child restraint. secured in the front passenger seat, always move the front passenger seat as Child restraints are devices used to restrain, far back as it will go. seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats. If a child restraint is installed in the There are three basic types of child second row center seat, move the second restraints: row seat to the rearward position, . Forward-facing child restraints whenever possible, to minimize contact with the front center airbag. . Rear-facing child restraints . Belt-positioning booster seats The proper child restraint for your child depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. For each type of child restraint, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 73 designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it The harness system holds the infant in place is, the child restraint will have a label saying Warning (Continued) and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant that it meets federal motor vehicle safety unprotected by any bony structure. This positioned in the restraint. standards. alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The instruction manual that is provided with To reduce the risk of serious or fatal the child restraint states the weight and injuries during a crash, young children height limitations for that particular child should always be secured in an restraint. In addition, there are many kinds appropriate child restraint. of child restraints available for children with special needs. Child Restraint Systems { Warning To reduce the risk of neck and head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they Forward-Facing Child Restraint reach the maximum height and weight A forward-facing child restraint provides limits of their child restraint. restraint for the child's body with the harness. { Warning A young child's hip bones are still so small that the vehicle seat belt may not Rear-Facing Infant Restraint remain low on the hip bones, as it A rear-facing child restraint provides should. Instead, it may settle up around restraint with the seating surface against the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt the back of the infant. would apply force on a body area that is (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

74 Seats and Restraints Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in 2. Instruction manual provided with the the Vehicle child restraint 3. This vehicle owner's manual { Warning The child restraint instructions are A child can be seriously injured or killed important, so if they are not available, in a crash if the child restraint is not obtain a replacement copy from the properly secured in the vehicle. Secure manufacturer. the child restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured child using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH restraint can move around in a collision or system, following the instructions that sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. came with that child restraint and the Be sure to properly secure any child Booster Seats instructions in this manual. restraint in the vehicle — even when no child is in it. To help reduce the chance of injury, the A belt-positioning booster seat is used for In some areas Certified Child Passenger child restraint must be secured in the children who have outgrown their Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are inspect and demonstrate how to correctly vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's use and install child restraints. In the U.S., portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the seat belt system until the child is large refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit Administration (NHTSA) website to locate Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 76 for properly without a booster seat. See the the nearest child safety seat inspection 0 more information. Children can be seat belt fit test in Older Children 70. station. For CPST availability in Canada, endangered in a crash if the child restraint is check with Transport Canada or the not properly secured in the vehicle. Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 75 Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint { Warning { Warning A child in a rear-facing child restraint can A child in a child restraint in the center { Warning be seriously injured or killed if the front front seat can be badly injured or killed passenger airbag inflates. This is because by the frontal airbags if they inflate. A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint Never secure a child restraint in the would be very close to the inflating center front seat. It is always better to secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child secure a child restraint in a rear seat. restraint can be seriously injured or killed that came with that child restraint. if the front passenger airbag inflates and Do not use child restraints in the center front seat position. Where to Put the Restraint the passenger seat is in a forward position. When securing a child restraint with the According to accident statistics, children and Even if the passenger sensing system has seat belts in a rear seat position, study the infants are safer when properly restrained in turned off the front passenger frontal instructions that came with the child an appropriate child restraint secured in a restraint to make sure it is compatible with airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can rear seating position. this vehicle. guarantee that an airbag will not deploy Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under some unusual circumstance, even Child restraints and booster seats vary under should be secured in a rear seating though it is turned off. considerably in size, and some may fit in position. certain seating positions better than others. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a The vehicle may be equipped with a front Do not install a child restraint in any rear rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you center airbag in the inboard side of the seating position where it cannot be installed driver seat. Even with a front center airbag, secure a forward-facing child restraint in securely. the front seat, always move the front a child restraint can be installed in any Depending on where you place the child passenger seat as far back as it will go. second row seating position. restraint and the size of the child restraint, It is better to secure the child restraint in you may not be able to access adjacent seat Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the a rear seat. front. This is because the risk to the belts or LATCH anchors for additional rear-facing child is so great if the airbag See Passenger Sensing System 0 65 for passengers or child restraints. Adjacent deploys. additional information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

76 Seats and Restraints seating positions should not be used if the Lower Anchors and Tethers for Make sure to follow the instructions that child restraint prevents access to or came with the child restraint, and also the interferes with the routing of the seat belt. Children (LATCH System) instructions in this manual. The seat in front of an installed child The LATCH system secures a child restraint When installing a child restraint with a top restraint should be adjusted to ensure during driving or in a crash. LATCH tether, you must also use either the lower proper installation according to the child attachments on the child restraint are used anchors or the seat belts to properly secure restraint manual. to attach the child restraint to the anchors the child restraint. A child restraint must in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed never be attached using only the top tether. When installing a child restraint in an to make installation of a child restraint adjustable second row seating position, the easier. For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child seat should be adjusted fore or aft to ensure restraint where the combined weight of the proper installation according to the child In order to use the LATCH system in your child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), restraint manual. vehicle, you need a child restraint that has use either the lower LATCH anchorages with LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt Wherever a child restraint is installed, be rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can sure to follow the instructions that came with the top tether anchorage. Where the be properly installed using either the LATCH combined weight of the child and restraint with the child restraint and secure the child anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not restraint properly. are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat use both the seat belts and the LATCH belt with the top tether anchorage only. Keep in mind that an unsecured child anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or restraint can move around in a collision or forward-facing child seat. sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to Be sure to properly secure any child secure the child and the booster seat. If the restraint in the vehicle — even when no manufacturer recommends that the booster child is in it. seat be secured with the LATCH system, this can be done as long as the booster seat can be positioned properly and there is no interference with the proper positioning of the lap-shoulder belt on the child. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 77 Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Show with an X Combined Weight of LATCH-Lower Anchors Restraint Type the Child + Child LATCH-Lower Seat Belt and Top Seat Belt Only and Top Tether Restraint Anchors Only Tether Anchor Anchor Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X Restraint Rear-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X Restraint Forward-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat The following explains how to attach a child Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 83 or restraint with these attachments in the in the Center Front Seat) 0 87 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt 0 0 in the Center Front Seat) 87 or Not all vehicle seating positions have lower in the Front Passenger Seat) 85. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt 0 anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be in the Front Passenger Seat) 85. used (with top tether where available) to Child restraints built after March 2014 will secure the child restraint. See Securing Child be labeled with the specific child weight up Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear to which the LATCH system can be used to Seat) 0 83 or install the restraint. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

78 Seats and Restraints Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3,4) is used to secure the top the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Second Row — 60/40 The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will H : Seating positions with two lower have a single attachment hook (2) to secure anchors. the top tether to the anchor. } : Seating positions with top tether Some child restraints with top tethers are anchors. designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 79 The top tether anchors are on the rear of the seatback for the outboard seating positions and the rear of the seat cushion for the center seating position in the second row. Be sure to use an anchor located directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.

The lower anchors are located in the crease The lower anchors are located in the crease between the seatback and seat cushion. between the seatback and seat cushion.

Second Row — Bucket

H : Seating positions with two lower anchors. } : Seating positions with top tether anchors. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

80 Seats and Restraints For models with bucket second row seating, Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the top tether anchors are on the rear of the LATCH System the seatback for each seating position in the second row. Be sure to use an anchor { Warning located directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. A child could be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly attached to the vehicle using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle seat belt. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual. For the third row seat, the top tether anchors are on the back of the seatback. Be { Warning sure to use an anchor located directly behind the seating position where the child To reduce the risk of serious or fatal restraint will be placed. injuries during a crash, do not attach more than one child restraint to a single Do not secure a child restraint in a position anchor. Attaching more than one child Third Row Seat without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be restraint to a single anchor could cause } : Seating positions with top tether attached, or if the instructions that come the anchor or attachment to come loose anchors. with the child restraint say that the top or even break during a crash. A child or tether must be attached. others could be injured. According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 75 for additional information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 81

Caution by the child restraint manufacturer. Refer { Warning to your child restraint manufacturer Children can be seriously injured or Do not let the LATCH attachments rub instructions and the instructions in this strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may manual. around their neck. The shoulder belt can damage these parts. If necessary, move 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the tighten but cannot be loosened if it is buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the desired seating position. LATCH attachments. locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. pulled all the way out of the retractor. Do not fold the rear seatback when the 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower It unlocks when the shoulder belt is seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty attachments on the child restraint allowed to go all the way back into the rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This to the lower anchors. retractor, but it cannot do this if it is could damage the seat belt or the seat. 2. If the child restraint manufacturer wrapped around a child’s neck. If the Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its recommends that the top tether be shoulder belt is locked and tightened stowed position, before folding the seat. attached, attach and tighten the top around a child’s neck, the only way to tether to the top tether anchor. Refer to loosen the belt is to cut it. The vehicle is equipped with a front center the child restraint instructions and the airbag in the inboard side of the driver seat. Buckle any unused seat belts behind the following steps: Even with a front center airbag, a child child restraint so children cannot reach restraint can be installed in any second row 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way seating position. 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top out of the retractor to set the lock, and tether according to your child If you need to secure more than one child tighten the belt behind the child restraint restraint instructions and the restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put after the child restraint has been following instructions: the Restraint 0 75. installed. 1. Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors. If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors, secure the child restraint with the seat belt and top tether when recommended Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

82 Seats and Restraints If the position you are using has a fixed or an adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether around the head restraint. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move If the position you are using does it side to side and back and forth. There not have a headrest or head should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of restraint and you are using a single movement, for proper installation. tether, route the tether over the seatback. If the position you are using has a Replacing LATCH System Parts fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, route After a Crash the tether around the inboard side of the headrest or head restraint. { Warning A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure If the position you are using does the LATCH system is working properly not have a headrest or head after a crash, see your dealer to have the restraint and you are using a dual system inspected and any necessary tether, route the tether over the replacements made as soon as possible. seatback. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 83 If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. was being used during a crash, new LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children If the head restraint interferes with the 0 system parts may be needed. (LATCH System) 76 for top tether anchor proper installation of the child restraint, New parts and repairs may be necessary locations. the head restraint may be removed. See even if the LATCH system was not being Do not secure a child seat in a position "Head Restraint Removal and used at the time of the crash. without a top tether anchor if a national or Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and local law requires that the top tether be Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 76. Securing Child Restraints (With anchored, or if the instructions that come 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) with the child restraint say that the top and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat tether must be anchored. belt through or around the child The vehicle may be equipped with a front restraint. The child restraint instructions center airbag in the inboard side of the In Canada, the law requires that will how. driver seat. Even with a front center airbag, forward-facing child restraints have a top a child restraint can be installed in any tether, and that the tether be attached. second row seating position. If you install a If the child restraint or vehicle seat position child restraint in a second row center seat, does not have the LATCH system, you will move the second row seat to the rearward be using the seat belt to secure the child position, whenever possible, to minimize restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions contact with the front center airbag. that came with the child restraint. When securing a child restraint with the If more than one child restraint needs to be seat belts in a rear seat position, study the installed in the rear seat, be sure to read instructions that came with the child Where to Put the Restraint 0 75. restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether, attach and If the child restraint has the LATCH system, tighten the top tether to the top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children anchor. Refer to the instructions that came 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until (LATCH System) 0 76 for how and where to with the child restraint and see Lower it clicks. install the child restraint using LATCH. If a Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH child restraint is secured in the vehicle using System) 0 76. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

84 Seats and Restraints Position the release button on the anchor weight limits, and instructions buckle, away from the child restraint, so listed in Lower Anchors and Tethers for that the seat belt could be quickly Children (LATCH System) 0 76. unbuckled if necessary. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion stowed position. If the top tether is attached of the belt to tighten the lap portion of to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back If the head restraint was removed, reinstall into the retractor. When installing a 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of it before the seating position is used. See forward-facing child restraint, it may be the retractor to set the lock. When the "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" helpful to use your knee to push down retractor lock is set, the belt can be under Lower Anchors and Tethers for on the child restraint as you tighten tightened but not pulled out of the Children (LATCH System) 0 76 for additional the belt. retractor. information on installing the head restraint Try to pull the belt out of the retractor properly. to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. 6. For forward-facing child restraints, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor (loop). Refer to the child restraint instructions, the vehicle LATCH Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 85 Do not secure a child seat in a position Securing Child Restraints (With Warning (Continued) the Seat Belt in the Front without a top tether anchor if a national or close to the inflating airbag. A child in a local law requires that the top tether be Passenger Seat) forward-facing child restraint can be anchored, or if the instructions that come This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a seriously injured or killed if the front with the child restraint say that the top safer place to secure a forward-facing child outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates tether must be anchored. restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint and the passenger seat is in a forward In Canada, the law requires that 0 75. position. forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. In addition, the vehicle has a passenger Even if the passenger sensing system has sensing system which is designed to turn off turned off the front outboard passenger When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the front outboard passenger frontal airbag frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No the child restraint in this position, follow the under certain conditions. See Passenger one can guarantee that an airbag will not instructions that came with the child Sensing System 0 65 and restraint and the following instructions: 0 deploy under some unusual circumstance, Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 109 for even though it is turned off. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go more information, including important before securing the forward-facing child safety information. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a restraint. Move the seat upward or the rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the seatback to an upright position, front. This is because the risk to the secure a forward-facing child restraint in if needed, to get a tight installation of rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag the front outboard passenger seat, the child restraint. always move the seat as far back as it deploys. When the passenger sensing system has will go. It is better to secure the child turned off the front outboard passenger { Warning restraint in a rear seat. frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the A child in a rear-facing child restraint can See Passenger Sensing System 0 65 for passenger airbag status indicator should be seriously injured or killed if the front additional information. light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status outboard passenger frontal airbag Indicator 0 109. inflates. This is because the back of the If the child restraint uses a top tether, see rear-facing child restraint would be very Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. (LATCH System) 0 76 for top tether anchor (Continued) locations. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

86 Seats and Restraints 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back retractor. into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until helpful to use your knee to push down it clicks. on the child restraint as you tighten Position the release button on the the belt. buckle, away from the child restraint, so Try to pull the belt out of the retractor that the seat belt could be quickly to make sure the retractor is locked. unbuckled if necessary. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Seats and Restraints 87 move it side to side and back and forth. Securing Child Restraints (With When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than the Seat Belt in the Center 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. Front Seat) If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come { Warning on and stay on when the vehicle is started. A child in a child restraint in the center If a child restraint has been installed and front seat can be badly injured or killed the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On by the frontal airbags if they inflate. Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Never secure a child restraint in the Passenger Sensing System 0 65. center front seat. It is always better to secure a child restraint in a rear seat. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the Do not use child restraints in the center stowed position. front seat position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

88 Storage Storage Storage Compartments Glove Box Lift up the glove box handle to open it. Use Storage Compartments { Warning the key to lock and unlock the glove box. Storage Compartments ...... 88 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in Instrument Panel Storage ...... 88 storage compartments. In a crash, these Cupholders Glove Box ...... 88 objects may cause the cover to open and Bench Seat Cupholders Cupholders ...... 88 could result in injury. Rear Storage ...... 89 Center Console Storage ...... 90 Floor Console Storage ...... 91 Instrument Panel Storage Additional Storage Features Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 91 Convenience Net ...... 92 System Roof Rack System ...... 92

The cupholders are in front of the center console storage area when the armrest is down. See Center Console Storage 0 90. There is storage on the instrument panel. To open, if the storage is covered, press the button and slide the cover until it locks. To close, press the button and release. The door will close automatically. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Storage 89 Cupholders Rear Cupholders Rear Storage

There are cupholders in front of and behind For second row bench seat, there are There is storage in the floor of the rear the center console storage area. cupholders in the armrest. Pull down the cargo area. Lift the handle to access. armrest to access the cupholders. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

90 Storage Center Console Storage If equipped, pull the front center seat armrest down to access the storage area with cupholders. Press the button and lift to open. There may be a removable divider inside.

Press and hold R to move the center Bench Seat console rearward. Press and hold Q to move the center console forward. Bucket Seat If equipped, press the latch and lift to open. Depending on the options, there may be a removable storage tray, auxiliary jack, and USB port(s) inside. Power Sliding Center Console If equipped, the center console moves rearward and forward using a button on the overhead console. There is more storage when the center console is rearward. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Storage 91 To move the armrest forward, push forward Additional Storage Features on the center of the armrest with the palm of your hand. Cargo Tie-Downs When Valet Mode is enabled, the center console slide is locked. See Vehicle Personalization 0 124. Floor Console Storage

When the center console is all of the way back, there is a storage bin under the armrest. Pull on the handle to open.

There are two cargo tie-downs in the rear cargo area. These can be used to strap cargo down and keep it from moving inside the vehicle.

If equipped with front center seat storage, unlock with the mechanical key inside the remote key. See Keys 0 7. Press the latch, and lift to open. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

92 Storage Convenience Net on the roof rack will make the vehicle’s Warning (Continued) center of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, being carried could be violently torn off, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, and this could cause a collision and or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may damage the vehicle. Never carry result in loss of control. If driving for a long something longer or wider than the roof distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, rack on top of the vehicle unless using a occasionally stop the vehicle to make sure GM certified accessory carrier. the cargo remains in its place. Do not exceed the maximum vehicle If equipped, the roof rack can be used to capacity when loading the vehicle. For more load items. For roof racks that do not have information on vehicle capacity and loading, crossrails included, GM Certified crossrails see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. can be purchased as an accessory. See your A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) is dealer for additional information. located above the rear window glass. Make This vehicle may have a convenience net in Caution sure items loaded on the roof of the vehicle the rear of the vehicle. Attach it to the do not block or damage the CHMSL. cargo tie-downs for storing small loads. Loading cargo on the roof rack that Do not use the net to store heavy loads. weighs more than 100 kg (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage the vehicle. Do not Roof Rack System load cargo exceeding 100 kg (220 lbs) and always load cargo so that it rests evenly { Warning between the crossrails and does not block If something is carried on top of the the vehicle lamps or windows. Fasten the vehicle that is longer or wider than the cargo securely. roof rack — like paneling, plywood, or a mattress — the wind can catch it while To prevent damage or loss of cargo when the vehicle is being driven. The item driving, check to make sure crossrails and (Continued) cargo are securely fastened. Loading cargo Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 93 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Information Displays Instruments and Controls Engine Light) ...... 110 Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 119 Brake System Warning Light ...... 111 Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 121 Controls Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 112 Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 94 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 112 Vehicle Messages Steering Wheel Controls ...... 94 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Vehicle Messages ...... 124 Heated Steering Wheel ...... 94 Light ...... 112 Engine Power Messages ...... 124 Horn ...... 95 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 113 Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 124 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 95 Hill Descent Control Light ...... 113 Vehicle Personalization Rear Window Wiper/Washer ...... 96 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light ...... 113 Vehicle Personalization ...... 124 Compass ...... 97 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 113 Clock ...... 98 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 114 Universal Remote System Power Outlets ...... 98 Traction Off Light ...... 114 Universal Remote System ...... 129 Wireless Charging ...... 99 Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Universal Remote System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Stability Control Light ...... 114 Programming ...... 129 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Universal Remote System Operation . . . 131 Indicators ...... 101 Light ...... 115 Instrument Cluster ...... 102 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning ...... 105 Light ...... 115 ...... 105 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 115 Trip Odometer ...... 105 Four Corner Air Suspension Light ...... 116 Tachometer ...... 105 Tire Pressure Light ...... 116 ...... 105 Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 106 Cluster) ...... 117 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . 107 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 117 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 107 Security Light ...... 117 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 108 High-Beam On Light ...... 118 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 108 Lamps On Reminder ...... 118 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . 109 Cruise Control Light ...... 118 Charging System Light ...... 110 Door Ajar Light ...... 118 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

94 Instruments and Controls Controls Power Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel Heated Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Adjustment Manual Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel

To adjust the steering wheel, if equipped: ( : If equipped, press to turn the heated 1. Press the control up or down to tilt the steering wheel on or off. An indicator next steering wheel up or down. to the button is lit when the feature is To adjust the steering wheel: 2. Press the control rearward or forward to turned on. move the steering wheel closer or away 1. Pull the lever down. The steering wheel takes about from you. three minutes to start heating. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. Do not adjust the steering wheel while Automatic Heated Steering Wheel 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or driving. away from you. If equipped with remote start, the heated 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering Steering Wheel Controls steering wheel may turn on during a remote wheel in place. start along with the heated seats when it is The infotainment system can be operated cold outside. The heated steering wheel Do not adjust the steering wheel while by using the steering wheel controls. See indicator may come on in remote start. driving. Steering Wheel Controls 0 144. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 95 If equipped with auto heated seats, the 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades heated steering wheel will turn on when the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold and windshield before using them. If frozen auto heated seat is activated. The heated the wiper lever down. to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw steering wheel indicator will display the OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. them. Damaged blades should be replaced. state of the steering wheel heat. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 329. c See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 43 : If equipped with Rainsense, use this and setting for intermittent wipes when { Warning Rainsense is disabled, or Rainsense wipes Vehicle Personalization 0 124. In freezing weather, do not use the when Rainsense is enabled. For intermittent washer until the windshield is warmed. Horn wipes, move the windshield wiper lever to AUTO, then turn the band up for more Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice To sound the horn, press a on the frequent wipes or down for less frequent on the windshield, blocking your vision. steering wheel. wipes. If Rainsense is turned on, see “Rainsense” later in this section. Windshield Wiper/Washer { Warning LO : Use for slow wipes. Before driving the vehicle, always clear HI : Use for fast wipes. snow and ice from the hood, windshield, f : Pull the windshield wiper lever roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all toward you to spray lamps and windows. Reduced visibility and activate the wipers. The wipers will from snow and ice buildup could lead to continue until the lever is released or the a crash. maximum wash time is reached. When the windshield wiper lever is released, additional Wiper Parking wipes may occur depending on how long If the ignition is turned off while the wipers With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, the windshield washer has been activated. are on LO, HI, or AUTO with Rainsense 0 move the windshield wiper lever to select See Washer Fluid 324 for information on turned off, they will immediately stop. the wiper speed. filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

96 Instruments and Controls If the windshield wiper lever is then moved AUTO : Move the windshield wiper lever to Windshield Washer to OFF before the driver door is opened or AUTO. Turn the band on the wiper lever to within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart adjust the sensitivity. L m : Push the paddle marked with the windshield washer symbol at the top of the and move to the base of the windshield. . Turn the band up for more sensitivity to turn signal lever to spray washer fluid and moisture. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers activate the wipers. The wipers will continue are performing wipes due to windshield . Turn the band down for less sensitivity to until the paddle is released or the maximum washing or Rainsense, the wipers continue moisture. wash time is reached. When the paddle is to run until they reach the base of the . Move the windshield wiper lever out of released, additional wipes may occur windshield. the AUTO position to deactivate depending on how long the windshield Rainsense. washer had been activated. See Washer Rainsense 0 To turn the Rainsense feature on or off, see Fluid 324 for information on filling the If equipped with Rainsense and the feature “Rain Sense Wipers” under Vehicle windshield washer fluid reservoir. is turned on, a sensor near the top center of Personalization 0 124. the windshield detects the amount of water Rear Window Wiper/Washer on the windshield and controls the Wiper Arm Assembly Protection frequency of the windshield wiper based on When using an automatic car wash, move the current sensitivity setting. the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This Keep this area of the windshield clear of disables the automatic Rainsense windshield debris to allow for best system performance. wipers. With Rainsense, if the transmission is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very slow, the wipers will automatically stop at the base of the windshield. The wiper operations return to normal when The rear window wiper/washer controls are the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) on the end of the windshield wiper lever. or the vehicle speed has increased. Turn the controls to adjust the setting. OFF : Turns the wiper off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 97 INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a delay Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Rear Camera Washer between wipes. If the rear wiper control is off, the rear ON : Turns on the rear wiper. wiper will automatically operate L continuously when the transmission is in : Push the windshield wiper lever R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper forward to spray washer fluid on the rear is performing low or high speed wipes. window. The wipers will clear the rear If the rear wiper control is off, the window and either stop or return to your transmission is in R (Reverse), and the front preset speed. For more washer cycles, push windshield wiper is performing INT wipes, and hold the lever. then the rear wiper automatically performs The rear window wiper/washer will not INT wipes. If equipped, push the windshield wiper lever operate if the liftgate is open or ajar. If the This feature can be turned on or off. See forward to spray washer fluid on the rear liftgate is opened while the rear wiper is on, Vehicle Personalization 0 124. camera lens. The lever returns to its starting the wiper returns to the parked position and position when released. See Rear Camera stops. The windshield washer reservoir is used for 0 the windshield, rear window, and rear mirror Mirror 30. See “Rear Camera Washer” later in this camera, if equipped. See Rear Camera Mirror section. 0 30. Check the fluid level in the reservoir if Compass Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Protection either washer is not working. See Washer The vehicle may have a compass display on Fluid 0 324. the Driver Information Center (DIC). The When using an automatic car wash, move compass receives its heading and other the rear wiper control to OFF to disable the information from the Global Positioning rear wiper. In some vehicles, if the System (GPS) antenna, Electronic Stability transmission is in N (Neutral) and the Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information. vehicle speed is very slow, the rear wiper will automatically park under the rear The compass system is designed to operate . for a certain number of miles or degrees of turn before needing a signal from the GPS The wiper operations return to normal when satellites. When the compass display shows the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in or the vehicle speed has increased. an open area where it can receive a GPS Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

98 Instruments and Controls signal. The compass system will 12 Volt Power Outlet When adding electrical equipment, be sure automatically determine when a GPS signal to follow the proper installation instructions is restored and provide a heading again. included with the equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 306. Clock Set the time and date using the Caution infotainment system. See "Time / Date" Hanging heavy equipment from the under Settings 0 187. power outlet can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. The Power Outlets power outlets are designed for accessory Accessory power outlets can be used to plug power plugs only, such as cell phone in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone charge cords. or MP3 player. Power Outlet 110/120 Volt Alternating The vehicle has one 12 Volt accessory power outlet under the climate control system and Caution Current one 110/120 Volt Alternating Current outlet Leaving electrical equipment plugged in If equipped, the vehicle has two alternating on the rear of the center console. for an extended period of time while the current power outlets. One on the back of Lift the cover to access and replace when vehicle is off will drain the battery. the center console and one in the rear of not in use. Always unplug electrical equipment when the vehicle. not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 15 amp rating.

Certain power accessory plugs may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 6/3/21

Instruments and Controls 99 An indicator light on the outlet illuminates . Other equipment requiring an extremely when the system is enabled and no system stable power supply, such as fault is detected. The outlet will not provide microcomputer-controlled electric blankets power when the ignition is off, the - and touch sensor lamps button is not pressed, or the plug is not . Medical equipment fully seated into the outlet. The outlet does not operate while the engine is starting. If a Wireless Charging USB powered streaming device is being If equipped and enabled, the system used, it is suggested to use a USB Port for operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly charges 0 power, see USB Port 152. If uninterrupted one Qi compatible smartphone. The power power supply is required while driving, output of the system is capable of charging disable the auto-stop feature, see Stop/Start at a rate up to 3 amp (15 W), as requested System 0 229. When the ignition is on, power to the 110 by the compatible smartphone. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 409. Volt outlet is enabled after the - If equipment is connected using more than button is pressed, see Instrument Panel 400 watts or a system fault is detected, a Overview 0 4 for button location. A green protection circuit shuts off the power supply { Warning indicator light on the button indicates when and the indicator light will flash. Wireless charging can affect the the 110 Volt outlet is enabled. 110 Volt Do not use a power outlet with a missing or operation of an implanted pacemaker or power is supplied to the outlet when it is damaged cover. other medical devices. If you have one, it enabled and electrical equipment is plugged The power outlet is not designed for the is recommended to consult with your into that outlet. One power outlet can be following, and may not work properly if doctor before using the wireless charging used with electrical equipment that uses a they are plugged in: system. maximum of 400 watts. Ensure that all . Equipment with high initial peak wattage, connected devices do not exceed 400 watts. The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, such as compressor-driven refrigerators or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be The power outlet can be turned off by and electric power tools pressing the - button. active. The wireless charging feature may not correctly indicate charging when the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

100 Instruments and Controls vehicle is in RAP or during Bluetooth phone 3. A green } will appear on the V on calls. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) the infotainment display. This indicates 0 229. that the smartphone is properly The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F) positioned and charging. If a smartphone to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system is placed on the charging pad and } and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the does not display, remove the phone. smartphone from the pad, turn it 180 degrees, and wait three seconds { Warning before placing/aligning the smartphone on the pad again. Remove all objects from the charging pad before charging your compatible 4. If } turns yellow, ensure that the smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, charging pad is clear of any objects and rings, paper clips, or cards, between the To charge a compatible smartphone: that the smartphone is capable of smartphone and charging pad will 1. Remove all objects from the charging wireless charging before re-positioning it. become very hot. On the rare occasion pad. The system may not charge if there If } does not illuminate, the that the charging system does not detect are any objects between the smartphone smartphone may need to re-positioned. an object, and the object gets wedged and charging pad. The smartphone may become warm between the smartphone and charger, 2. Place the smartphone face up at the during charging. This is normal. In remove the smartphone and allow the bottom edge of the charge pad. warmer temperatures, the speed of object to cool before removing it from To maximize the charge rate, ensure the charging may be reduced. the charging pad, to prevent burns. smartphone is fully seated and centered Software Acknowledgements in the holder with nothing under it. A thick smartphone case may prevent Certain Wireless Charging Module product the wireless charger from working, from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the or may reduce the charging performance. open source software detailed below. Refer See your dealer for additional to the indicated open source licenses (as are information. included following this notice) for the terms and conditions of their use. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 101 OSS Notice Information 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder Warning Lights, Gauges, and To obtain the source code that is contained nor the names of its contributors may be in this product, please visit http:// used to endorse or promote products Indicators derived from this software without opensource.lge.com. In addition to the Warning lights and gauges can signal that specific prior written permission. source code, all referred license terms, something is wrong before it becomes warranty disclaimers and copyright notices THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE serious enough to cause an expensive repair are available for download. LG Electronics COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS or replacement. Paying attention to the will also provide open source code to you "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED warning lights and gauges could prevent on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED injury. performing such distribution (such as the TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF Some warning lights come on briefly when cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A the engine is started to indicate they are email request to [email protected]. This PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN working. When one of the warning lights offer is valid for three (3) years from the NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER comes on and stays on while driving, date on which you purchased the product. OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY or when one of the gauges shows there DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, Freescale-WCT library may be a problem, check the section that EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, can be costly and even dangerous. Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR 1. Redistributions of source code must SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; retain the above copyright notice, this OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER list of conditions and the following CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, disclaimer. WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR 2. Redistributions in binary form must TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR reproduce the above copyright notice, OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF this list of conditions and the following THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF disclaimer in the documentation and/or ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH other materials provided with the DAMAGE. distribution. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

102 Instruments and Controls Instrument Cluster

Base Level Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar

1. Tachometer 0 105 5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 107 2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 106 6. Speedometer 0 105 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119 0 107 4. Fuel Gauge 0 105 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 103 Cluster Menu There is an interactive display area in the center of the instrument cluster.

Use the right steering wheel control to open Uplevel Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar and scroll through the different items and displays. 1. Tachometer 0 105 4. Fuel Gauge 0 105 Press S or T to access the cluster 2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 106 5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 107 applications. Use the thumbwheel to scroll 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 6. Speedometer 0 105 through the list of available features. Press 0 107 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119 the thumbwheel to select. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles. . Home Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

104 Instruments and Controls . Info App. This is where the selected Driver over recent driving history and the amount Head-up Display (HUD) : If equipped, this Information Center (DIC) displays can be of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel feature allows for adjusting the angle of the viewed. See “Driver Information Center range cannot be reset. HUD image and changing or turning off the (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the Index. Audio Speed Limit Sign. . Audio In the Audio menu, use the thumbwheel to HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while . Navigation scroll through options, browse for music, Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter . Phone select from favorites, or change the audio Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of . Options source. In the main view, scroll to change the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to confirm and save the setting. This feature Home the station or go to the next or previous track. may only be available in P (Park). Information displayed here can be Navigation Speed Limit Style: Press the thumbwheel customized from the Options menu. while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to Speedometer : Displays how fast the vehicle In the Navigation menu, if there is no active change the speed sign style or to turn it off. route, a compass will be displayed. If there is moving in either kilometers per hour Units : Press the thumbwheel while Units is (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). is an active route, press the thumbwheel to cancel or resume route guidance, mute or displayed to enter the Units menu. Choose Speed Sign : If equipped, shows sign unmute voice guidance, or access Recents or US or metric units by pressing the information, which comes from a roadway Favorites. thumbwheel while the desired item is database in the onboard navigation, highlighted. A selected mark will be if equipped. Phone displayed next to the selected item. Temperature : Displays the outside air In the Phone menu, if there is no active Info Page Options : Press the thumbwheel temperature. phone call, view recent calls, scroll through while Info Page Options is displayed to contacts, select from the favorites, or change enter and select the items to be displayed Time : Displays the current time. the phone source. If there is an active call, in the Info app. A selected mark will be Fuel Range : Displays the approximate mute the phone or switch to handset displayed next to the selected item. distance the vehicle can be driven without operation. refueling. The fuel range estimate is based Options on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items in the Options menu. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 105 Home : Press the thumbwheel to select the Speedometer vehicle is on and can move. The engine available elements to display. Not all could auto start at any time. When the elements will be available on all vehicles: The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off. Speedometer, Speed Sign, Time, and Fuel in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). When the engine is on, the tachometer will Range. indicate the engine’s revolutions per minute Display (Uplevel) : Press the thumbwheel to Odometer (rpm). The tachometer may vary by several enter the Display menu. Select to turn on or hundred rpm, during Auto Stop mode, when off the compass or speed sign. The odometer shows how far the vehicle has the engine is shutting off and restarting. been driven, in either kilometers or miles. Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display The odometer is always displayed in the Fuel Gauge allows the driver to set a speed that they bottom of the Driver Information do not want to exceed. To set the Speed Center (DIC). Warning, press the thumbwheel when Speed Warning is displayed, or press the Trip Odometer thumbwheel on the main view to set the speed value. Scroll to adjust the value. Press The trip odometer shows how far the the thumbwheel to set the speed. Once the vehicle has been driven since the trip speed is set, this feature can be turned off odometer was last reset. by pressing the thumbwheel while viewing The trip odometer is accessed and reset this page. If the selected speed limit is through the Driver Information Center (DIC). exceeded, a pop-up warning is displayed See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. with a chime. Tachometer Software Information : Press the thumbwheel while Software Information is The tachometer displays the engine speed in Uplevel Metric Fuel Gauge Shown, Base Level highlighted to display open source software revolutions per minute (rpm). Fuel Gauge Similar information. For vehicles with the Stop/Start system, when the ignition is on, the tachometer indicates the vehicle status. When pointing to AUTO STOP, the engine is off but the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

106 Instruments and Controls . It takes a little more, or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more, or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. . The gauge moves a little while turning a corner, speeding up or braking. . The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. Uplevel English Fuel Gauge Shown, Base Uplevel English Shown, Base Level Similar Level Fuel Gauge Similar Engine Oil Pressure Gauge The engine oil pressure gauge shows the When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals) indicates about how much fuel is left in or psi (pounds per square inch) when the the tank. engine is running. There is an arrow near the fuel gauge Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel outside temperature, coolant temperature, door is on. and oil viscosity. When the indicator nears empty, the low On some models, the oil pump will vary fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel engine oil pressure according to engine left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as the engine speed or load varies. This is Here are three things that some owners ask normal. If the oil pressure warning light or about. None of these show a problem with Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level Similar Driver Information Center (DIC) message the fuel gauge: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 107 indicates oil pressure outside the normal Engine Coolant Temperature This gauge measures the temperature of the operating range, check the vehicle's oil as Gauge vehicle's engine coolant. soon as possible. While driving under normal operating See Engine Oil 0 315. conditions, if the needle moves into the red warning area, the engine is too hot. Pull off Caution the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the Lack of proper engine oil maintenance engine as soon as possible. can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the Voltmeter Gauge engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level Similar Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil.

If the vehicle has a , see the Duramax diesel supplement.

Uplevel Shown, Base Level Similar When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates the battery voltage. When the engine is running, this gauge shows the condition of the charging system. The gauge can transition from a higher to Uplevel English Shown, Base Level Similar lower or a lower to higher reading. This is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

108 Instruments and Controls normal. If the vehicle is operating outside Seat Belt Reminders the normal operating range, the charging system light comes on. See Charging System Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light 0 Light 110. The voltmeter gauge may also There is a driver seat belt reminder light on read lower when in fuel economy mode. the instrument cluster. This is normal. Readings outside the normal operating When the vehicle is started, this light range can also occur when a large number flashes and a chime may come on to remind of electrical accessories are operating in the passengers to fasten their seat belt. vehicle and the engine is left idling for an Then the light stays on solid until the belt is extended period. This condition is normal buckled. This cycle continues several times if since the charging system is not able to the front passenger remains or becomes provide full power at engine idle. As engine When the vehicle is started, this light unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. speeds are increased, this condition should flashes and a chime may come on to remind correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the driver to fasten their seat belt. If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on. the charging system to create maximum Then the light stays on solid until the belt is power. buckled. This cycle may continue several The front passenger seat belt reminder light The vehicle can only be driven for a short times if the driver remains or becomes and chime may come on if an object is put time with the readings outside the normal unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic operating range. If the vehicle must be If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the device. To turn off the reminder light and/or driven, turn off all accessories, such as the light nor the chime comes on. radio and air conditioner. chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt. Readings outside the normal operating Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder range indicate a possible problem in the Light Airbag Readiness Light electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced The vehicle may have a front passenger seat as soon as possible. belt reminder light near the passenger This light shows if there is an electrical airbag status indicator. See Passenger problem with the airbag system. The system Sensing System 0 65. check includes the airbag sensor(s), the passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 109 the airbag modules, the wiring, and the Passenger Airbag Status Indicator If the word OFF, and the off symbol, are lit crash sensing and diagnostic module. For on the passenger airbag status indicator, it more information on the airbag system, see The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. means that the passenger sensing system 0 Airbag System 0 59. See Passenger Sensing System 65 for has turned off the front outboard passenger important safety information. The overhead frontal airbag. console has a passenger airbag status indicator. If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, if there are no lights at all, or if the airbag readiness light is on, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service right away. The airbag readiness light comes on for several seconds when the vehicle is started. If the light does not come on then, have it { Warning fixed immediately. United States and Canada If the airbag readiness light ever comes When the vehicle is started, the passenger on and stays on, it means that { Warning airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, something may be wrong with the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays on and the symbols for on and off, for several system. To help avoid injury to yourself after the vehicle is started or comes on seconds as a system check. Then, after or others, have the vehicle serviced right 0 while driving, it means the airbag system several more seconds, the status indicator away. See Airbag Readiness Light 108 might not be working properly. The will light either ON or OFF, and the symbol for more information, including important airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in for on or off, to let you know the status of safety information. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, If the word ON, and the on symbol, are lit have the vehicle serviced right away. on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the front outboard passenger If there is a problem with the airbag frontal airbag is allowed to inflate. system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

110 Instruments and Controls

Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp Caution (Continued) () run smoothly. This could lead to costly This light is part of the vehicle’s emission repairs that might not be covered by the control on-board diagnostic system. If this vehicle warranty. light is on while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should Caution The charging system light comes on briefly come on to show that it is working when Modifications to the engine, transmission, when the ignition is turned on, but the the ignition is in Service Mode. See Ignition exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the engine is not running, as a check to show Positions 0 226. use of replacement tires that do not the light is working. It should go out when meet the original tire specifications, can the engine is started. cause this light to come on. This could If the light stays on, or comes on while lead to costly repairs not covered by the driving, there may be a problem with the vehicle warranty. This could also affect electrical charging system. Have it checked the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions by your dealer. Driving while this light is on Inspection/Maintenance test. See 0 could drain the battery. Malfunctions are often indicated by the Accessories and Modifications 309. When this light comes on, or is flashing, the system before any problem is noticeable. If the light is flashing : A malfunction has Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays Being aware of the light and seeking service been detected that could damage the a message. promptly when it comes on may prevent damage. emission control system and increase vehicle If a short distance must be driven with the emissions. Diagnosis and service may be light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, Caution required. such as the radio and air conditioner. If the vehicle is driven continually with To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle this light on, the emission control system speed and avoid hard accelerations and may not work as well, the fuel economy uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the may be lower, and the vehicle may not amount of cargo being hauled as soon as (Continued) possible. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 111 If the light continues to flash, find a safe off. See Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine) . The light does not come on when the place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait 0 277 or ignition is in Service Mode. at least 10 seconds before restarting the Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) 0 277. . Critical emission control systems have not engine. If the light is still flashing, follow If the light remains on, see your dealer. been completely diagnosed. If this the previous guidelines and see your dealer happens, the vehicle would not be ready for service as soon as possible. Emissions Inspection and Maintenance for inspection and might require If the light is on steady : A malfunction has Programs several days of routine driving before the system is ready for inspection. This can been detected. Diagnosis and service may be If the vehicle requires an Emissions happen if the 12-volt battery has recently required. Inspection/Maintenance test, the test been replaced or run down, or if the equipment will likely connect to the Check the following: vehicle has been recently serviced. . If fuel has been added to the vehicle vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass using the capless fuel funnel adapter, or cannot be made ready for the test. make sure that it has been removed. See “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can” Brake System Warning Light under Filling the Tank 0 278. The diagnostic system can detect if the adapter has been left installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. A few driving trips with The DLC is under the instrument panel to the adapter removed may turn off the the left of the steering wheel. Connecting light. devices that are not used to perform an Metric English . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to engine operation and poor driveability, service the vehicle may affect vehicle operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment This light should come on briefly when the which may go away once the engine is 0 vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel 306. See your dealer if assistance is needed. then, have it fixed so it will be ready to brand. It may require at least one full warn you if there is a problem. tank of the proper fuel to turn the light The vehicle may not pass inspection if: . The light is on when the engine is running. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

112 Instruments and Controls If the light comes on and stays on at start Electric Parking Brake Light This light should come on briefly when up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake starting the vehicle. If it does not come on, system inspected right away. have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if If the light comes on while driving, pull off there is a problem. the road and stop carefully. The brake If this light stays on, take the vehicle to system has electric brake boost. Vehicle your dealer as soon as possible. See the speed may be limited when the brake information for the Electric Parking Brake system warning light comes on. The brake Metric English under Electric Parking Brake 0 240. pedal might be harder to push, or the brake A message may also display in the Driver pedal may go closer to the floor. It could This light comes on when the parking brake Information Center (DIC). take longer to stop. If the light is still on, is applied. If the light continues flashing have the vehicle towed for service. See after the parking brake is released, or while Antilock Brake System (ABS) Towing the Vehicle 0 372. driving, there is a problem with the Electric Warning Light Parking Brake system. A message may also { Warning display in the Driver Information The brake system might not be working Center (DIC). properly if the brake system warning If the light does not come on, or remains light is on. Driving with the brake system flashing, see your dealer. warning light on can lead to a crash. If the light is still on after the vehicle has Service Electric Parking Brake This warning light should come on briefly been pulled off the road and carefully Light when the vehicle is turned on. If the light stopped, have the vehicle towed for does not come on, have it fixed so it will be service. ready to warn if there is a problem. If the light comes on while driving, safely stop as soon as it is possible and turn off the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again to reset the system. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 113 If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes The light will flash when a shift is in After the vehicle is started, this light turns on again while driving, the vehicle needs progress. Once the shift is complete the off and stays off if LKA has not been turned service. A chime may also sound when the light will be steady. on or is unavailable. light stays on. If the light turns amber, there may be a If equipped, this light is white if LKA is If the ABS warning light is the only light on, malfunction with the four-wheel-drive turned on, but not ready to assist. the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is system. See your dealer. This light is green if LKA is turned on and is not functioning. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 236. ready to assist. If both the ABS warning light and the brake Hill Descent Control Light LKA may assist by gently turning the system warning light are on, ABS is not steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a functioning and there is a problem with the detected lane marking. The LKA light is regular brakes. See your dealer for service. amber when assisting. 0 See Brake System Warning Light 111. This light flashes amber as a Lane Departure Four-Wheel-Drive Light Warning (LDW) alert, to indicate that the lane marking has been crossed. LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light is active in the direction of lane departure, comes on when the system is ready for use. or if LKA detects that you are accelerating, When the light flashes, the system is active. braking or actively steering. 0 See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 244. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 275. Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light Vehicle Ahead Indicator If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light displays what mode the vehicle is in. The light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO (all transfer cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed transfer case only). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

114 Instruments and Controls If equipped, this indicator will display green This light comes on briefly while starting If equipped, the Electronic Stability Control when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle (ESC) or TCS indicator/warning light comes when you are following a vehicle ahead serviced by your dealer. If the system is on briefly when the engine is started. much too closely. working normally, the indicator light then If the light does not come on, have the See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System turns off. vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the 0 267. The traction off light comes on when the system is working normally, the indicator Traction Control System (TCS) has been light turns off. Pedestrian Ahead Indicator turned off by pressing and releasing the If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS, TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button. and potentially the ESC system have been This light and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light disabled. come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability If the indicator/warning light is on and Control (ESC) is turned off. flashing, the TCS and/or the ESC system is If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited. actively working. Adjust driving accordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability If equipped, this indicator will display amber See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 242. when a nearby pedestrian is detected in Control 0 242. front of the vehicle. Trailer Sway Control Light (Uplevel See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System Traction Control System (TCS)/ Cluster) 0 270. Electronic Stability Control Light Traction Off Light

This light will flash when Trailer Sway Control is active. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 295. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 115 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Engine Coolant Temperature If this happens, pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible. See Engine Off Light Warning Light Overheating 0 322. Driver Mode Control Light

This light comes on briefly while starting This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle the vehicle. serviced by your dealer. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by This light comes on when Sport Mode is This light comes on when the ESC system is your dealer. If the system is working selected. turned off. If ESC is off, the Traction Control normally the indicator light goes off. System (TCS) is also off. Caution If the ESC and TCS are off, the system does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Turn on The engine coolant temperature warning the TCS and the ESC systems and the light indicates that the vehicle has warning light turns off. overheated. Driving with this light on can damage the engine and it may not be See Traction Control/Electronic Stability This light comes on when Snow Mode is Control 0 242. covered by the vehicle warranty. See selected. Engine Overheating 0 322.

The engine coolant temperature warning light comes on when the engine has overheated. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

116 Instruments and Controls This light comes on when Terrain Mode is This light comes on when the air suspension selected. is raised to maximum ground clearance height.

This light comes on when the air suspension is in Service Mode or Alignment Mode. This light comes on when Off-Road Mode is See Four Corner Air Suspension System selected. This light comes on when the air suspension 0 248. is raised to increased ground clearance height. Tire Pressure Light It will flash green and give an alert to indicate that the vehicle is changing to a higher .

This light comes on when the Tow/Haul Mode is selected. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor Four Corner Air Suspension Light System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly when the engine is started. It provides information about tire pressures and This light comes on when the air suspension the TPMS. is lowered for easy entry and exit from the vehicle. When the Light Is On Steady It will flash green and give an alert to This indicates that one or more of the tires indicate that the vehicle is changing to a are significantly underinflated. lower ride height. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 117

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire Caution (Continued) A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel pressure message may also display. Stop as gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the still low, have the vehicle serviced. turned on as a check to show it is working. pressure value shown on the Tire and Always follow the maintenance schedule For vehicles with a reconfigurable cluster, Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure for changing engine oil. this light is in the display area and may not 0 346. come on when the ignition is turned on. When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On It also comes on when the fuel gauge Steady indicator nears empty. The light turns off If the light flashes for about a minute and when fuel is added. If it does not, have the then stays on, there may be a problem with vehicle serviced. the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, Security Light the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This light should come on briefly as the 0 349. engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel If the light comes on and stays on, it means Cluster) that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil Caution and might have some other system The security light should come on briefly as Lack of proper engine oil maintenance problem. See your dealer. the engine is started. If it does not come on, can damage the engine. Driving with the Low Fuel Warning Light have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. engine oil low can also damage the If the system is working normally, the engine. The repairs would not be covered indicator light turns off. by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil If the light stays on and the engine does level as soon as possible. Add oil if not start, there could be a problem with the required, but if the oil level is within the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer operating range and the oil pressure is Operation 0 27. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

118 Instruments and Controls High-Beam On Light Lamps On Reminder Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when the high-beam This light comes on when the exterior lamps If equipped, this light is white when the headlamps are in use. are in use, except when only the Daytime Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is on and ready, and turns green when the ACC is set See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior 0 Lamp Controls 0 133. and active. When ACC is engaged and the 135. driver accelerates, the indicator will turn IntelliBeam Light Cruise Control Light blue. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 253. Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when the IntelliBeam The cruise control light is white when the system, if equipped, is enabled. cruise control is on and ready, and turns 0 green when the cruise control is set and See Exterior Lamp Controls 133. active. This light comes on when a door is open or 0 not securely latched. Before driving, check See Cruise Control 251. that all doors are properly closed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 119 Information Displays y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per Driver Information Center (DIC) open a menu or select a menu item. Press hour (mph). The vehicle odometer is also and hold to reset values on certain screens. shown on this page. If equipped, press the The DIC displays are shown in the center of thumbwheel to open the menu and select to the instrument cluster in the Info app. See Info Page Options display speed limit signs. 0 Instrument Cluster 102. The displays show The info pages on the DIC can be turned on the status of many vehicle systems. Trip 1 or Trip 2, and Average Fuel or off through the Options menu. Economy : Shows the current distance If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the 1. Press S or T to scroll to the Options traveled, in either kilometers (km) or Duramax diesel supplement. application. miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last reset. 2. Scroll y or z to choose Info pages and press the thumbwheel. The Average Fuel Economy display shows the approximate average liters per 3. Scroll y or z to move through the list 100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per of possible information displays. liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This 4. Press the thumbwheel while an item is number is calculated based on the value highlighted to select or deselect recorded since the last time this menu item that item. was reset. This number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy that the The info pages can also be turned on or off vehicle has right now, and will change as through the DIC page Info Page Options. driving conditions change. Info Pages Press the thumbwheel while this display is S or T : Press to move left or right The following is the list of all possible DIC active to reset the trip odometer and the between the interactive display zones in the info page displays. Some may not be average fuel economy. cluster. Press the thumbwheel to select. available for your particular vehicle. Some Fuel Range : Shows the approximate items may not be turned on by default but distance the vehicle can be driven without can be turned on through the Options app. refueling. LOW will be displayed when the See “Info Page Options” earlier in this vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range section. estimate is based on an average of the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

120 Instruments and Controls vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving than when the oil has just been changed. wear and the state of the system. history and the amount of fuel remaining in It cannot be reset accurately until the next Reset the Brake Pad Life display after the fuel tank. oil change. To reset the engine oil life replacing the brake pads. See Brake Pad Life 0 Timer : This display can be used as a timer. system, press the thumbwheel while the Oil System 325. Life display is active. See Engine Oil Life To start the timer, press the thumbwheel 0 Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel while this display is active. The display will System 316. economy, the best fuel economy over the show the amount of time that has passed Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate selected distance, and a bar graph showing since the timer was last reset. To stop the pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is instantaneous fuel economy. timer, press the thumbwheel briefly while displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in Press the thumbwheel to change the this display is active and the timer is pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure selected distance. Press and hold the running. is low, the value for that tire is shown in thumbwheel while this display is active to amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System Press the thumbwheel while this display is 0 reset the best fuel economy and average active to reset the timer. 348 and fuel economy. This display can also be reset Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 349. Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's by selecting reset in the menu. remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Shows the total 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the engine air filter’s remaining useful life and number of hours the engine has run. This current oil life remains. the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life display also shows the engine idle hours. 95% means 95% of the current air filter life When the remaining oil life is low, the remains. Messages will display based on the Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will engine air filter life and the state of the temperature of the appear on the display. The oil should be system. When the REPLACE SOON message fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil displays, the engine air filter should be Fahrenheit (°F). 0 315. In addition to the engine oil life replaced at the earliest convenience. Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the system monitoring the oil life, additional The Air Filter Life display must be reset after Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) maintenance is recommended. See system, the trailer brake display appears in Maintenance Schedule 0 386. the engine air filter replacement. To reset, see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 318. the DIC. The Oil Life display must be reset after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not Brake Pad Life : This displays an estimate of reset the Oil Life display at any time other the remaining life of the front and rear brake pads. Messages will display based on Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 121 TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting. Head-Up Display (HUD) The language selection is changed through This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 the radio, and the units of measurement is with either a trailer connected or { Warning changed through the instrument cluster. See disconnected. Settings 0 187 and “Options” under If the HUD image is too bright or too Instrument Cluster 0 102. OUTPUT shows the power output to the high in your field of view, it may take trailer any time a trailer with electric brakes you more time to see things you need to is connected. Output is displayed as a bar graph. Dotted lines may appear in the see when it is dark outside. Be sure to OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected. keep the HUD image dim and placed low in your field of view. Off Road : If equipped, displays vehicle pitch and roll information, road wheel angle, and If equipped with HUD, some information four-wheel drive (4WD) status. about the operation of the vehicle is Follow Distance : If equipped, the current projected onto the windshield. The image is follow time to the vehicle ahead is displayed projected through the HUD lens on top of as a time value on this page. the instrument panel. The information appears as an image focused out toward the Driver Assistance : If equipped, shows front of the vehicle. information for Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and HUD Display on the Windshield Forward Collision Alert (FCA). Caution Depending on how the vehicle is equipped, Info Page Options : Scroll to choose which If you try to use the HUD image as a the HUD may display some of the following info pages appear on the DIC. Press the parking aid, you may misjudge the vehicle information and vehicle messages or thumbwheel to select or deselect. distance and damage your vehicle. Do not alerts: Blank Page : Shows no information. use the HUD image as a parking aid. . Speed The HUD information can be displayed in . Audio various languages. The speedometer reading . Phone and other numerical values can be displayed . Navigation in either English or metric units. . Driver Assistance Features . Vehicle Messages Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

122 Instruments and Controls Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in D : Pull and hold to brighten the display. Speed Limit Style Adjustment the HUD may be cleared by using the Press and hold to dim the display. Continue If equipped, the speed limit style can be steering wheel controls. to hold to turn the display off. changed to a speed limit bar or speed limit The HUD image will automatically dim and sign from the Options menu in the brighten to compensate for outside lighting. instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel Use D to adjust as needed. while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to change the speed sign style or to turn it off. The HUD image can temporarily light up depending on the angle and position of HUD Views sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal. There are four views in the HUD. Some Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD vehicle information and vehicle messages or image harder to see. alerts may be displayed in any view. The HUD control is to the left of the Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option steering wheel. If equipped, this feature under the Options To adjust the HUD image: menu of the instrument cluster allows for 1. Adjust the driver seat. adjusting the angle of the HUD image and 2. Start the engine. changing or turning off the Speed Limit Sign. 3. Use the following settings to adjust the HUD. HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter $ : Press or pull to center the HUD image. Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of English Shown, Metric Similar The HUD image can only be adjusted up and the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to Speed View : This displays the speedometer down, not side to side. confirm and save the setting. This feature reading in English or metric units, and speed may only be available in P (Park). ! : Press to select the display view. Each limit. Some information only appears on press will change the display view. vehicles that have these features, and when they are active. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 123 Navigation/Active OnStar View : This Care of the HUD displays the speed view along with Clean the inside of the windshield to remove indicators for vehicle ahead, Lane Departure any dirt or film that could reduce the Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, and sharpness or clarity of the HUD image. pedestrian advisory. Turn-by-Turn navigation information is shown during active route. Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth The compass heading is displayed when sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens navigation routing is not active. gently, then dry it. Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the HUD Troubleshooting English Shown, Metric Similar instrument cluster may also be displayed in Check that: Active Safety View : This displays the speed any HUD view. . Nothing is covering the HUD lens. view along with a driver assistance graphic on the left. Driver assistance graphics show . The HUD brightness setting is not too your vehicle, vehicle ahead, gap setting, and dim or too bright. lane status information. In addition to driver . The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. assistance graphics, pedestrian advisory and . Polarized sunglasses are not worn. trailer sway indicators will be displayed. . The windshield and HUD lens are clean. If the HUD image is not correct, contact your dealer. English Shown, Metric Similar The windshield is part of the HUD system. See Windshield Replacement 0 330. Off Road View : This displays the speed view along with indicators for vehicle ahead, Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, four-wheel drive status, and pedestrian advisory. Off-road information English Shown, Metric Similar such as pitch angle, steering angle, and rolling angle is also shown. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

124 Instruments and Controls Vehicle Messages . Cruise Control Under certain operating conditions, . Lighting and Bulb Replacement propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the . Wiper/Washer Systems after the ignition has been off for status of the vehicle or some action that two minutes. . Doors and Windows may be needed to correct a condition. Multiple messages may appear one after . Seat Belts Vehicle Speed Messages another. . Airbag Systems SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) The messages that do not require . Engine and Transmission immediate action can be acknowledged and . Tire Pressure This message shows that the vehicle speed has been limited to the speed displayed. The cleared by pressing V. The messages that . Battery limited speed is a protection for various require immediate action cannot be cleared . Four Corner Air Suspension System propulsion and vehicle systems, such as until that action is performed. Engine Power Messages lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, All messages should be taken seriously; Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. clearing the message does not correct the REDUCED ACCELERATION DRIVE problem. WITH CARE Vehicle Personalization If a SERVICE message appears, see your This message displays when the vehicle's The following are all possible vehicle dealer. propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in personalization features. Depending on the Follow the instructions given in the propulsion power can affect the vehicle's vehicle, some may not be available. messages. The system displays messages ability to accelerate. If this message is on, For System, Apps, and Personal features and regarding the following topics: but there is no observed reduction in functions, see Settings 0 187. . Service Messages performance, proceed to your destination. Under certain conditions the performance To access the vehicle personalization menu: . Fluid Levels may be reduced the next time the vehicle is . Vehicle Security 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home driven. The vehicle may be driven while this Page of the infotainment display. . Brakes message is on, but maximum acceleration 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of . Steering and speed may be reduced. Anytime this available options. . Ride Control Systems message stays on, or displays repeatedly, the vehicle should be taken to your dealer 3. Touch to select the desired feature . Driver Assistance Systems for service as soon as possible. setting. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 125 4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. Auto Cooled Seats Touch Off or On. 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the This setting automatically turns on and Collision/Detection Systems Settings menu. regulates the ventilated seats when the cabin temperature is warm. See Heated and Touch and the following may display: The menu may contain the following: Ventilated Front Seats 0 43. . Alert Type Rear Seat Reminder Touch Off or On. . Forward Collision System . Front Pedestrian Detection This allows for a chime and a message when Auto Heated Seats the rear door has been opened before or . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier This setting automatically turns on and during operation of the vehicle. . Lane Change Alert regulates the heated seats when the cabin Touch Off or On. temperature is cool. The auto heated seats . Park Assist can be turned off by using the heated seat . Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols Climate and Air Quality buttons on the center stack. See Heated and . Rear Cross Traffic Alert Touch and the following may display: Ventilated Front Seats 0 43. . Rear Pedestrian Detection . Auto Fan Speed If equipped with the auto heated steering Alert Type . Auto Cooled Seats wheel, this feature will turn on when the This feature sets the type of alert from the auto heated seats turn on. . Auto Heated Seats driver assistance systems to help avoid . Auto Defog Touch Off or On. crashes. . Auto Rear Defog Auto Defog Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. Auto Fan Speed This setting automatically directs air to the Forward Collision System windshield to assist in defogging, based on This setting specifies the amount of airflow This setting can alert of a potential crash temperature and humidity conditions. when the climate control fan setting is with a detected vehicle ahead and can apply Auto Fan. Touch Off or On. brakes to help reduce a collision’s severity. Touch Low, Medium, or High. Auto Rear Defog Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. This setting automatically turns the rear defogger on based on temperature and humidity conditions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

126 Instruments and Controls Front Pedestrian Detection Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear This feature may help avoid or reduce the This setting enables the Rear Camera Park Automatic Entry/Egress Assist harm caused by front-end crashes with Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for This feature specifies if the vehicle will nearby pedestrians. See Front Pedestrian Parking or Backing 0 262. 0 automatically lower to make it easier to Braking (FPB) System 270. Touch Off or On. enter or exit the vehicle. Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Rear Cross Traffic Alert Touch Off or On. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert Chime Volume This setting determines if an alert will feature to be turned on or off. See This determines the chime volume level. appear when Adaptive Cruise Control brings Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing the vehicle to a complete stop and the 0 262. Touch the controls on the infotainment display to adjust the volume. vehicle ahead of you starts moving again. Touch Off or On. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control 0 253. Rear Pedestrian Detection The liftgate may be operated with a kicking Touch Off or On. This setting specifies if alerts will display motion under the left corner of the rear when the vehicle detects pedestrians behind bumper. See Liftgate 0 18. Lane Change Alert when in R (Reverse). See Rear Pedestrian This allows the feature to be turned on or Alert 0 266. Touch Off, On-Open and Close, 0 or On-Open Only. off. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 272. Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Touch Off or On. Reverse Tilt Mirror Comfort and Convenience Park Assist When on, the driver, passenger, or both Touch and the following may display: driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt This allows the feature to be turned on or . Automatic Entry/Egress Assist downward when the vehicle is shifted into off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or 0 . Chime Volume R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the Backing 262. ground near the rear wheels. They may . Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control Select Off or On. move from their tilted position when the . Reverse Tilt Mirror vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or . Remote Mirror Folding turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 29. . Rain Sense Wipers Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 127 Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On - Vehicle Locator Lights Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Driver, or On - Passenger. This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps Delayed Door Lock Remote Mirror Folding when K is pressed on the Remote Key. When on, this feature will delay the locking When on, the outside mirrors will remotely Touch Off or On. of the doors. To override the delay, press fold or unfold when the Remote Key or the power door lock switch on the door. Q Exit Lighting K button is pressed and held. See Folding Touch Off or On. Mirrors 0 28. This setting specifies how long the headlamps stay on after the vehicle is Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start Touch Off or On. turned off and exited. Touch and the following may display: Rain Sense Wipers Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, . Remote Unlock Light Feedback or 120 Seconds. This setting automatically turns on the . Remote Lock Feedback wipers when moisture is detected and the Automatic High Beam Assist . Remote Door Unlock wiper switch is in intermittent mode. This setting specifies how the high beams . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Touch Disabled or Enabled. adjust based on the vehicle environment. . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats 0 Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear See Exterior Lamp Controls 133. . Remote Window Operation When on and the front wiper is on, the rear Touch IntelliBeam or Adaptive Headlight . Passive Door Unlock wiper will automatically activate when the System. . Passive Door Lock vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). Power Door Locks . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Touch Off or On. . Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert Touch and the following may display: Lighting . Auto Door Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback Touch and the following may display: . Delayed Door Lock When on, the exterior lamps will flash when unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Key. . Vehicle Locator Lights Auto Door Unlock . Exit Lighting This setting allows selection of which doors Touch Off or Flash Lights. . Automatic High Beam Assist will automatically unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

128 Instruments and Controls Remote Lock Feedback If equipped with Auto Heated Steering Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert This allows selection of what type of Wheel, this feature will turn on when the This feature beeps the horn 3 times when feedback is given when locking the vehicle Remote Start Auto Heated Seats turn on. exiting a running vehicle with the with the Remote Key. Touch Off or On. Remote Key. Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Remote Window Operation Touch Off or On. or Horn Only. If equipped, this feature enables remote Ride Height Remote Door Unlock operation of the windows with the Remote Touch and the following may display: This allows selection of which doors will Key. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. . Automatic Entry/Egress unlock when pressing K on the Remote Key. Touch Off or On. Automatic Entry/Egress Touch All Doors or Driver Door. Passive Door Unlock This feature specifies if the vehicle will automatically lower to make it easier to Remote Start Auto Cool Seats This allows the selection of what doors will enter or exit the vehicle. unlock when using the button on the driver If equipped and turned on, this feature will door to unlock the vehicle. Touch Off or On. turn on the ventilated seats when using remote start on warm days. See Heated and Touch Off, All Doors or Driver Door Only. Running Boards 0 Ventilated Front Seats 43 and Passive Door Lock Touch and the following may display: Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. This allows passive locking to be turned on . Automatic Running Boards Touch Off or On. or off and selects feedback. See Remote . Deploy Running Boards Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Automatic Running Boards Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On. If equipped and turned on, this feature will This feature specifies the position and use of turn on the heated seats when using remote Remote Left in Vehicle Alert the running boards. See Power Assist Steps start on cold days. See Heated and 0 25. Ventilated Front Seats 0 43 and This feature sounds an alert when the Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. Remote Key is left in the vehicle. Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Instruments and Controls 129 Deploy Running Boards . Service Mode Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the This feature moves the running boards to a . Alignment Mode system. Touch Back to go back to the previous menu. deployed position so they can be used with Service Mode the doors closed. This feature disables the air suspension Universal Remote System Touch Off or Deploy. system and is used to prevent unintended raising or lowering of the suspension.. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 409. Seating Position Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: Universal Remote System . Seat Entry Memory Alignment Mode Programming . Seat Exit Memory This feature will optimize the vehicle height to provide the most accurate wheel Seat Entry Memory alignment. This feature automatically recalls the Touch Off or On. previously stored 1 or 2 button positions when the ignition is changed from off to on Teen Driver or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 40. See “Teen Driver” under Settings 0 187. Touch Off or On. Valet Mode Seat Exit Memory This will lock the infotainment system and This feature automatically recalls the steering wheel controls. It may also limit previously stored exit button position when access to vehicle storage locations, the ignition is changed from on or ACC/ if equipped. ACCESSORY to off and the driver door is If equipped, these buttons are in the open. See Memory Seats 0 40. To enable valet mode: overhead console. Touch Off or On. 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. This system can replace up to three remote 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation control transmitters used to activate devices Suspension screen. such as garage door openers, security Touch and the following may display: 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

130 Instruments and Controls systems, and home automation devices. Programming the Universal Remote Some garage door openers may require These instructions refer to a garage door System substitution of Step 2 with the procedure opener, but can be used for other devices. under “Radio Signals for Some Gate For questions or programming help, see Operators” later in this section. Do not use the Universal Remote system www.homelink.com/gm or call with any garage door opener that does not 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the 3. Press and hold the newly programmed have the stop and reverse feature. This U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international Universal Remote system button for includes any garage door opener model rates will apply and may differ based on five seconds while watching the indicator manufactured before April 1, 1982. landline or mobile phone. light and garage door activation. . If the indicator light stays on Read the instructions completely before Programming involves time-sensitive actions, programming the Universal Remote system. continuously or the garage door and may time out causing the procedure to moves when the button is pressed, It may help to have another person assist be repeated. with the programming process. then programming is complete. There To program up to three devices: is no need to complete Steps 4–6. Keep the original hand-held transmitter for 1. Hold the end of the hand-held . If the indicator light does not come use in other vehicles as well as for transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) on or the garage door does not programming. Erase the programming when away from the Universal Remote system move, a second button press may be vehicle ownership is terminated. See buttons with the indicator light in view. required. For a second time, press “Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons” The hand-held transmitter was supplied and hold the newly programmed later in this section. by the manufacturer of the garage door button for five seconds. If the To program a garage door opener, park opener receiver. indicator light is continuously lit, outside directly in line with and facing the 2. Press and release one of the three or the garage door moves, garage door opener receiver. Clear all people Universal Remote system buttons to be programming is complete. and objects near the garage door. programmed. Press and hold the . If the indicator light flashes rapidly Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a hand-held transmitter button. Do not and the garage door does not move, new battery for quick and accurate release the hand-held transmitter button continue with programming transmission of the radio-frequency signal. until the indicator light changes from a Steps 4–6. slow to a rapid flash or continuous light. Then release the hand-held transmitter button. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/19/20

Instruments and Controls 131 The Universal Remote system should now first and then change to a rapid flash or activate the garage door. continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3 Repeat the process for programming the under “Programming the Universal Remote two remaining buttons. System” to complete. Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators Universal Remote System For questions or programming help, see Operation www.homelink.com/gm or call Using the Universal Remote System 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the Learn or Smart Button U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international Press and hold the appropriate Universal 4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the rates will apply and may differ based on Remote system button for at least one-half Learn or Smart button inside the garage landline or mobile phone. second. The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted. on the garage door opener receiver. The Some radio–frequency laws and gate name and color of the button may vary operators require transmitter signals to time Erasing Universal Remote System by manufacturer. out or quit after several seconds of Buttons 5. Press and release the Learn or Smart transmission. This may not be long enough button. Step 6 must be completed within for the Universal Remote system to pick up Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle 30 seconds of pressing this button. the signal during programming. ownership is terminated. 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press If the programming did not work, replace To erase: and hold the trained Universal Remote Step 2 under “Programming the Universal 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons system button for two seconds and Remote System” with the following: until the indicator light begins to flash. release. Repeat the “press/hold/release” This should take about 10 seconds. Press and hold the Universal Remote system sequence up to three times to complete 2. Release both buttons. the training process. button while pressing and releasing the hand-held transmitter button every two seconds until the signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Remote system. The Universal Remote system indicator light will flash slowly at Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

132 Instruments and Controls Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote System Button To reprogram any of the system buttons: 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons. Do not release the button. 2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the button, proceed with Step 1 under “Programming the Universal Remote System.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Lighting 133 Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the Lighting headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps, Exterior Lamp Controls instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps Exterior Lighting (if equipped), and license plate lamps. Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 133 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 135 ; : Turns on the parking lamps including Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 135 all lamps, except the headlamps. Flash-to-Pass ...... 135 2 : Turns on the headlamps with the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 135 parking lamps and instrument panel lights. Automatic Headlamp System ...... 135 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 136 When the headlamps are turned on while Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 137 the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off automatically 10 minutes after the ignition Interior Lighting is turned off. When the headlamps are Instrument Panel Illumination turned on while the vehicle is off, the Control ...... 137 headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes Dome Lamps ...... 138 before turning off to prevent the battery Reading Lamps ...... 138 The exterior lamp control is on the from being drained. Turn the headlamp Lighting Features instrument panel to the left of the steering control off and then back to the headlamp Entry Lighting ...... 139 wheel. on position to make the headlamps stay on for an additional 10 minutes. Exit Lighting ...... 139 There are four positions: Battery Load Management ...... 139 To keep the lamps on for more than Battery Power Protection ...... 140 O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 140 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the ACC/ACCESSORY. headlamp control to O again to turn the automatic headlamps or DRL back on. IntelliBeam System For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's position will only work when the vehicle is high-beam headlamps on and off according shifted into P (Park). to surrounding traffic conditions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

134 Lighting The system turns the high-beam headlamps There is a sensor near the top center of the The high beams may not turn off on when it is dark enough and there is no windshield that automatically controls the automatically if the system cannot detect other traffic present. system. Keep this area of the windshield another vehicle's lamps because of any of clear of debris to allow for best system the following: performance. . The other vehicle's lamps are missing, The high-beam headlamps remain on, under damaged, obstructed from view, the automatic control, until one of the or otherwise undetected. following situations occurs: . The other vehicle's lamps are covered . The system detects an approaching with dirt, snow, and/or road spray. This light comes on in the instrument vehicle's headlamps. . The other vehicle's lamps cannot be cluster when the IntelliBeam system is . The system detects a preceding vehicle's detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, enabled. taillamps. fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other airborne obstructions. Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam . The outside light is bright enough that high-beam headlamps are not required. . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, To enable the IntelliBeam system, activate or obstructed by something that blocks . The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h the high/low-beam changer two times (12 mph). the view of the light sensor. within two seconds while the exterior lamp . The vehicle is loaded such that the front . The IntelliBeam system can be disabled control is in AUTO or 2. by the High/Low-Beam Changer or the end points upward, causing the light Driving with IntelliBeam Flash-to-Pass feature. If this happens, the sensor to aim high and not detect High/Low-Beam Changer must be headlamps and taillamps. The system only activates the high beams . The vehicle is being driven on winding or when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). activated two times within two seconds to reactivate the IntelliBeam system. The hilly roads. The blue high-beam on light appears on the instrument cluster light will come on to The automatic high-beam headlamps may instrument cluster when the high beams indicate the IntelliBeam is reactivated. See need to be disabled if any of the above are on. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 135 conditions exist. and Flash-to-Pass 0 135. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Lighting 135 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder Flash-to-Pass When the DRL system is on, only the DRL are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, A reminder chime sounds when the This feature lets you use the high-beam instrument panel lights, and other lamps headlamps or parking lamps are manually headlamps to signal a driver in front of you will not be on. turned on, the ignition is off, and a door is that you want to pass. It works even if the open. To disable the chime, turn the headlamps are in the automatic position. When it begins to get dark, the automatic lamps off. headlamp system switches from DRL to the To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward headlamps. you, then release it. Headlamp High/Low-Beam To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp Changer If the headlamps are in the automatic control to O and then release. For vehicles position or on low beam, the high-beam first sold in Canada, off will only work when Push the turn signal lever away from you headlamps will turn on. Depending on the the vehicle is parked. and release to turn the high beams on. type of headlamp, they will either turn off To return to low beams, push the lever after a short duration or stay on as long as Automatic Headlamp System again or pull it toward you and release. you hold the lever toward you. The high-beam indicator on the instrument When the exterior lamp control is set to cluster will come on. Release the lever to AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the return to normal operation. headlamps come on automatically. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of the vehicle during the day. Fully When the high-beam headlamps are on, this functional DRL are required on all vehicles indicator light on the instrument cluster will first sold in Canada. also be on. The DRL system comes on when the following conditions are met: . The ignition is on. . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO. . The light sensor determines it is daytime. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

136 Lighting panel brightness control is in the full bright Hazard Warning Flashers position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 137. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. Lights On with Wipers If the windshield wipers are activated in There is a light sensor on top of the daylight with the engine on, and the instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the otherwise the headlamps will come on when | : Press this button to make the front headlamps, parking lamps, and other they are not needed. and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. exterior lamps come on. The transition time Press again to turn the flashers off. The system may also turn on the headlamps for the lamps coming on varies based on when driving through a parking garage or wiper speed. When the wipers are not When the hazard warning flashers are on, tunnel. operating, these lamps turn off. Move the the vehicle's turn signals will not work. If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable automatic headlamp system comes on this feature. immediately. If it is light outside when the vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight delay before the automatic headlamp system changes to the DRL. During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Lighting 137 Turn and Lane-Change Signals Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is Interior Lighting not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 333. Instrument Panel Illumination Turn Signal On Chime Control If the turn signal is left on for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each flash of the turn signal. The message TURN SIGNAL ON will also appear in the Driver Information Center (DIC). To turn the chime and message off, move the turn signal lever An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes to the off position. in the direction of the turn or lane change. Move the turn signal lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. Raise or lower the lever for less than one second until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. This causes the turn The brightness of the instrument cluster signals to automatically flash three times. display, infotainment display and controls, It will flash six times if Tow/Haul Mode is steering wheel controls, and all other active. Holding the turn signal lever for illuminated controls, as well as feature more than one second will cause the turn status indicators can be adjusted. signals to flash until the lever is released. D : Press the − or + to brighten or dim The lever returns to its starting position the lights. whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

138 Lighting Dome Lamps . Press OFF again to deactivate this feature and the indicator light will turn off. The dome lamps will come on when any door is opened, the unlock button on the remote key is pressed, or when the ignition is switched off. Reading Lamps

There are dome lamps in the overhead console and the headliner. To change the dome lamp settings, press the following: With Sunroof . Press and hold any of the overhead console lens to turn all dome lamps on. Press the lens on each reading lamp to turn it on or off. . Press and hold any of the overhead There are reading lamps in the overhead consoles lens again to turn all dome console and the headliner, if equipped. lamps off. . Press OFF to turn off the dome lamps when a door is open. An indicator light on the button will turn on when the dome lamp override is activated. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Lighting 139 Lighting Features Exit Lighting if equipped, may show the voltage moving up or down. This is normal. If there is a Some exterior lamps come on at night, or in problem, an alert will be displayed. Entry Lighting areas with limited lighting, when the driver Some exterior lamps turn on briefly at door is opened after the ignition is turned The battery can be discharged at idle if the night, or in areas with limited lighting, off. The dome lamp comes on after the electrical loads are very high. This is true for K ignition is turned off. The exterior lamps and all vehicles. This is because the generator when is pressed on the remote key. After () may not be spinning fast about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off dome lamp remain on after the door is closed for a set amount of time, then enough at idle to produce all the power that when any door is opened, the unlock button is needed for very high electrical loads. on the remote key is pressed, or when the automatically turn off. ignition is switched off. All interior lights The exterior lamps turn off immediately by A high electrical load occurs when several of turn on and then the dome and remaining turning the exterior lamp control off. the following are on, such as: headlamps, interior lamps dim to off after 20 seconds. high beams, rear window defogger, climate The exit lighting for exterior lights can be control fan at high speed, heated seats, 0 Entry lighting feature for exterior lighting changed. See Vehicle Personalization 124. engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads can be changed by Vehicle Locator Lights. plugged into accessory power outlets. See Vehicle Locator Lights under Vehicle Battery Load Management Personalization 0 124. EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of The vehicle has Electric Power Management the battery. It does this by balancing the (EPM), which estimates the battery's generator's output and the vehicle's temperature and state of charge. It then electrical needs. It can increase engine idle adjusts the voltage for best performance speed to generate more power, whenever and extended life of the battery. needed. It can temporarily reduce the power When the battery's state of charge is low, demands of some accessories. the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring Normally, these actions occur in steps or the charge back up. When the state of levels, without being noticeable. In rare charge is high, the voltage is lowered cases at the highest levels of corrective slightly to prevent overcharging. The action, this action may be noticeable to the voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on driver. If so, a DIC message might be the Driver Information Center (DIC), Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

140 Lighting displayed and it is recommended that the Exterior Lighting Battery Saver driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible. The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if the parking Battery Power Protection lamps or headlamps have been manually left on. This protects against draining the This feature shuts off the dome and reading battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn lamps if they are left on for more than O 10 minutes when the ignition is off. This will the exterior lamp control to the position keep the battery from running down. and then back to the ; or 2 position. To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 141 Maps ...... 167 Introduction Infotainment System Navigation Symbols ...... 167 Destination ...... 168 Read the following pages to become familiar Introduction OnStar System ...... 174 with the features. Introduction ...... 141 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 174 Overview ...... 142 Vehicle Positioning ...... 175 { Warning Steering Wheel Controls ...... 144 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 175 Taking your eyes off the road for too Using the System ...... 145 If the System Needs Service ...... 175 long or too often while using any Software Updates ...... 148 Map Data Updates ...... 175 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 176 infotainment feature can cause a crash. Radio You or others could be injured or killed. AM-FM Radio ...... 148 Voice Recognition Do not give extended attention to HD Radio Technology ...... 149 Voice Recognition ...... 176 infotainment tasks while driving. Limit Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 150 your glances at the vehicle displays and Satellite Radio ...... 150 Phone focus your attention on driving. Use voice Radio Reception ...... 151 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 181 Multi-Band Antenna ...... 151 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a commands whenever possible. Phone) ...... 182 The infotainment system has built-in Audio Players Apple CarPlay and ...... 185 Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 151 features intended to help avoid distraction USB Port ...... 152 Settings by disabling some features when driving. Bluetooth Audio ...... 154 Settings ...... 187 These features may gray out when they are Teen Driver ...... 193 unavailable. Many infotainment features are OnStar System also available through the instrument cluster OnStar System ...... 155 Trademarks and License Agreements and steering wheel controls. Trademarks and License Rear Seat Infotainment Agreements ...... 196 Before driving: Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) . Become familiar with the operation, System ...... 156 center stack controls, steering wheel controls, and infotainment display. Navigation Using the Navigation System ...... 164 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

142 Infotainment System . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command. See Distracted Driving 0 213. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, Uplevel Radio speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work . Turn to decrease or increase the properly. Deactivation is required by your 1. O (Power) volume. dealer if related aftermarket equipment is . Press to turn the power on. 2. 7 installed. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to Overview power off. . Press to mute/unmute the system the previous station or channel. when on. Press and hold to fast seek the Infotainment System next strongest previous station or The infotainment system is controlled by . When the power is on and the channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 148. system is not muted, a quick using the infotainment display, controls on . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to status pane will display when O is the center stack, steering wheel controls, the beginning of the current or and voice recognition. pressed. Pressing O will mute the previous track. Press and hold to system and trigger this pane to quickly reverse through a track. show a long press is required to Release to return to playing speed. actually power down the system. See USB Port 0 152 or Bluetooth Audio 0 154. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 143 3. { . Press to go to the Home Page. See “Home Page” later in this section. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185. 4. 6 . Radio: Press and release to go to the next station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. 1. { (Home Page) . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to the beginning of the current or . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the . Press to go to the Home Page. See previous track. Press and hold to next track. Press and hold to fast “Home Page” later in this section. forward through a track. Release to quickly reverse through a track. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple return to playing speed. See USB Release to return to playing speed. CarPlay. To enter back into Android 0 Port 0 152 or See USB Port 152 or 0 Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and Bluetooth Audio 0 154. Bluetooth Audio 154. hold. See Apple CarPlay and 3. O (Power) 5. o BACK Android Auto 0 185. . Press to return to the previous 2. 7 . Press to turn the power on. display in a menu. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to power off. 6. V the previous station or channel. . Turn to highlight a feature. Press Press and hold to fast seek the . Press to mute/unmute the system to activate the highlighted feature. next strongest previous station or when on. channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 148. . When the power is on and the system is not muted, a quick status pane will display when O is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

144 Infotainment System pressed. Pressing O will mute the Swipe left or right across the display to Steering Wheel Controls system and trigger this pane to access the pages of icons. show a long press is required to Managing Home Page Icons actually power down the system. 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page . Turn to decrease or increase the icons to enter edit mode. volume. 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to 4. 6 the desired position. . Radio: Press and release to go to 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in the next station or channel. Press the desired position. and hold to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. 4. To move an application to another page, drag the icon to the edge of the display . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the toward the desired page. next track. Press and hold to fast forward through a track. Release to 5. Continue dragging and dropping If equipped, some audio controls can be return to playing speed. See USB application icons as desired. adjusted at the steering wheel. Port 0 152 or Bluetooth Audio 0 154. g : Press to answer an incoming call or 5. v start voice recognition. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 181 or . Press and release to access the 0 phone display or answer an Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 182. incoming call. c : Press to decline an incoming call or Home Page end a current call. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call. The Home Page is where vehicle application icons are accessed. Some applications are disabled when the vehicle is moving. The Home Page can be set up to have up to four pages with eight icons per page. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 145 Phone Apple CarPlay Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate main page. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 181 Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a or supported device is connected. See Apple Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 182. CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185. Nav Android Auto If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display Touch the Android Auto icon to activate the navigation map. See Using the Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported Navigation System 0 164. device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185. Users The favorites and volume switches are on If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in Apps the back of the steering wheel. or create a new user profile, and follow the If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for 1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press on-screen instructions. download. Touch the Apps icon on the to select the next or previous audio Only four user profiles can be active at one Home Page to begin. broadcast favorite. When listening to a time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to Downloading and using in-vehicle apps media device, press to select the next or remove a profile from the menu before requires Internet connectivity which can be previous track. creating or signing into an existing profile. accessed with a data plan through the 2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease The removed profile can be logged into at a vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot, the volume. later time. if equipped, or a compatible mobile device hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation Using the System Settings of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu under Mobile Network Audio Settings menu. See Settings 0 187. Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, Touch the Audio icon to display the active or similar. audio source page. Examples of available sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

146 Infotainment System Availability of apps and connectivity varies Haptic Feedback Touch and Hold by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that plan rates apply. Features are subject to occurs when an icon or option is touched on change. For more information, see the display or when controls on the center www.my.chevrolet.com/learn. stack are pressed. OnStar Services Infotainment Gestures If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon Use the following finger gestures to control to display the OnStar Services and Account the infotainment system. pages. See OnStar Overview 0 412 and OnStar System 0 155. Touch/Tap Touch and hold can be used to start another Camera gesture, or to move or delete an application. If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access Drag the camera application. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 262. Shortcut Tray The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the display. It shows up to four applications. Infotainment Display Features Touch/tap is used to select an icon or option, activate an application, or change Infotainment display features show on the the location inside a map. display when available. When a feature is Drag is used to move applications on the unavailable, it may gray out. When a Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the feature is touched, it may highlight. item, it must be held and moved along the display to the new location. This can be Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 147 done up, down, right, or left. This feature is Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch only available when vehicle is parked and list, pan the map, or change page views. Do not in motion. this by placing a finger on the display then Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. Spread

Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb apart on the display, then move Nudge is used to move items a short them together. distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle and move the selected item up or down to Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays a new location. images, or a web page. Place finger and For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or Fling or Swipe thumb together on the display, then move them apart. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

148 Infotainment System Software Updates Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) controls on the infotainment display or by option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack Over-the-Air Software Updates tapping/dragging the crosshair. to search for the previous or next strong If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings Sound Mode (If Equipped) station or channel. 0 187 for details on software updates. . Bose Surround Sound systems may have Browsing Stations four sound modes: Touch the Browse option to list all available Radio ‐ Normal: Adjusts the audio to provide stations or channels. Navigate up and down the best sound for all seating positions. through all stations by scrolling the list. AM-FM Radio ‐ Driver: Adjusts the audio to provide the Touch the station or channel you want to Playing the Radio best sound for the driver. listen to. Touch H to save the station or channel as a favorite. From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon ‐ Rear: Adjusts the audio to provide the to display the active audio source page. best sound for the rear seat occupants. If equipped, touch Update Station List to Choose from the three most recently used ‐ Centerpoint: Adjusts the audio to update the active stations in your area. sources listed at the left side of the display create a surround listening experience Direct Tune or touch the More option to display a list of for all seating positions. available sources. Examples of available sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if Finding a Station equipped), USB, AUX (if equipped), and Seeking a Station Bluetooth. Infotainment System Sound Menu From any of the audio source main pages, touch Sound to display the following:

Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the icon on the infotainment display to bring up options on the infotainment display. the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies using the arrows on the right side of the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 149 Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations Storing Radio Station Presets or channel using the keypad. When a new cannot be tuned directly through the Direct Favorites show in the area at the top of the station or channel is entered, the Tune feature. Only the analog or display. information about that station or channel HD1 station can use that feature. Use the displays on the right side. This information display arrows to adjust to the multicast AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio will update with each new valid frequency. stations. Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a H preset to store the current station or Touch to save the station or channel as AM, FM, and SXM Categories a favorite. channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite station or channel. The keypad will gray out entries that do not contribute to a valid frequency and will Favorites can also be stored by touching H automatically place a decimal point within in a station or channel list. This will the frequency number. highlight indicating that it is now saved as a Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. favorite. Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. The number of favorites displayed is A valid AM or FM station will automatically automatically adjusted by default, but can tune to the new frequency but not close the be manually adjusted in Settings in the System tab under Favorites and then Set Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be (if equipped), touch Go after entering the Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under channel. Touch the Back icon on the touch Categories at the top of the Browse Audio and then Set Number of Audio z menu to access the categories list. The list infotainment display or touch to exit out Favorites. of Direct Tune. contains names associated with the AM or FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a HD Radio Technology The tune arrows on the right side of the category name to display a list of stations Direct Tune display will tune through the or channels for that category. Touching a If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with complete station or channel list one station station or channel from the list will tune the features such as digital quality sound, more step at a time per touch. A touch and hold radio to that station or channel. stations available on a single frequency such advances through stations or channels as HD2 and HD3, and display information quickly. such as artist and song title. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

150 Infotainment System From the Now Playing display, touch the HD HD Radio Troubleshooting This system relies on receiving specific Radio icon to turn HD on or off. Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to information from these stations and only Station Access process. This can take several seconds. works when the information is available. It is possible that a radio station could To access HD Radio stations: Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital broadcast incorrect information that causes 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be the radio features to work improperly. If this Radio is turned on and the station is weak, the station is out of range, or the happens, contact the radio station. broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will station may be out of alignment. Verify proper reception on another station. When information is broadcast from a RDS automatically tune to the HD version of station, the station name or call letters the current channel (HD1) after several If the HD Radio signal weakens while display on the audio screen. Radio text seconds. The radio will also display icons listening to HD1, the radio will automatically supporting the currently playing broadcast representing additional channels (HD2, switch to the analog version of the radio may also appear. ...HD8), that may be available. When the station. radio successfully tunes to a HD station, Satellite Radio the HD logo will display and digital If the HD Radio signal loses reception while audio will play. listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio SiriusXM Radio Service mutes until the signal can be recovered or 2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM previous or next HD Radio station. radio subscription can receive SiriusXM HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a programming. There may be a delay before the station weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to starts playing. toggle HD Radio reception on and off. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of The HD Radio station number is indicated programming and commercial-free music, next to the HD logo. Radio Data System (RDS) coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. If equipped, RDS features are available for 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. For a list of all stations, see information. With RDS, the radio can: www.hdradio.com. . Group stations by Category (i.e., Program When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the display. . Display messages from radio stations. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 151 SiriusXM with 360L reduce interference, some static can occur, Mobile Device Usage especially around tall buildings or hills, SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced Mobile device usage, such as making or causing the sound to fade in and out. in-vehicle listening experience for receiving calls, charging, or just having the subscribers. The experience now offers more AM mobile device on may cause static categories and system learned interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile recommendations toward discovering more The range for most AM stations is greater device or turn it off if this happens. personalized content. than for FM, especially at night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to Multi-Band Antenna To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, interfere with each other. Static can also including streaming content and listening occur when things like storms and power The roof antenna is for AM, FM, SiriusXM recommendations, OnStar Connected Access lines interfere with radio reception. When Satellite Radio, OnStar, and GPS (Global is required. Connected vehicle services vary this happens, try reducing the treble on the Positioning System). Keep clear of by model and require a complete working radio. obstructions for clear reception. If the electrical system, cell reception, and GPS vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open, signal. An active connected plan is required. SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service reception can also be affected. Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service and subscription information. provides digital radio reception. Tall Audio Players buildings or hills can interfere with satellite Radio Reception radio signals, causing the sound to fade in Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices and out. In addition, traveling or standing Unplug electronic devices from the accessory When using media devices such as SD cards, under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, power outlets if there is interference or USB devices, and mobile devices, consider or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM static in the radio. the source. Untrusted media devices could signal for a period of time. Some cellular contain files that affect system operation or FM services may interfere with SXM reception performance. Avoid use if the content or causing loss of signal. FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 origin cannot be trusted. to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in electronic circuit that automatically works to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

152 Infotainment System USB Port . OGG Use the following when playing an active . 3GP USB source: The vehicle may be equipped with two USB ports in the center console under the Gracenote p : Touch to play the current media source. armrest and another two on the center When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote j : Touch to pause playback of the current stack. These ports are for data and charging. service builds voice tags for music. Voice media source. There may also be two USB ports at the tags allow artists, with hard to rear of the center console and a USB port on pronounce names, and nicknames to be used 7 : each side of the third row seats for to play music through voice recognition, . Touch to seek the beginning of the charging only. if equipped. current or previous track. Caution While indexing, infotainment features may . Touch and hold to reverse quickly be available. through playback. Release to return to To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all playing speed. Elapsed time displays. accessories and disconnect all accessory My Media Library cables from the vehicle when not in use. MyMedia is only available when more than 6 : Accessory cables left plugged into the one indexed device is connected. It allows . Touch to seek the next track. vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be access to content from all indexed media . Touch and hold to advance quickly damaged or cause an electrical short if sources. MyMedia will show as an available through playback. Release to return to the unconnected end comes in contact source in the Source page. playing speed. Elapsed time displays. with liquids or another power source such USB MP3 Player and USB Devices Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play as the accessory power outlet. The USB MP3 players and USB devices music in random order. Playing from a USB connected must comply with the USB Mass USB Sound Menu Storage Class specification (USB MSC). A USB mass storage device can be connected See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” 0 to the USB port. To play a USB device: under AM-FM Radio 148. 1. Connect the USB. Audio extensions supported by the USB may USB Browse Menu include: 2. Touch Audio from the Home Page. When a list of songs, albums, artists, . MP3 3. Touch the More option and then touch or other types of media displays, the up and . AAC the USB device. down arrows and A-Z appear on the left Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 153 side. Select A-Z to view a display that will Songs: 3. Touch an or All Songs to view a show all letters of the alphabet and select 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on list of songs. the letter to go to. the USB. 4. Touch a song from the list to begin Touch the up and down arrows to move the 2. To begin playback, touch a song from playback. list up and down. the list. Folders: Touch Browse and the following may Albums: 1. Touch to view the directories on display: 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. the USB. Playlists: 2. Touch the album to view a list of all 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on songs on the album. 3. Touch a file from the list to begin the USB. 3. Touch a song from the list to begin playback. 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all playback. Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on songs in that playlist. Genres: the connected Apple device and get a list of podcast episodes. 3. Touch a song from the list to begin 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. playback. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. Audiobooks: Supported playlist extensions are m3u 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on and pls. 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that artist. the Apple device. Artists: 4. Touch an album to view songs on the 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored album. chapters. on the USB. 5. Touch a song to start playback. 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all playback. Composers: albums by the artist. File System and Naming 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or 1. Touch to view the composers on the USB. File systems supported by the USB may touch an album and then touch a song include: from the list. 2. Touch a Composer to view a list of albums by that composer. . FAT32 . NTFS . HFS+ Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

154 Infotainment System The songs, artists, albums, and genres are Albums : Touch H next to any album to Bluetooth Audio taken from the file’s song information and store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved Music may be played from a paired are only displayed if present. The radio favorite to recall a favorite album. The first displays the file name as the track name if Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview) song in the album list begins to play. 0 the song information is not available. 181 or Genres : Touch H next to any genre to Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 182 Supported Apple Devices store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved for help pairing a device. To view supported devices, see favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first Volume and song selection may be my.chevrolet.com/learn. song of the genre begins to play. controlled by using the infotainment Storing and Recalling Media Favorites Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a selected and no volume is present, check the To store media favorites, touch Browse to volume setting on the infotainment system. display a list of media types. saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast. The podcast begins to play. Music can be launched by touching Touch one of the following Browse options H Bluetooth from the recent sources list on to save a favorite: Audiobooks : Touch next to any the left of the display or by touching the audiobook to store the audiobook as a Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to More option and then touching the favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a Bluetooth device. store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. audiobook begins to play. To play music via Bluetooth: The first song in the playlist begins to play. 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect Media Playback and Mute Artists : Touch H next to any artist to the device. store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved USB playback will be paused if the system is 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first muted. If the steering wheel mute control is Page, then touch Bluetooth from the song in the artist list begins to play. pressed again, playback will resume. recent sources list on the left of the If the source is changed while in mute, display. Songs : Touch H next to any song to store playback resumes and audio will unmute. the song as a favorite. Touch a saved Bluetooth Sound Menu favorite to recall a favorite song. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” under AM-FM Radio 0 148. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 155 Manage Bluetooth Devices OnStar System Features are subject to change. For more From the Home Page: information, see my.chevrolet.com/learn or 4G LTE press Q. 1. Touch Audio. 2. Touch More. If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven Services devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and 3. Touch Bluetooth. The Services tab displays the default view laptops, can be connected to high-speed for the app. Use this page to launch the 4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi available OnStar services. Touch a service to When touching Bluetooth, the radio may hotspot. open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the not be able to launch the audio player on Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and the connected device to start playing. When connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. Advisor Call are the other tiled options. the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile See www..com for vehicle availability, Account device to begin playback. details, and system limitations. Service and The Account tab displays a snapshot of the All devices launch audio differently. When connectivity may vary by make, model, account linked with the vehicle. If there is selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio year, carrier, availability, and conditions. 4G no such account, this tab will show all may show as paused on the display. Press LTE service is available in select markets. 4G LTE performance is based on industry values as ——. The advisor call icon will be play on the device or touch on the p averages and vehicle systems design. Some active even if there is no active account. display to begin playback. services require a data plan. Advisor Call Browse functionality will be provided where supported by the Bluetooth device. This The OnStar App Selecting Advisor Call is the same as media content will not be part of the If equipped, the infotainment system has pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR MyMedia source mode. OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper right corner of the screen does not end the Some smartphones support sending on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions call, but returns to the previous screen. Bluetooth music information to display on that can be performed with the buttons can the radio. When the radio receives this be done using the app. To open the app, Turn-by-Turn Directions touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. information, it will check to see if any is With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor available and display it. For more App updates require a corresponding service plan. Features vary by region and model. can download a destination to the vehicle or information about supported Bluetooth its embedded navigation system, features, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

156 Infotainment System if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions The RSI system may not operate properly Home Screen from the Services tab of the OnStar app to until the temperature is above −20 °C (−4 °F) call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite and below 55 °C (131 °F). destination. Touch the navigation icons to select home, address or place. A destination System Operation transfer from OnStar will show the detail To use: view of the destination when it is 1. Double-tap anywhere on either screen to transferred from OnStar to the Navigation Power On and view the Home screen. application. See www.onstar.com for a coverage map. Services vary by model. Map 2. Touch } on the status bar to turn off coverage is available in the United States, the screen. Puerto Rico, and Canada. The screens can be turned on and off Watch sources include: Wi-Fi Hotspot through each individual touchscreen . USB Video: Touch to go to the video independently from the other and through player screen. Touch to display the Settings page, which front seat control. . Connections: Connect external devices via shows the configurations for the vehicle HDMI ports or Miracast to mirror the hotspot and allows them to be changed. Playback of any media playing through that specific screen is paused when the screen is video playback. For more information, see www.onstar.com. turned off. . Recents: Shows the video content played recently. Touch the video content to play Rear Seat Infotainment Screens can be locked via front seat control. directly. If Remember Screen Power Status was Listen Sources include: Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) selected in the settings, the screens will System return to the same Power Status as when . USB Music: Touch to go to the audio the vehicle was turned off. See “Remember player screen. If equipped, the system includes two rear Screen Power Status” later in this section. . Recents: Shows the audio content played USB-C ports, two HDMI ports, two wireless recently. Touch the audio content to play headphones, and video touchscreen displays directly. in back of the driver and passenger seats. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 157 Navigate (if equipped): Touch to access the USB The HDMI input allows an HDMI A/V cable navigation system. See Using the Navigation to be connected from an auxiliary device System 0 164. such as a camcorder, video game system, Status Bar includes: or Apple device. A cable from Apple is required for Apple devices. . }: Touch to turn off the screen. Double-tap anywhere on the screen to Touch the HDMI port that the external turn on the screen again. device was connected to on the home screen. . X: Touch to go to Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See “Settings” later in this For certain HDMI devices that support USB section. charging, the USB ports can be used as a Connect the media source such as Android power source. . Current Time: The current time is shown device, iOS device, MP3 player or USB Content from these HDMI ports are NOT in the middle of the status bar. storage device, and go to the video or audio accessible through the center-stack display. . *: Touch to go to the Settings menu. playback screen. To use the HDMI input of the RSI system: Rear Consumer Ports (RCP) Any USB port in the vehicle can be used to provide USB content for the RSI system. 1. Connect the auxiliary device with an If equipped with RSI, the RCP will be in the HDMI cable. HDMI rear of the center console. These include 2 2. Power on both the auxiliary device and type C USB ports and 2 HDMI ports. the RSI video screen. 3. Touch { (Home) on the desired display and select HDMI as the source. Video Video Playback Screen Connect the media source using USB port (C Type) on the Rear Consumer Port (RCP) and play the content in the media source. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

158 Infotainment System Touch USB Video and the most recent . Browse: Touch Browse to display the . USB1 & USB 2: Shows the content in the viewed USB video will begin playback from Video browser menu. See “Video Browser” media source connected to USB ports the last played position. During playback, later in this section. on RCP. Browse may be selected to search additional . Previous/Next: Touch 7 or 6 to select Audio available USB videos. For a newly inserted the previous or next video on the current device, the Browse menu is immediately media. Audio Playback Screen available. . p or j (Play or Pause): Touch p to play Connect the media source using USB port (C Recently played videos are also available or touch j to pause a video. Type) on the Rear Consumer Port (RCP) and from the Watch Menu. play the content in the media source. . Share: Touch to share the video playback When playing a video, the playback controls screen with the other screen. Swiping the Touch USB Music. The most recent USB are available during the first few moments. screen to left or right also shares the audio file will begin playback from the last The Playback Controls can be re-displayed by screen. played position. During Playback, browse touching the screen at any time. may be selected to search and select Video Browser additional available USB music files. For a Touch Browse to go to the Select a Video newly inserted device, the Browse menu is screen. immediately available from the Listen menu.

Playback controls include: . { (Home): Touch { to return to the RSI Home selection screen. The following will display: The playback screen displays: . X (Headphones): Touch X to access the . Recently Played: Shows the content . The connected media source. Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See recently played. “Settings” later in this section. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 159 . The audio content information such as Audio Browser WiFi-Direct. The system supports two title, artist, and album. Touch Browse to go to the audio browser Miracast device connections at a time (one . The tracks album art. screen. for each screen) and allows both screens to . The current position and total playing view that single connection simultaneously time. Drag the progress point to move to through screen sharing. the position wanted. Apple does not support the Miracast . The playback controls. standard. Playback controls are always displayed. To connect initially: Playback controls include: 1. Touch Miracast in Watch section of the { { home screen. The RSI system starts to . (Home): Touch to return to the RSI initialize the Miracast connection. Home selection screen. 2. Select “%Rear Seat%” from your mobile . X (Headphones): Touch X to access the The following will display: device's the Wi-Fi list. The device Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See . Content in the connected media source connection pop-up message is displayed. “Settings” later in this section. can be sorted by Playlists, Artists, Albums, Touch OK. Touching Decline goes back to . Browse: Touch Browse to display the Songs, Genres, Podcasts, and Audiobooks. the home screen. audio browser menu. See “Audio Browser” Touch T to move to the next page. 3. Some Miracast enabled devices require to later in this section. . The audio content currently being played. enter a PIN number, supplied by the . Previous/Next: Touch 7 or 6 to select Touch this section and it moves to the device, into the RSI system or on the the previous or next audio content. audio playback screen. device in order to complete the connection process. . p or j (Play or Pause): Touch p to play . The content sorted by the standard you or touch j to pause the audio content. choose. Touch the content wanted. 4. When the full connection is complete, the RSI screen displays a mirror image of . Shuffle: Touch to play the playlist Miracast / HDMI the mobile devices display onto the randomly. Miracast Connection associated RSI screen. . Share: Touch to share the audio playback with the other screen. Swiping the screen Connect Miracast compatible devices to to left or right also shares the screen. either the RSI screen by mirroring the display of the mobile device through Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

160 Infotainment System Once any Miracast device has been . ª: Touch ª to hide the status bar. . X (Headphones): Touch X to access the successfully connected to the RSI system, Swipe up the bottom of the screen to Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See the device connects to the RSI system display the status bar again. “Settings” later in this section. automatically. . Share: Touch to share the screen with the . Share: Touch to share the screen with the The RSI system stores information of up to other screen. Swiping the screen to left or other screen. The screen can be shared 10 Miracast devices. right also shares the screen. through the connected device. All Miracast information stored in the HDMI Connection Settings system can be deleted. See “Miracast data The RCP provides two HDMI ports to mirror From the rear screen home page, touch * delete” in “Settings” later in this section. video devices. to access the settings menu. Miracast Playing View Connect the external device to watch the The menu may contain the following: device content through the RSI screen. Video Voice Over Touch the HDMI port that was connected to the external device on the home screen. If equipped, the RSI system has a Video Voice Over feature to benefit the visually HDMI Playing View and hearing impaired. When activated, Video Voice Over provides audible feedback to the user about which area on the screen they are touching, identifying active buttons, as well as Miracast playing view shows the video providing information feedback of screen content and includes: identification, current status, list content, . { (Home): Touch { to return to the RSI metadata, and pop-up information. It allows Home selection screen. for the user to activate features through a double tap anywhere on the screen which . X (Headphones): Touch X to access the HDMI playing view shows the video content relates to the last single touched and Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See and includes: audibly announced actionable button. “Settings” later in this section. . { (Home): Touch { to return to the RSI Home selection screen. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 161 To turn Video Voice Over on or off, touch 4. Select your Bluetooth headphones from Remember Screen Power Status *, touch the toggle and then press OK to the list. Touch OK once the Pairing The system remembers the last power state confirm. Video Voice Over will remain active Successful pop-up displays. The (screen ON or OFF) of each rear screen over ignition cycles until it is turned off. headphones may need to be unpaired independently. After the vehicle ignition from your phone before pairing to Bluetooth Headphone Setup power is turned ON, each rear screen power the RSI. ON, or remain OFF, based on it's last known The RSI system will support Bluetooth 5. An option will be given to create a state prior to the previous ignition cycle. headphones. Up to 9 Bluetooth headphones custom name for this pair of headphones Select On or Off. can be paired to each REAR SCREEN. This – touch Yes if you want to create a screen provides a list of all Bluetooth unique name for these headphones in Video Auto Play headphones that have been paired to the this vehicle. Type the headphone’s name Enabling Video Auto Play will cause the next RSI system, as well as control over their use using virtual keyboard on the screen. The available video to automatically begin and settings. New Bluetooth headphones new name is assigned when playing when the previous video has ended. can be connected or the Bluetooth touching SAVE. Disabling Video Auto Play will cause the headphone settings can be changed in this video playback to pause until another video screen. Paired headphones can be selected from the list of currently connected headphones. The is selected for playback. Select On or Off. To pair Bluetooth headphones to one of the selected headphone’s icon turns to green. Clear All Miracast Data rear screens: The name of the Bluetooth headphone can The system stores the Miracast data of the 1. Select Bluetooth Headphone Setup or be edited by touching y. devices which have been connected to the touch X from the desired Rear Screen RSI system. The data can be deleted from Home Page. To delete a connected Bluetooth headphone, this feature. Touch Y and then touch Yes. 2. Select Add New Headphones. Select Clear All Miracast Data. A pop-up 3. Make sure your Bluetooth headphones Screen Brightness message is displayed when the data is are in pairing mode. Once recognized by Select Screen Brightness. Move the bar left successfully deleted. the system, your Bluetooth headphones or right to adjust the display brightness. will be displayed on the list of Available Each screen may be uniquely adjusted. Headphones. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

162 Infotainment System RSI Video App Front Screen The current source from the desired Rear Playback Controls USB Sources Screen can also be shown on the other Rear The RSI Video App will allow a front user to Screen by pressing the Share button on the control the Rear Seat Video Screen sources. lower right side of the RSI Video App To access the RSI Video App, touch the RSI screens. Video App icon from the Home Page. Content can be searched for the selected source by pressing the Browse button on the right side of the RSI Video App screen. Source Selecting from the RSI Video App

Playback controls include: . 6 or 7 (Next Track/Previous Track) : Touch 6 to skip ahead or 7 to skip back tracks. Touch 7 less than The Rear Screens may be powered on or off five seconds into the current track to start from the RSI Video App. Touch the Rear at the beginning of the previous track. Screen 1 or Rear Screen 2 icons to select a Touch 7 more than five seconds into the screen. Touch the 1-2 icon to view both Rear current track to start at the beginning of Screens together. Touching the Power icon Sources may be selected for the highlighted the current track. next to the highlighted screen icon will turn Rear Screen. Select Source from the RSI App . 6 or 7 (Fast Forward/Fast Rewind) : that screen on or off. Both screens can be screen, then select from the list of available powered on or off by pressing the POWER sources shown on the RSI Sources screen. Touch and hold 6 or 7 for ALL button. Touch More to display additional available approximately one and one-half seconds The audio for the rear users can be muted sources. to fast forward or fast rewind. If 6 or by the front user by pressing the mute icon 7 are held for approximately associated with the left or right rear screen six seconds, the rate of fast forward or on the Rear Video App screen, or both rear fast rewind will increase. screens by pressing the MUTE ALL button. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 163 . p or j (Play or Pause): Touch p to play or 2 switch, and a volume control. The Use the volume control on the headphones or touch j to pause depending on the digital headphones cannot be interchanged to adjust the volume. current selection. with previous models of GM headphones. For best audio performance, wear the . Listen: Touch Listen to hear the audio Press the power button to turn on the headphones as indicated with L (Left) and source on the vehicle speakers. headphones. A light on the headphones R (Right) on the ear pads. Do not let should come on. A flashing light indicates anything cover the ear pads. Headphones the headphones are not in range. Move them closer to the forward overhead screen Caution until the light stops flashing. If the light Do not store the headphones in heat or does not come on, check the batteries. direct sunlight. This could damage the Intermittent sound or static can also indicate headphones and repairs would not be weak batteries. See “Battery Replacement” covered by the vehicle warranty. Storage later in this section. in extreme cold can weaken the batteries. Turn the headphones off when they are not Keep the headphones stored in a cool, in use. dry place. Press the center of the right side of the If the foam ear pads become worn or 1. Power Indicator Light headphone to change the channel. Channel 1 will provide audio associated with damaged, the pads can be replaced 2. Channel 1 or 2 Switch separately. To purchase replacement ear 3. Volume Control screen 1 and channel 2 will provide audio associated with screen 2. pads, call 1-888-293-3332 or contact your 4. Power Button dealer. 5. Battery Cover Infrared transmitters are on the top of the Battery Replacement The RSI includes two or four new 2-channel right seatback video screen. The headphones digital wireless headphones, depending on shut off automatically to save the battery To change the batteries: the vehicle model. The headphones are used power if the RSI system is off or if the 1. Loosen the screw to the battery door on to listen to various multimedia. The wireless headphones are out of range of the the left side of the headphones. headphones have a power button, Channel 1 transmitters for more than three minutes. Moving too far forward or stepping out of 2. Slide the battery door open. the vehicle can cause the headphones to 3. Replace the two AAA batteries. lose the signal or have static. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

164 Infotainment System 4. Replace the battery door and tighten the headphones experience static or dropouts, statement to be confirmed. If available and screw. place your mobile device away from the signed into a profile, it is also suggested to Remove the batteries if the headphones will rear seat displays. enable and confirm Predictive Navigation. not be used for a long time. I lost the headphones : See your dealer for Predictive Navigation (If Equipped) RSI Troubleshooting assistance. If Predictive Navigation is available and No power : The ignition might not be on or Video Distortion confirmed, this feature learns preferences by in ACC/ACCESSORY. remembering where the vehicle has been. Video distortion can occur when operating It uses the locations and navigation history There is no sound from the headphones cellular phones, scanners, CB radios, Global to personalize routes and results. with the indicator light on : If the batteries Positioning Systems (GPS), two-way radios, are good, make sure the headphones are mobile faxes, or walkie talkies. Predictive Navigation may learn elements such as: programmed to the correct screen and on It might be necessary to turn off the video . Personalized routes based on preferred the correct channel for the screen being player when operating one of these devices streets. viewed. in or near the vehicle. Sometimes the wireless headphone audio . Search results that provide best matches cuts out or buzzes : Check for obstructions, Navigation at the top of the list. low batteries, reception range, and . Predictive traffic. interference from cell phone towers or from Using the Navigation System . Local map content updating. cellular telephone use in the vehicle. Check Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or that the headphones are on correctly using If equipped, launch the Nav application by disabled at a later time by touching A the L (Left) and R (Right) on the touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or headphones. Check that the headphones are on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the (Options). While in Options, touch Settings, positioned properly with the headband infotainment display. then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 187. across the top of the head. When the Nav application is launched for Newer mobile phones and tablets emit the first time, a product walkthrough is infrared light for features like face and iris available. Use of the feature requires the detection. This infrared light can interfere Terms and Conditions and the Privacy with both the headphone operation. If your Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 165 Navigation Map View Places on Map should be on by default. . Avoid on Route (if a route has been set) Select and enter Home and/or Work address Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation and save. Settings. The following may display: . Destination Card Preferences . Map Preferences . Route Preferences . Navigation Voice Control . Traffic Preferences . Alert Preferences After opening the Nav application for the . Fuel Grade Preferences first time, the application will always open . Manage History in full map view displaying the vehicle’s If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a . Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive current location. When the vehicle is customized profile, the current location icon Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in stopped, the search bar will appear along uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a this section. the top of the navigation map view. customized profile, the current location . About Manually close the search bar by touching symbol will show a customized icon. See z. When the vehicle is moving, the } Navigation Symbols 0 167. To exit a list, touch z in the top right (Search) icon will replace the search bar to Map and Navigation Settings corner to return to the main map view. maximize the full map view. Make sure to set up preferences before Touch A while in the map view to display setting a destination and starting active Destination Card Preferences options. The following may display: guidance. From the Nav application, set up Home and . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North Map Preferences Work addresses to enable one-touch . Show on Map navigation. To set up Home and Work . Traffic Events (available with OnStar Touch to choose between basic map feature addresses, touch A and select Settings, Connected Navigation) configurations: then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Destination Card Preferences. Show My . Settings . Edit Destination (if a route has been set) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

166 Infotainment System Map Colors Route Preferences being heard, volume can also be adjusted . Auto – Touch to automatically change Touch to access the Route Preferences. The using the knob on the center stack or the modes based on lighting conditions. choices are: volume switch on the steering wheel. . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a . Day (Light) . Preferred Route – Choose from two . Night (Dark) different route options: Fastest or Call. Options available are: ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default) 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or Eco-Friendly. Off. When turned on, the system will ‐ Fastest would be the route with the ‐ Tone Only display all 3D Landmarks on the map shortest drive time. ‐ None depending on the zoom level. ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most Traffic Events (If Equipped) 3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or fuel-efficient route. This feature provides a list of events that Off. When turned on, the system will . Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of display all of the possible 3D building shapes the road features to avoid while on route: are on the route or nearby. Touch A and on the map depending on the zoom level. then select Traffic Events. An OnStar ‐ Highways connected Navigation service plan is Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : ‐ Unpaved Roads required. If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned ‐ Ferries on, the system will display terrain Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) ‐ Carpool Lanes information on the map in 3D view. While in Map View, touch A, then Settings Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Toll Roads and then Map and Navigation Settings to Off. When turned on, the system will ‐ Tunnels access Traffic Preferences. When Show automatically adjust the zoom level when ‐ Country Borders Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the provides an overview of the traffic flow turn is completed, the system automatically Navigation Voice Control using different coded colors. The following brings the zoom back to the originally set Touch to access the voice control setting options are available for rerouting: level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn display. . Auto Reroute to Better Route – The with the next turn occurring shortly after, . Navigation Volume – To adjust the system will automatically reroute if the the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both volume level, touch the up and down system detects there is a traffic issue turns are completed. arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is ahead. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 167 . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the . Telenav Privacy Statement . The SD card has been removed from the system detects there is a traffic issue . Navigation Version slot: “SD card has been removed. ahead, it will display a pop-up with (Error Code).” details about the issue. Choose to reroute Maps Touch Continue to resume after the or cancel the alert. The Nav application requires a map database initialization error message. For the other . Never Search for Better Route – The to run. It is stored on an SD card that is messages, touch OK to return to the system will not check for a better route connected to the infotainment system. If the Home Page. until one of the above options is selected. map database is not available, a missing SD Alert Preferences card error message will be displayed. Navigation Symbols Set alerts on or off during both inactive and SD Card Error Messages Following are the most common symbols that may appear in the Nav application. active guidance views. The following alerts The SD card only works for one unique may be available: vehicle. The SD card must pass . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display authentication verification to be used for upcoming School Zones. that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios . Traffic Camera Alerts and messages include: Manage History . The SD card has initialized for the first time: “Once initialized, this SD card can Touch Manage History to access the History only be used for navigation in this This indicates the vehicle’s current location options: vehicle.” and direction on the map. . Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to . The SD card is not working properly: “SD clear the recent destinations. card is not functioning properly. . Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear (Error Code).” the search history. . The SD card is not paired with the existing system: “This SD card is not valid About in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s Touch to display software information, Manual for more detail or visit your such as: dealer. (Error Code).” . Telenav Terms and Conditions Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

168 Infotainment System This is the vehicle’s current location icon Destination during inactive guidance mode. Once a user profile is created, the current location icon Receiving Destination Directions from can be customized. Different Sources This icon indicates the vehicle’s current Destinations can be received or transferred location and direction on the map. from different sources to the Nav application The progress bar provides an overview of for route guidance. If equipped, some of the route progress and may show traffic and these sources may include: incidents along the way. As the route . Navigation from search results. proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar. . OnStar Advisor destination download. Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and . An address from the Contacts list. view the entire route. Touch it again to . An application on the smartphone that return to the previous view. The destination pin marks the location of can send destinations to the vehicle. the final destination. Touch the pin to view View the drive time by touching the . An application downloaded to the vehicle the destination address or to add it or estimated time of arrival (ETA). such as OnStar Services that can send destinations to the navigation system. remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the Current Location information by touching the pin one more Waypoints time. It will automatically time out if no When the vehicle is parked and not in a action is taken. Navigation session, the user icon is centered Add up to five waypoints, which are on the map view, highlighting the current additional destinations, along the route. To location. add an additional stop or waypoint: 1. From active guidance, touch }. 2. Search for the destination using One-Box, Voice search, or the Quick Category icons. If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) 3. Choose search results Along Route, are places of interest for parking and gas Nearby, or Near Destination. stations. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 169 4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch 2. Touch Edit Destinations. airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas Add to Trip or replace the current . Modify destination order by touching stations, tourist attractions, and historical destination by touching New Destination. and holding the arrow until it is monuments. Route options are not available for highlighted. Drag to move the If the vehicle does not have an applicable waypoints. waypoint up or down the list. service plan, the map database may not Y Arriving at a Waypoint . Delete a waypoint by touching . include data for newly constructed areas or A pop-up will appear to confirm map database corrections that are When approaching a waypoint, the system waypoint removal. Once the request completed after production. The navigation will display a Destination Arrival view. To is confirmed, the system will remove system provides full route guidance in the continue on to the next destination touch the address from the destinations list. detailed map areas. the Drive to message on the infotainment Touch z on the top right corner so display. Zoom Control the system can recalculate the route. The zoom control display is shown on the If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets If there is only one address in the out of the current route, the system will map view. A few ways to zoom in or destinations list, the system will out are: automatically reroute back to this waypoint. disable the move and delete At the same time, it will show a Drive to functions. The system will not allow . Touch + or – to zoom in or out on icon along with the next waypoint address the final destination to be deleted. the map. so the current waypoint can be skipped and . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or guidance can resume to the next waypoint Map Information single tap with two fingers to zoom out or destination. Road network attributes are contained in the on the map. Editing a Waypoint map database for map information. . Use the index finger and thumb to zoom When waypoints are added during active Attributes include information such as street out by pinching and then zoom in by guidance, the system allows a stop to be names, street addresses, and turn spreading those two fingers on the map. restrictions. A detailed area includes all deleted or the order to be changed. To edit Map Gestures and Map Scale a waypoint: major highways, service roads, and residential roads. The detailed areas include Use the following gestures on the 1. Touch A. Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, infotainment display to adjust the map scale and display options. . Pinch to zoom in or out. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

170 Infotainment System . Pan the map. . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle Junction View pointing up. In this mode, the current . Use two fingers to tilt down and change When a vehicle is on the highway and location icon will always head up and the from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back approaching the exit, an image displays the map will rotate around it. to 2D. lane that the vehicle must stay in to . Rotate the map. . 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing complete the next maneuver. 0 up. In this mode, the current location icon See Using the System 145. will shift as the vehicle turns left and Quick-Turn View Mute right. When in active guidance, the audio prompts Touch the icon to change the map type. The while using navigation can be muted. Touch icon and label will also update accordingly. the speaker icon on the right side of the Depending on the zoom level of the 2D upper bar. A slash will appear on the Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted. system may automatically switch to the 2D Active Guidance View North Up map. When in AGV, the entire route can be When a destination is chosen and a viewed in 2D North Up by touching the navigation session is active, the navigation When the vehicle is approaching a turn with traffic bar. The map will zoom out and system enters into an Active Guidance the next turn following in quick succession, readjust to display the full route. When in View (AGV). a quick-turn list appears below the primary 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon turn indicator. An audio prompt will Map Orientation will appear in the middle of the display. announce the quick turn. A Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic Touch on the map to access map bar again to return to the previous view, Auto-Zoom orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D either 2D or 3D. When approaching a maneuver, the map Heading Up by default. Lane Guidance will automatically zoom in to show both the Available settings are: vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with The map will display the lane information give a better view of the maneuver. Once the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. the maneuver is complete, the system will current location icon will always head up zoom back to the previous zoom level. and the map will rotate around it. Touch A on the map to access Settings, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 171 then touch Map Preferences to access Highway Exits List Destination, and Traffic Indicator are Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or displayed in a panel pinned on the right of disabled. the display. Directions Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert Touch the menu option next to the next If the Navigation application is not open turn street name to display Directions. when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is Directions displays the turns and directions shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to from the current location to the final the main navigation view or touch z to destination. dismiss the alert. Editing Directions Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon Repeat Voice Guidance Directions can be edited by choosing y, displays next to the current street name which expands the list to fill the display and near the bottom of the display. The icon enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, only appears when on a highway with an unwanted route segment can be defined exits. removed from the route by touching Y next While traveling on roads with designated to the segment. A pop-up appears to exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit confirm segment removal. list displays the exit number, distance to the This symbol indicates the next guidance exit from the current vehicle position, and maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last When the route segment has been removed, convenience stops that may be available, spoken guidance instruction. all segments are replaced by an activity such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. indicator while the new route is Incident Alert (If Equipped) recalculated. When the recalculation is Next Maneuver Menu During active guidance, if the system complete, the activity indicator is replaced When in Active Guidance, the Next determines that there is an incident ahead with the new route segments. Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and but there is not a better route, the system Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next will play a tone and show a Quick Notice. Maneuver at the top of the display This will only show once per incident. overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

172 Infotainment System Incident Reports (If Equipped) Accessing Favorites Recenter Position Icon Incident report icons, along with traffic flow In the Nav application, view the Favorites Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the data, display on the map during both active list by touching H in the search bar along middle of the map view to reset the map to and inactive guidance. the top of the Nav map view. If the search the current location. End Route bar is closed, touch } and select H. Last Parked Location Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end Saving Favorites The Last Parked Location is the last location active guidance and return to inactive Favorites can be added from a number of the vehicle engine was turned off. That guidance. If active guidance is canceled the system’s applications. Touch the location is displayed in the first row of the before the destination has been reached, a favorites icon to save content as a favorite. Recents list. Touching the last Parked pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear. Location shows the Address Details view to Renaming Navigation Favorites Resume Trip either save the address or drive to it. The 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Last Parked Location can be deleted by The trip can be resumed if it was canceled Page and touch the System tab. entering the Edit display. Once the Last by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option. 2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage Parked Location is deleted, it no longer If the system has determined that the Favorites option. appears in the Recents list, unless the vehicle is started at that location again. destination has been reached, either because 3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to the arrival view displayed or the destination access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon Show POI Icons has been passed, the Resume Trip option to rename the favorite. will not appear. To see the POI categories, touch Options, 4. Touch Save to store the renamed then touch Show on Map. Up to eight Favorites favorite. categories of icons can be selected. The navigation favorites can have contacts, Recents addresses, or POIs that have been saved through the favorite icon on the Touch H to access a list of recent details view. destinations. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 173 Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped) attempt to display nearby parking Search While in Motion with No Front Seat destinations with pricing information, Passenger Present if available. The search display will not allow changes or Report an Issue Using POI Details (If text input with the keyboard when the Equipped) vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display In the POI details page, a POI issue can be showing three rows of the most commonly reported if the data is not accurate or the used categories appears. Touching the search address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue box will activate speech recognition. near the bottom of the display to access the Search While in Motion with Front Seat issue selection page. Touch one of the Passenger Present The smart POI icons such as fuel stations predefined issues on the selection page, If the system detects that the front seat and parking may appear based on time, then touch Send. The system will send the passenger is present with both driver and location, driver search behavior, driving information for analysis. passenger seat belts buckled, touching the conditions, and vehicle conditions. Search search icon will display an alert message Touch a smart POI icon to open the Touch Search on the infotainment display to that allows the passenger to search for a corresponding details: open the search display. It has a search field destination as if the vehicle were stopped. . Left side: Name and address of the POI. entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, Connected Navigation . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. Enroute.) Connected Navigation is a subscription Auto Complete service that enables certain capabilities Smart Fuel Station Icons Enter a partial location in the field entry box within the navigation system, such as Fuel station prices are shown if available for on the search display. Auto complete will Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive nearby stations when the vehicle is low attempt to complete the destination based Navigation capabilities. The system will on fuel. on what is being entered. Touch the show an alert when the subscription is suggested item to search. expiring and will ask to renew the plan. Smart Parking Icons When reaching a densely populated destination and the system determines that parking may be limited, the system will Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

174 Infotainment System OnStar System If equipped, after touching the Turn-by-Turn Global Positioning System (GPS) Directions icon, select destinations from With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor Recents or Favorites. Recents or Favorites If equipped, the position of the vehicle is can download a destination to the vehicle or will be empty if this is the first use. To find determined by using satellite signals, various into the built-in navigation system. new locations, touch OnStar Advisor, Home vehicle signals, and map data. Directions, Place Voice Search, or Address At times, other interference such as the Voice Search. satellite condition, road configuration, Lane Guidance condition of the vehicle, and/or other circumstances can affect the navigation system's ability to determine the accurate position of the vehicle. The GPS shows the current position of the vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. When the vehicle is not receiving signals Touch OnStar Services on the Home Page to from the satellites, a symbol appears in the access the OnStar menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn status bar. Directions icon while on the Services tab of This system might not be available or the OnStar menu. When available, the system will show the interference can occur if any of the Turn-by-Turn Navigation best lane(s) to be in for the next maneuver. following are true: Cancel a Route . Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. If a route is in progress using either the . Satellites are being repaired or improved. vehicle navigation system or the Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route is For more information if the GPS is not requested, the current route in progress will functioning properly, see Problems with be canceled. Route Guidance 0 175 and If the System Needs Service 0 175. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 175 Vehicle Positioning . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect. . Automatic rerouting might display a route . This is the first navigation use after the returning to the set waypoint if heading At times, the position of the vehicle on the map data is updated. for a destination without passing through map could be inaccurate due to one or more a set waypoint. of the following reasons: . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected for several days. . The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle . The road system has changed. . The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic due to a regulation by time or season or . The vehicle is driving on slippery road where driving is at low speeds, and the any other regulation which may be given. surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly. . Some routes might not be searched. . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads . The route to the destination might not be or long, straight roads. Problems with Route Guidance shown if there are new roads, if roads . The vehicle is approaching a tall building Inappropriate route guidance can occur have recently changed, or if certain roads or a large vehicle. are not listed in the map data. See Maps under one or more of the following 0 . The surface streets run parallel to a conditions: 167. freeway. . The turn was not made on the road To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the . The vehicle has been transferred by a indicated. map, park with the vehicle running for two vehicle carrier or a ferry. . Route guidance might not be available to five minutes, until the vehicle position . The current position calibration is set when using automatic rerouting for the updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in incorrectly. next right or left turn. a location that is safe and has a clear view of the sky and away from large . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. . The route might not be changed when obstructions. . The vehicle changes directions more than using automatic rerouting. once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn . There is no route guidance when turning If the System Needs Service table in a parking lot. at an intersection. If the navigation system needs service, see . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a . Plural names of places might be your dealer. parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. announced occasionally. . The GPS signal is not received. . It could take a long time to operate Map Data Updates automatic rerouting during high-speed . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. The map data in the vehicle is the most driving. . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. up-to-date information available when the . The tires are replaced or worn. vehicle was produced. The map data is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

176 Infotainment System updated periodically, provided that the map Voice Recognition command. Another example of a one-shot information has changed and the vehicle has Destination Entry command is, “Directions to a relevant service plan. If equipped, voice recognition allows for Place of Interest at .” If these hands-free operation within the navigation, See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on commands do not work, try saying, “Take audio, phone, and weather applications. This ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or me to Place of Interest” or “Find address” replacement SD card. Features are subject to feature can be started by pressing g on the and the system will walk you through by change. For more information on this steering wheel or touching g on the asking additional questions. feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. infotainment display. Hybrid Speech Recognition If the vehicle is equipped with Connected However, not all features within these areas If equipped, this feature helps distinguish Navigation, which is a subscription service are supported by voice commands. words by using Internet-based information that enables certain features of the Generally, only complex tasks that require along with the system’s voice recognition navigation system, such as Traffic, Smart multiple manual interactions to complete database. This allows you to speak more Search/Routing, and Predictive Navigation, are supported by voice commands. naturally when using voice recognition. then the system will download the latest For example, tasks that take more than one map data from the cloud. or two touches, such as a song or artist to Using Voice Recognition Database Coverage Explanations play from a media device, would be Voice recognition becomes available once supported by voice commands. Other tasks, the system has been initialized. This begins If equipped, coverage areas vary with like adjusting the volume or seeking up or when the ignition is turned on. Initialization respect to the level of map detail available down, are audio features that are easily may take a few moments. for any given area. Some areas feature performed by touching one or two options, 1. Press on the steering wheel controls greater levels of detail than others. If this and are not supported by voice commands. g to activate voice recognition. happens, it does not mean there is a In general there are flexible ways to speak 2. The audio system mutes and the system problem with the system. As the map data commands for completing the tasks. is updated, more detail can become plays a prompt. available for areas that previously had If your language supports it, try stating a 3. Clearly speak one of the commands limited detail. See Map Data Updates 0 175. one-shot command, such as “Directions to described in this section. address .” Do not include the ZIP code be interrupted while it is playing by while stating the address during the pressing g again. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 177 Once voice recognition is started, both the select. Manual interaction in the voice Natural Language Commands infotainment display and instrument cluster recognition session is permitted. Interaction Most languages do not support natural show the selections and visual dialog during a voice session may be completed language commands in sentence form. For content. These displays can be turned on or entirely using voice commands while some those languages, use direct commands like off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings manual commands may expedite a task. If a the examples shown on the display. 0 187. selection is made using a manual control, There are three voice prompt modes the voice recognition dialog will progress in Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands supported: the same way as if the selection were made using a voice command. Once the system Voice recognition can understand commands . Informative verbal prompts: This type of completes the task, or the session is that are naturally stated in sentence form or prompt will provide more information terminated, the voice recognition dialog direct commands that state the application regarding the supported actions. stops. and the task. . Short prompts: This type of prompt will An example of this type of manual For best results: provide simple instructions about what . Listen for the prompt before saying a can be stated. intervention is touching an entry of a displayed number list instead of speaking command or reply. . Auto informative prompts: This type of the number associated with the entry . Speak the command naturally, not too prompt plays during the first few speech desired. fast, not too slow. sessions, then automatically switches to the short prompt after some experience Canceling Voice Recognition . Use direct commands without a lot of extra words. For example, “Call has been gained through using the . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to system. at work,”“Play” followed by the artist or terminate the voice recognition session song name, or “Tune” followed by the If a command is not spoken, the voice and show the display where voice radio station number. recognition was initiated. recognition system says a help prompt. . Navigation destinations can be made in a Prompts and Infotainment Displays . Press i on the steering wheel controls single command using keywords. A few to terminate the voice recognition session examples are: “I want directions to an While a voice recognition session is active, and show the display where voice address,”“I need to find a place of there may be corresponding options recognition was initiated. interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.” showing on the displays. A selection can be made by manually touching the option, or by speaking the number for the option to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

178 Infotainment System The system responds by requesting more If a cell phone number has been saved with The Back Command details. For other POIs, say the name of a a name and a place, the direct command Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the category like “Restaurants,”“Shopping should include both, for example “Call infotainment display to go to the Malls,” or “Hospitals.” at work.” previous menu. . Navigating to a destination outside of the Using Voice Recognition for List Options current country takes more than one If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken command. The first command is to tell When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will all the way back to the starting display, and the system where the navigation will take ask to confirm or select an option from then “Back” is spoken one more time, the place, such as an Address, Intersection, that list. voice recognition session will cancel. POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection When a display contains a list, there may be Help is selected, the second command is to options that are available but not displayed. Say “Help” on any voice recognition display say, “Change Country.” Once the system The list on a voice recognition screen and the help prompt for the display is responds, say the country before saying functions the same as a list on other played. the rest of the address and/or displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to intersection. help display other entries from the list. Voice Recognition for the Radio If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” Manually scrolling or paging the list on a If browsing the audio sources when voice is then “Change Country.” display during a voice recognition session touched, the voice recognition commands Direct commands might be more clearly suspends the current voice recognition event for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are understood by the system. An example of a and plays the prompt “Please select available. direct command would be “Call .” manually or touch the Back icon on the “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and Examples of these direct commands are infotainment display to try again.” tune to the last AM radio station. displayed on most of the screens while a If manual selection takes more than voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and 15 seconds, the session terminates and Commands,” is spoken, the system tune to the last FM radio station. prompts that it has timed out. The display understands that a phone call is requested returns to the display where voice “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM and will respond with questions until recognition was initiated. and tune to the last SiriusXM channel. enough details are gathered to make a call. “Tune to AM” : Tune to the radio station whose frequency is identified in the command (like “nine fifty”). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 179 “Tune to FM” : Tune to the “Play Artist ” : Begin playback “Play Chapter ” : Begin radio station whose frequency is identified of a specific artist. playback of a specific chapter. in the command (like “one oh one “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter point one”). specific album name. a specific audiobook. “Tune to AM HD” : Tune “Play Album ” : Begin “Play Audiobook ” : to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose playback of a specific album. Begin playback of a specific audiobook. frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Tune to FM HD” : Tune to specific song name. specific name. the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song ” : Begin playback “Play Episode ” : Begin of a specific song, if available. playback of a specific episode. “Tune to FM HD ” : Tune to the HD Radio “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a station (if equipped) whose frequency and specific genre. specific podcast. HD channel are identified in the command. “Play Genre ” : Begin “Play Podcast ” : Begin “Tune to SXM ” : playback of a specific genre. playback of a specific podcast. Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the channel number is identified in the specific playlist name. desired media content. command. “Play Playlist ” : Begin Handling Large Amounts of Media Content “Tune to SXM ” : Tune playback of a specific playlist. to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel It is expected that large amounts of media name is identified in the command. “Play ” : Play music from a content will be brought into the vehicle. specific device identified by name. The It may be necessary to handle large Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia device name is the name displayed on the amounts of media content in a different The available voice recognition commands display when the device is first selected as way than smaller amounts of media. The for [browsing] MyMedia are: an audio source. system may limit the options of voice recognition by not allowing selection of files “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name. by voice at the highest level if the number specific artist name. of files exceeds the maximum limit. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

180 Infotainment System Changes to voice commands due to media Once the number of files has exceeded “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a content limits are: approximately 24,000, there is no support specific destination address, which includes . Files including other individual files of all for accessing the songs directly through the entire address consisting of the house media types such as songs, audiobook voice commands. There will still be access to number, street name, city, state/province, chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. the media content by using commands for and country. Do not include the ZIP code. playlists, artists, and genres. . Album type folders including types such “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter as albums and audiobooks. The access commands for playlists, artists, a destination Place of Interest category or There are no restrictions if the number of and genres are prohibited after the number major brand name. files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When of this type of media exceeds 12,000. The name must be precisely spoken. the number of files connected to the system The system will provide feedback the first Nicknames or short names for the is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content time voice recognition is initiated if it has businesses will not likely be found. Lesser cannot be accessed directly with one become apparent that any of these limits known businesses might have to be located command like “Play .” are reached during a device initializing by category, such as fast food, hotels, The restriction is that the command “Play process. or banks. Song” must be spoken first; the system will Voice recognition performance will degrade “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to then ask for the song name. The reply to some extent based on many factors when enter a specific destination contact name. command would be to say the name of the adding large amounts of data to recognize. “Cancel Route” : End route guidance. song to play. If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs through playlists or artist name would work “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a Similar limits exist for album content. stored home location. If there are more than 12,000 albums, but better. fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be Voice Recognition for Navigation (If Voice Recognition for the Phone accessed directly with one command like, Equipped) “Play .” The command “Play “Call ” : Initiate a call to a Album” must first be spoken; the system “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter stored contact. The command may include will then ask for the album name. The reply specific destination information. location if the contact has location numbers stored. would be to say the name of the album “Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to to play. enter specific destination information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 181 “Call At Home,”“At Work,”“On Phone Assistant Voice Recognition . Review the controls and operation of the Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a infotainment system. Press and hold on the steering wheel stored contact and location at home, at g . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The work, on mobile device, or on another controls to pass through and launch Google system may not work with all mobile phone. phone assistant or Siri. devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. “Call ” : Initiate a call For the low radio, whether connected by Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 Bluetooth or phone projection, the only Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a digits, or three digit emergency numbers. available voice recognition is either Siri Hands-Free Profile to make and receive (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android). “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing phone calls. The infotainment system and process. Follow the instructions on the voice recognition are used to control the infotainment display. Phone system. The system can be used while the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed Bluetooth (Overview) range of the Bluetooth system can be up to number. The Bluetooth-capable system can interact 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support “Switch Phone” : Select a different with many mobile devices, allowing: all functions and not all mobile devices work connected cell phone for outgoing calls. with the Bluetooth system. See . Placement and receipt of calls in a my.chevrolet.com for more information “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter hands-free mode. about compatible mobile devices. special numbers like international numbers. . Sharing of the device’s address book or The numbers can be entered in groups of contact list with the vehicle. Controls digits with each group of digits being Use the controls on the center stack and the repeated back by the system. If the group To minimize driver distraction, before steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth of digits is not correct, the command driving, and with the vehicle parked: system. “Delete” will remove the last group of digits . Become familiar with the features of the and allow them to be re-entered. Once the mobile device. Organize the phone book Steering Wheel Controls entire number has been entered, the and contact lists clearly and delete command “Call” will start dialing the duplicate or rarely used entries. g : Press to answer incoming calls and start number. If possible, program speed dial or other voice recognition on your connected shortcuts. Bluetooth mobile device. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

182 Infotainment System i : Press to end a call, decline a call, used. See the mobile device manufacturer's cell phone which was used last. To link to or cancel an operation. Press to mute or user guide for Bluetooth functions before a different paired cell phone, see “Linking unmute the infotainment system when not pairing the device. to a Different Phone” later in this section. on a call. Pairing Information Pairing a Phone Infotainment System Controls . If no mobile device has been connected, 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled For information about how to navigate the the Phone main page on the infotainment on the cell phone before the pairing menu system using the infotainment display will show the Connect Phone process is started. controls, see Using the System 0 145. option. Touch this option to connect. 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page Another way to connect is to touch the or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Audio System Phones tab at the top right of the display near the bottom of the display. and then touch Add Phone. When using the Bluetooth mobile device 3. Touch Phones at the top of the system, sound comes through the vehicle's . A Bluetooth smartphone with music infotainment display. There is also a front audio system speakers and overrides capability can be paired to the vehicle as Connect Phones option in the middle of the audio system. The volume level while on a smartphone and a music player at the the Phone display which will shortcut to a mobile device call can be adjusted by same time. the Phone List menu. . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the pressing the steering wheel controls or the 4. Touch Add Phone. volume control on the center stack. The Bluetooth system. adjusted volume level remains in memory . The pairing process is disabled when the 5. Select the vehicle name shown on the for later calls. The volume cannot be vehicle is moving. infotainment display from your cell phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. lowered beyond a certain level. . Pairing only needs to be completed once, 6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a unless the pairing information on the cell phone changes or the cell phone is to confirm the six-digit code showing on Phone) deleted from the system. the infotainment display and touch Pair. The code on the cell phone and Pairing . If multiple paired cell phones are within infotainment display will need to be range of the system, the system connects acknowledged for a successful pair. A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be to the paired cell phone that is set to paired to the Bluetooth system and then First to Connect. If there is no cell phone 7. Start the pairing process on the cell connected to the vehicle before it can be set to First to Connect, it will link to the phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the cell phone manufacturer's user guide Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 183 for information on this process. Once the 2. Touch Settings, then touch System. If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while cell phone is paired, it will show under 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all in the Phones list to swap it into the Connected. connected cell phones and mobile Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on devices. it possible to place outgoing calls from the Contacts and Recents list. your cell phone, there are a few ways to 4. Touch the information icon to the right start the pairing process over: of the cell phone to open the cell Listing All Paired and Connected Phones . Turn the cell phone off and then phone’s settings menu. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page back on. 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to or the phone icon on the shortcut tray . Go back to the beginning of the enable the setting for that device. near the bottom of the display. Phone menus on the infotainment 2. Touch Phones. display and restart the pairing Cell phones and mobile devices can be process. added, removed, connected, and Disconnecting a Connected Phone disconnected. A sub-menu will display 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. . Reset the cell phone, but this step whenever a request is made to add or should be done as a last effort. manage cell phones and mobile devices. 2. Touch Phones. 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept Secondary Phone 3. Touch the information icon next to the connection or allow phone book connected cell phone or mobile device to download, touch Always Accept and A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s Allow. The phone book may not be Phone by touching the information icon to information display. available if not accepted. the right of the paired cell phone name to 4. Touch Disconnect. 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell open the phone settings menu. If a cell Deleting a Paired Phone phones. phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it can connect simultaneously alongside 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page First to Connect Paired Phones another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing or the phone icon on the shortcut tray If multiple paired cell phones are within so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as near the bottom of the display. range of the system, the system connects to Incoming Calls. This means the mobile 2. Touch Phones. the paired cell phone that is set as First to device can only receive calls. The Address Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as Book of a Secondary Phone will not be the First to Connect phone: available and hands-free outgoing calls cannot be placed using this cell phone. 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

184 Infotainment System 3. Touch the information icon next to the . While the active call is on the handset, 2. Touch Recents. connected cell phone to display the cell touch the Handset option to switch to the 3. Touch the name or number to call. phone’s or mobile device’s information hands-free mode. display. Making a Call Using the Keypad Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent 4. Touch Forget Device. Calls To make a call by dialing the numbers: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Linking to a Different Phone Calls can be made through the Bluetooth To link to a different cell phone, the new system using personal cell phone contact 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired information for all cell phones that support number. to the Bluetooth system. the Phone Book feature. Become familiar 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page with the cell phone settings and operation. start dialing the number. or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Verify the cell phone supports this feature. near the bottom of the display. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book Searching Contacts Using the Keypad 2. Touch Phones. stored in the cell phone. To search for contacts using the keypad: 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from The Recents menu accesses the recents call 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. the not connected phone list. See “First list from your cell phone. 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone to Connect Paired Phones” and To make a call using the Contacts menu: numbers or contact names using the “Secondary Phone” previously in this digits on the keypad to search. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. section. Results will show on the right side of the 2. Touch Contacts. Switching to Handset or display. Touch one to place a call. Handsfree Mode 3. The Contacts list can be searched by using the first character. Touch A-Z on Accepting or Declining a Call To switch between handset or the infotainment display to scroll When an incoming call is received, the handsfree mode: through the list of names. infotainment system mutes and a ring tone . While the active call is hands-free, touch Touch the name to call. is heard in the vehicle. the Handset option to switch to the 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. Accepting a Call handset mode. The mute icon will not be available or To make a call using the Recents menu: There are two ways to accept a call: functional while Handset mode is active. 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 185 . Press g on the steering wheel controls. Three-Way Calling Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . Touch Answer on the infotainment Three-way calling must be supported on the If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple display. Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the CarPlay capability may be available through Declining a Call wireless service carrier to work. a compatible smartphone. If available, the There are two ways to decline a call: To start a three-way call while in a Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will current call: change from gray to color on the Home . Press i on the steering wheel controls. Page of the infotainment display. 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. another call. To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: Call Waiting 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from For Wired Phone Projection Call waiting must be supported on the Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. 1. Download the Android Auto app to your Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the 3. When the second call is active, touch the smartphone from the Google Play store. wireless service carrier to work. merge icon to conference the three-way There is no app required for Apple call together. Accepting a Call CarPlay. Ending a Call 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple Press g to answer, then touch Switch on iPhone by using the factory-provided the infotainment display. . Press i on the steering wheel controls. phone USB cable and plugging into a Declining a Call . Touch # on the infotainment display, USB data port. For best performance, it is next to a call, to end only that call. highly recommended to use the device’s Press i to decline, then touch Ignore on factory-provided USB cable. Aftermarket the infotainment display Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones or third-party cables may not work. Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send 3. When the phone is first connected to Calls Only) numbers during a call. This is used when activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, To switch between calls, touch Phone on the calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the accept the terms and conditions on both Home Page to display Call View. While in Keypad to enter the number. the infotainment system and the phone. Call View, touch the call information of the 4. Follow the instructions on the phone. call on hold to change calls. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

186 Infotainment System The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. 3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be 0 on the Home Page will illuminate depending See Bluetooth (Overview) 181 or disconnected. on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. Apple CarPlay may automatically launch 0 182. upon USB connection. If not, touch the 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the Press { on the center stack to return to the Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the phone for wireless projection to work. Home Page. Home Page to launch. 4. When the phone is first connected to Features are subject to change. For further Press { on the center stack to return to the activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, information on how to set up Android Auto Home Page. agree to the terms and conditions on and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see both the infotainment system and the my.chevrolet.com. For Wireless Phone Projection phone. Android Auto is provided by Google and is Verify your phone is wireless compatible by 5. Follow the instructions on the phone. subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is CarPlay support page. The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons on the Home Page will illuminate depending subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. 1. Download the Android Auto app to your on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto smartphone from the Google Play store. Apple CarPlay may automatically launch support see https://support.google.com/ There is no app required for Apple upon wireless connection. If not, touch the androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support see CarPlay. Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or 2. For first time connection, there are two Home Page to launch. Google may change or suspend availability ways to set up wireless projection: at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless Android . Connect your Android phone or Apple Google Play, and other marks are Auto may experience occasional service trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a iPhone by using the factory-provided disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference. phone USB cable and plugging into a trademark of Apple Inc. To disconnect the phones wireless USB data port. For best performance, Press { on the center stack to exit Android projection: it is highly recommended to use the Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into device’s factory-provided USB cable. 1. Select Settings from the Home Page. Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and Aftermarket or third-party cables may 2. Select Phones hold { on the center stack. not work. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 187 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the . Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch disabled from the infotainment system. To infotainment display. Off or On to disable or enable automatic do this, touch Home, Settings, and then 2. Touch the desired category to display a update of the time zone based on vehicle touch the Apps tab along the top of the list of available options. location. When this feature is on, the display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off time zone cannot be manually set. Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. 3. Touch to select the desired feature setting. . Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set the time zone. Touch a time zone from 4. Touch the options on the infotainment the list. Settings display to disable or enable a feature. . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the Certain settings can be managed in the 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the clock format shown. Owner Center sites when an account is Settings menu. established, and may be modified if other Touch Off or On to disable or enable. users have accessed the vehicle or created System Language accounts. This may result in changes to the security or functionality of the infotainment The menu may contain the following: This will set the display language used on system. Some settings may also be Time / Date the infotainment display. It may also use the selected language for voice recognition transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For Use the following features to set the clock: instructions, in the U.S. see and audio feedback. Touch Language and my.chevrolet.com or in Canada see . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or touch the appropriate language. mychevrolet.ca or monchevrolet.ca. On to enable or disable automatic update Phones of the time and date. When this feature Refer to the User Terms and Privacy is on, the time and date cannot be Touch to connect to a different cell phone or Statement for important details. To view, manually set. mobile device source, disconnect a cell touch the Settings icon on the Home Page . Set Time: Touch to manually set the time phone or media device, or delete a cell of the infotainment display. using the controls on the infotainment phone or media device. The settings menu may be organized into display. Wi-Fi Networks four categories. Select the desired category . Set Date: Touch to manually set the date This will show connected and available Wi-Fi by touching System, Apps, Vehicle, using the controls on the infotainment networks. or Personal. display. To access the personalization menus: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

188 Infotainment System If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the . Location Services: This setting enables or . Used By Applications: This setting lists all vehicle, the infotainment system can be disables sharing of vehicle location applications that are requested or are connected to an external protected Wi-Fi outside the vehicle. Emergency services using Android-defined as dangerous network, such as a mobile device or home will not be affected when Off is selected. permissions. Only requested and active hotspot, to utilize connected services. . Data Services: If equipped, this setting permissions are shown. Wi-Fi Hotspot determines if data sharing can be used by Display features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and Touch and the following may display: applications. Touch Off to disable data Touch and the following may display: . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use services. Emergency services and phone . Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the the vehicle hotspot. calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or navigation map view and any Touch the controls on the infotainment others, will not be affected when Off is downloaded apps optimized for day or display to disable or enable. selected. night time conditions. Set to Auto for the . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting display to automatically adjust based on . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle bright/dark conditions. Wi-Fi name. determines if voice commands can be shared with a cloud-based voice Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the display. vehicle Wi-Fi password. recognition system. Touch Off to prevent the sharing and possible recording of your . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate . Connected Devices: Touch to show voice commands with this system. This the infotainment display and follow the connected devices. may limit the system’s ability to prompts. . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow understand your voice commands and . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its may disable some features. display off. Touch anywhere on the data, or touch Off to allow devices to . Types: This setting lists all infotainment display or press any only use the vehicle hotspot but not Android-defined as dangerous permissions infotainment control on the center stack its data. currently used by the infotainment again to turn the display on. Privacy system, the number of applications that have requested this permission, and the Sounds Touch and the following may display: number of applications that are allowed Touch and the following may display: to use this permission. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 189 . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list adjusts the maximum volume of the amount of detail the voice recognition of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites. infotainment system when you start your system provides when giving you Favorites can be moved, renamed, vehicle. To set the maximum startup feedback. Touch Auto to have the system or deleted. volume, touch the controls on the automatically adjust to your speech infotainment display to increase or habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and decrease. then drag up or down to rearrange the . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow, position. . Audio Cues: This feature determines if Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly sounds play when the infotainment the voice recognition system speaks. . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to select how many favorites pages can be system starts up and shuts down. This . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the feature can be turned off or on. viewed from the audio application. The formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for Auto setting will automatically adjust this . Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting shorter prompts. Touch On to hear number based on the number of favorites controls the volume of Audio Cues played prompts with more personality. Touch you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, on startup and shut down. Touch the Auto to have the prompt match your 25, 30, 35, or 40. controls on the infotainment display to command style. increase or decrease. . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to Updates . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting provide tutorial feedback on the display. If equipped, the vehicle can download and determines if a sound plays when . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting install select software updates over a touching the infotainment display or controls whether voice commands can be wireless connection. The system will prompt radio controls. This feature can be turned spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn for certain updates to be downloaded and off or on. this on to speak commands without installed. There is also an option to check Voice hearing the full prompt. Speaking while for updates manually. the prompt is still playing will Touch and the following may display: To manually check for updates, touch immediately stop playing the current Settings on the Home Page and select the . Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies prompt and recognize your command. System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software how often the voice recognition system Background noise may cause accidental section and touch Updates. Follow the confirms commands. Touch Confirm More interruptions. Touch Off or On. on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, to have the system check with you more Favorites download, and install updates may vary by often before acting on your commands. vehicle. Touch and the following may display: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

190 Infotainment System The vehicle can be used normally during the On most compatible mobile devices, . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases software download. Once the download is activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the app data settings, user profiles, and complete, there may be a prompt to accept Settings menu under Mobile Network personal data including navigation and the installation of the update upon the next Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, mobile device data. ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is or similar. Touch Erase or Cancel. shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the Availability of Over-the-Air software updates . Clear Default Applications: Resets vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven varies by vehicle and country. Features are preferred applications that have been set during the installation. The system will subject to change. For more information on to open when selecting a function. No deliver messages indicating success or error this feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. application data will be lost. during and after the download and installation processes. Preferences Touch Clear or Cancel. Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software Touch the controls on the infotainment Apps display to disable or enable the download of updates requires Internet connectivity, which The menu may contain the following: can be accessed through the vehicle’s new updates in the background. built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and About Android Auto active. If required, data plans are provided If equipped, this feature allows you to by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi Touch to view the infotainment system software information. interact directly with your mobile device on hotspot such as a compatible mobile device the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot Running Applications and Android Auto 0 185. can be used. Applicable data rates may apply. Touch to see a complete list of applications Touch the controls on the infotainment that are currently running on the display to disable or enable. To connect the infotainment system to a infotainment system. secured mobile device hotspot, home Apple CarPlay Return to Factory Settings hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on If equipped, this feature allows you to the Home Page, select the System tab, Touch and the following may display: interact directly with your mobile device on followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the settings for the current user. and Android Auto 0 185. on-screen prompts. Download speeds Touch Reset or Cancel. may vary. Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 191 Apps . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list . Manage Phones: Select to connect to a of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation different phone source, disconnect a If equipped, touch and the following may favorites. phone, or delete a phone. display: . Reset Music Index: This allows the music . Update Apps Automatically: This allows Favorites can be moved, renamed, index to be reset if you are having downloaded applications to be updated or deleted. difficulty accessing all of the media automatically. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and content on your device. Touch the controls on the infotainment then drag up or down to rearrange the Touch Yes or No. display to disable or enable. position. . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to . About Apps: Touch to view the versions Climate of the shop software. select how many favorites pages can be viewed from the audio application. The Touch and the following may display: Audio Auto setting will automatically adjust this . Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the amount of airflow when the climate Depending on the current audio source, number based on the number of favorites control fan setting is Auto Fan. different options will be available. you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40. Touch Low, Medium, or High. Touch and the following may display: . RDS: This allows the Radio Data System . Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, (RDS) to be turned on or off. the system into Recirculation Mode based Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See on the quality of the outside air. “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in Touch the controls on the infotainment AM-FM Radio 0 148. display to disable or enable. Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception Sensitivity. . Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. to be turned on or off. . Auto Cooled Seats: This setting automatically turns on and regulates the Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable. ventilated seats when the cabin Medium-High, or High. temperature is warm. . Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation access to explicit content SiriusXM Touch the controls on the infotainment Technology (If Equipped): This feature display to disable or enable. adjusts the volume based on the noise in channels. the vehicle and the speed. Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

192 Infotainment System . Auto Heated Seats: This setting . Manage History Touch Disable or Enable. automatically turns on and regulates the . Predictive Navigation Vehicle heated seats when the cabin temperature . About is cool. The auto heated seats can be 0 This menu allows adjustment of different turned off by using the heated seat See Using the Navigation System 164. vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization controls on the center stack. Phone 0 124. Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch and the following may display: display to disable or enable. Personal . My Number: Displays the cell phone . Auto Defog: This setting automatically If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of number of the Bluetooth connected different user profile settings. See “Users” in turns the front defogger on when the device. vehicle engine is started. Using the System 0 145 for information on . Active Call View: Shows active call display setting up user profiles. Touch the controls on the infotainment when answering a call. display to disable or enable. The menu may contain the following: Touch the controls on the infotainment . Auto Rear Defog: This setting display to disable or enable. Name automatically turns the rear window defogger on when the vehicle engine is . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the Touch to edit your user name that will be started. instrument cluster. displayed in the vehicle. Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On. Vehicle Account Information display to disable or enable. . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or Touch to view the vehicle account last name. Navigation (if equipped) information and to change the account . Re-sync Device Contacts: password. Touch and the following may display: This allows the device contacts to re-sync An “unverified user account” pop-up will . Set Up My Places if you are having difficulty accessing all of display until the account information . Map Preferences the contacts on your cell phone. verification process has been completed on . Route Preferences . Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to the Internet. Check your registered e-mail . Navigation Voice Control delete all vehicle stored contacts. account for an activation e-mail to complete . Traffic Preferences . OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables the verification process. . Alert Preferences OnStar cell phone TTY mode. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 193 Profile Picture Teen Driver Register keys to activate Teen Driver and assign restrictions to the key: Touch to choose or change your profile If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be picture. registered for beginner drivers to encourage Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a Profile Identifiers safe driving habits. When the vehicle is maximum of eight keys. Label the key to started with a Teen Driver key, it will tell it apart from the other keys. Touch to have the vehicle recognize the automatically activate certain safety identifier you choose. For a pushbutton start system: systems, allow setting of some features, and 1. Start the engine. Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2. limit the use of others. The Report Card will record vehicle data about driving behavior 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle If the Remote Key is lost or stolen, see your must be in P (Park). For manual dealer. that can be viewed later. When the vehicle is started with a registered key, the Driver transmissions, the vehicle must be Security Information Center (DIC) displays a message stopped with the parking brake set. Touch to have your profile secured with that Teen Driver is active. 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle a PIN. To access: and then Teen Driver. Touch No or Yes. 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then 4. Enter the PIN. 5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Vehicle Name touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. 2. Create a Personal Identification Number transmitter key you wish to register in Touch to edit your vehicle name. (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. the transmitter pocket. The key does not Vehicle Account Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change need to be the one that started the the PIN, touch Change PIN. vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Touch to view the vehicle account System Operation 0 8 for transmitter information and to change the account The PIN is required to: pocket location. password. . Register or unregister keys. 6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch Delete Profile . Change Teen Driver settings. Setup Keys. Touch to remove the profile from the . Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. . If the transmitter key has not vehicle. . Access or delete Report Card data. previously been registered, the option to add the key displays. Touch Setup Touch Remove or Cancel. and a confirmation message displays. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

194 Infotainment System Teen Driver restrictions will be 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a applied whenever this key is used to instructions for registering or warning in the DIC when exceeding a operate the vehicle. unregistering a key. A confirmation selectable speed. Choose the desired speed . If the transmitter key has already message displays. warning level. The speed warning does not been registered, the option to Manage Settings limit the speed of the vehicle. remove the key displays. If Remove is SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if touched, the transmitter key is no Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit longer registered. A confirmation Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. message displays, and Teen Driver Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the maximum allowable audio volume level. When ON, the teen driver will not be able restrictions will not be applied if this to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain transmitter key is used to operate Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a explicit content, and the Explicit Content the vehicle. maximum radio volume to be set. Use the Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, arrows to choose the maximum allowable unavailable for change. level for the audio volume. if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key When Teen Driver is Active: are both present at start up, the vehicle will Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the . If equipped with Buckle to Drive, shifting recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start maximum speed of the vehicle. When the out of P (Park) will be prevented if the the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the be active. started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. For a keyed ignition system: displays a message that the top speed is limited. . The radio will mute when the driver seat 1. Start the engine. belt, and in some vehicles the front On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum must be in P (Park). For manual audio from any device paired to the acceleration will be limited. The DIC will transmissions, the vehicle must be vehicle will also be muted. display a message that the acceleration is stopped with the parking brake set. . An object placed on the front passenger limited. 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, and then Teen Driver. Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch device, could cause the passenger sensing 4. Enter the PIN. Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the system to falsely sense an unbuckled warning speed. front passenger and mute the radio. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 195 If this happens, remove the object from vehicle. Data is only recorded when a . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) – the seat. See Passenger Sensing System registered Teen Driver key is used to the number of times the vehicle detected 0 65. operate the vehicle. that a rearward collision was imminent and applied the brakes. . Some safety systems, such as Forward The Report Card data is collected from the Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be time Teen Driver is activated or the last . Traction Control – the number of times turned off. time the Report Card was reset. The the Traction Control System activated to . The gap setting for the Forward Collision following items may be recorded: reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, . Distance Driven – the total distance . Stability Control – the number of events if equipped, cannot be changed. driven. which required the use of electronic stability control. . When trying to change a safety feature . Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle that is not configurable in Teen Driver, speed detected. . Antilock Braking System Active – The the DIC displays a message indicating number of Antilock Brake System . Overspeed Warnings – the number of activations. that Teen Driver is active and the action times the speed warning setting was is not available. exceeded. . Tailgating Alerts – the number of times . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. the driver was alerted for following a . Wide Open – the number of vehicle ahead too closely. . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) times the accelerator pedal was pressed – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the nearly all the way down. Report Card Data low fuel light on the instrument cluster . Forward Collision Alerts – the number of flashes and the DIC low fuel warning Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until times the driver was notified when cannot be dismissed. the Report Card is reset or until the approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly maximum count is exceeded. If the . Do not tow a trailer. and at potential risk for a crash. maximum count is exceeded for a Report Report Card . Forward Automatic Braking, also called Card line item, that item will no longer be The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s Automatic Emergency Braking (if updated in the Report Card until it is reset. consent to record certain vehicle data when equipped) – the number of times the Each item will report a maximum of the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen vehicle detected that a forward collision 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report Driver key. There is one Report Card per was imminent and applied the brakes. a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi). To delete Report Card data, do one of the following: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

196 Infotainment System . From the Report Card display, touch or its compliance with safety and regulatory Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. Reset. standards. Please note that the use of this SiriusXM service is only available in the . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect 48 contiguous United States and Canada. the Teen Driver menu. This will also wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod In Canada: Some deterioration of service unregister any Teen Driver keys and classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod may occur in extreme northern latitudes. delete the PIN. touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., This is beyond the control of SiriusXM registered in the U.S. and other countries. Forgotten PIN Satellite Radio. See your dealer to reset the PIN. Explicit Language Notice: Channels with frequent explicit language are indicated with an “XL” preceding the channel name. Trademarks and License Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM Agreements Satellite Radio receivers by notifying SiriusXM: FCC Information . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com 0 If you decide to continue service after your See Radio Frequency Statement 409. trial, your selected subscription plan will or call 1-888-601–6296. automatically renew thereafter. You will be . Canada Customers — See charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer It is prohibited to copy, decompile, Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, terms and how to cancel, which includes manipulate, or otherwise make available any calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees technology or software incorporated in and programming are subject to change. "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," receivers compatible with the SiriusXM Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one mean that an electronic accessory has been Satellite Radio System or that support the time activation fee, and other fees may designed to connect specifically to iPod or SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All iPhone, respectively, and has been certified of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice fees and programming subject to change. by the developer to meet Apple compression software included in this performance standards. Apple is not Subscriptions subject to Customer product is protected by intellectual property responsible for the operation of this device Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 197 rights including patent rights, copyrights, U.S. Patents at the following address Java and trade secrets of Digital Voice www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html Java is a registered trademark of Oracle Systems, Inc. and other patents pending. and/or its affiliates. General Requirements: Bose Schedule I: Gracenote EULA 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint required for any product that surround are registered trademarks of Bose incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to be manufactured, distributed, HD Radio Technology or marketed in the SiriusXM Service Area. 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, Music recognition technology and related and/or sold in Canada, a separate data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote agreement is required with Canadian is the industry standard in music recognition Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM technology and related content delivery. For Canada). HD Radio Technology manufactured under more information see www.gracenote.com. license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., and Foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD, copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. present Gracenote. One or more patents Bluetooth owned by Gracenote may apply to this product and service. See the Gracenote The Bluetooth word mark and logos are website for a non-exhaustive list of TouchSense Technology and TouchSense owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, System 1000 Series Licensed from use of such marks by General Motors is CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System under license. Other trademarks and trade logo and logotype, and the "Powered by 1000 protected under one or more of the names are those of their respective owners. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

198 Infotainment System Gracenote" logo are either registered assign, copy, transfer or transmit the more information, see the web page for the trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote the United States and/or other countries. to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE service. Gracenote Terms of Use OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE The Gracenote Software and each item of GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE This application or device contains software Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED Gracenote makes no representations or from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, HEREIN. ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote warranties, express or implied, regarding the (the "Gracenote Software") enables this You agree that your non-exclusive license to accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote application to do disc or file identification use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the and obtain music-related information, Software, and Gracenote Servers will Gracenote Servers or to change data including name, artist, track, and title terminate if you violate these restrictions. categories for any cause that Gracenote information ("Gracenote Data") from online If your license terminates, you agree to deems sufficient. No warranty is made that servers or embedded databases (collectively, cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote are error-free or that functioning of functions. You may use Gracenote Data only Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers by means of the intended End-User Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not functions of this application or device. and the Gracenote Servers, including all obligated to provide you with new enhanced ownership rights. Under no circumstances or additional data types or categories that This application or device may contain will Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote may provide in the future and is content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. payment to you for any information that free to discontinue its services at any time. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein you provide. You agree that Gracenote may with respect to Gracenote Data shall also GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES enforce its rights under this Agreement EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT apply to such content and such content against you directly in its own name. providers shall be entitled to all of the LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF benefits and protections set forth herein The Gracenote service uses a unique MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A that are available to Gracenote. identifier to track queries for statistical PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND purposes. The purpose of a randomly NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, assigned numeric identifier is to allow the WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Gracenote service to count queries without OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE Servers for your own personal knowing anything about who you are. For SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN non-commercial use only. You agree not to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 199 NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 Map End User License Agreement ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A END USER TERMS DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND LOST REVENUES. NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO for resale. It is protected by copyright, and MPEG4–AVC (H.264) LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED is subject to the following terms (this “End THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL User License Agreement”) and conditions PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM which are agreed to by you, on the one PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”) CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN WWW.MPEGLA.COM. and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD MPEG4–Visual (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC The Data for areas of Canada includes USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A information taken with permission from THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND Canadian authorities, including: © Her STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO Corporation, GeoBase®. LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED MP3 HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology United States Postal Service® to publish and INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. sell ZIP+4® information. MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// WWW.MPEGLA.COM. WMV/WMA © United States Postal Service 2013. Prices are not established, controlled, or approved VC-1 This product includes technology owned by Microsoft Corporation and under a license by the United States Postal Service. The THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or following trademarks and registrations are PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE distribution of such technology outside of owned by the USPS: United States Postal PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A this product is prohibited without a license Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD Licensing, GP as applicable. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

200 Infotainment System TERMS AND CONDITIONS guidance, fleet management or similar Disclaimer of Warranty Personal Use Only: You agree to use this applications; or (b) with, or in THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” Data for the solely personal, noncommercial communication with, including without AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND purposes for which you were licensed, and limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND not for service bureau, timesharing or other handheld computers, pagers, and personal SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER similar purposes. Except as otherwise set digital assistants or PDAs. WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, forth herein, you agree not to otherwise Warning INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, This Data may contain inaccurate or IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF disassemble or reverse engineer any portion incomplete information due to the passage NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, of this Data, and may not transfer or of time, changing circumstances, sources SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE distribute it in any form, for any purpose, used, and the nature of collecting AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. except to the extent permitted by comprehensive geographic data, any of NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data which may lead to incorrect results. INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR and all accompanying materials on a ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, permanent basis if you retain no copies and No Warranty EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) the recipient agrees to the terms of this End This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH only be transferred or sold as a complete its licensors (and their licensors and ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER set as provided to you and not as a subset suppliers) make no guarantees, OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION thereof. representations, or warranties of any kind, OF THIS AGREEMENT. Restrictions express or implied, arising by law or Disclaimer of Liability otherwise, including but not limited to, Except where you have been specifically content, quality, accuracy, completeness, HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR licensed to do so by HERE and without effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE limiting the preceding paragraph, you may particular purpose, usefulness, use or results LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, not (a) use this Data with any products, to be obtained from this Data, or that the DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE systems, or applications installed or Data or server will be uninterrupted or NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, otherwise connected to or in communication error free. DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, positioning, dispatch, real time route WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 201 POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY written or oral agreements previously LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR existing between us with respect to such SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, subject matter. INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL Governing Law DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN The above terms and conditions shall be THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN without giving effect to (i) its conflict of ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS NOTICE OF USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE International Sale of Goods, which is POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) States, Territories, and Countries do not the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for NAME: allow certain liability exclusions or damages any and all disputes, claims, and actions limitations, so to that extent the above may arising from or in connection with the Data HERE North America, LLC not apply to you. provided to you hereunder. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) Export Control Government End Users ADDRESS: You agree not to export from anywhere any If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL part of the Data provided to you or any of the United States government or any 60606. direct product thereof except in compliance other entity seeking or applying rights This Data is a commercial item as defined in with, and with all licenses and approvals similar to those customarily claimed by the FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User required under, applicable export laws, rules United States government, this Data is a License Agreement under which this Data and regulations. Entire Agreement: These “commercial item” as that term is defined at was provided. terms and conditions constitute the entire 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in agreement between HERE (and its licensors, accordance with this End User License © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights including their licensors and suppliers) and Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered reserved. or otherwise furnished shall be marked and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, If the Contracting Officer, federal embedded as appropriate with the following and supersedes in their entirety any and all government agency, or any federal official “Notice of Use,” and be treated in refuses to use the legend provided herein, accordance with such Notice: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

202 Infotainment System the Contracting Officer, federal government The product you have purchased ("Product") contained on the original; and (2) not to agency, or any federal official must notify contains Software (Runtime Configuration export the Product or the Software in HERE prior to seeking additional or No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed contravention of applicable export alternative rights in the Data. by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer control laws. Unicode "Manufacturer") under license from Software EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND Software in the Product and in compliance ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms with the license terms below. of Use in http://www.unicode.org/ AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR copyright.html. Subject to the terms and conditions of this CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT Free Type Project non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR Portions of this software are copyright © the Software in the Product for the purpose CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, 2010 The FreeType Project (http:// intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A www.freetype.org). All rights reserved. by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR you may make one backup copy of the OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE Open Source SW Software as part of the Product software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) Further information concerning the OSS QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE licenses is shown in the infotainment rights not expressly granted herein, and OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS display. retain all right, title and interest in and to DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, all copies of the Software, including all ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU QNX intellectual property rights therein. Unless ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR Portions of this software are copyright © required by applicable law you may not USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights reproduce, distribute or transfer, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE reserved. or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, Part C – EULA THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY modify or create derivative works of, the NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved. cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, or marks in or on the Software, and to WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), ensure that all copies bear any notice Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Infotainment System 203 CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, Linotype INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF Office and may be registered in certain THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH. BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT Usage in text form of each of the Licensed FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL Trademarks is: OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), The trademark attribution requirements for EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. trademarks.html. WMA END USER NOTICE This product is protected by certain The marks of companies displayed by this intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use product to indicate business locations are or distribution of such technology outside of the marks of their respective owners. The this product is prohibited without a license use of such marks in this product does not from Microsoft. imply any sponsorship, approval, For more information on the Software, or endorsement by such companies of this including any open source software license product. terms (and available source code) as well as copyright attributions applicable to the Runtime Configuration indicated above, please contact the Manufacturer or contact QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 ([email protected]). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

204 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control Dual Automatic Climate Control System System ...... 204 The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system. Rear Climate Control System ...... 207 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 208 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 209 Service ...... 210

1. Driver and Passenger Temperature 9. Recirculation Controls 10. Rear Climate Control 2. MAX Defrost 11. Power Button 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 12. Fan Control 4. A/C (Air Conditioning) 13. Rear Climate Power Button 5. Heated Seat & Heated Backrest 14. Rear Window Defogger 6. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature) 15. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 7. Heated Seat 8. Vented Seat Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Climate Controls 205 Front Climate Control Display The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, Automatic Operation driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync The system automatically controls the fan settings can be controlled by touching speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or recirculation in order to heat or cool the the climate button in the climate control vehicle to the desired temperature. display application tray. A selection can then be made on the front climate control page When AUTO is pressed, all four functions displayed. See the infotainment manual. operate automatically. Each function can also be manually set and the selected Climate Control Status Display setting is displayed. Functions not manually set will continue to be automatically controlled, even if the AUTO indicator is not lit. For automatic operation: 1. Driver and Passenger Temperature 1. Press AUTO. Settings 2. Set the temperature. Allow the system 2. Fan Control time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature 3. Driver and Passenger Temperature as needed for best comfort. Controls To improve and to cool the 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature) vehicle faster, recirculation may be 5. Recirculation automatically selected in warm weather. 6. Air Delivery Mode Controls The climate control status display appears The recirculation light will not come on 7. Auto (Automatic Operation) briefly when the center stack climate when automatically controlled. See @ 8. A/C (Air Conditioning) controls are adjusted. under “Manual Operation” for more details. 9. On/Off (Power) During hands free calling the blower level may automatically reduce. The blower level can be manually adjusted if desired. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

206 Climate Controls Manual Operation Air Delivery Mode Control : Press z, Y, For best results, clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting. Fan Control : Turn clockwise or or [ to change the direction of the counterclockwise to increase or decrease the airflow. Any combination of the three @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An fan speed. Press the knob to turn the fan controls can be selected. An indicator light indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated off. When off is selected, a small amount of comes on in the selected mode button. to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. air may still come out of the outlets Changing the mode cancels the automatic It can also be used to help reduce outside depending on vehicle speed. If any buttons operation and the system goes into manual air and odors that enter the vehicle. are pressed or knobs are turned, the climate mode. Press AUTO to return to automatic Avoid using recirculation for long periods of control system will turn on and operate at operation. time in cold or damp conditions. Using the current setting. To change the current mode, select one or recirculation in cold or damp conditions can Press AUTO to return to automatic more of the following: result in window fogging. operation. z : Air is directed to the windshield, A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on Driver and Passenger Temperature Control : outboard a/c outlets, and side window or off. An indicator light comes on to show The temperature can be adjusted separately outlets. that the air conditioning is enabled. If the for the driver and passenger. fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not Y Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise : Air is directed to the a/c outlets. run. The A/C light will stay on even if the outside temperatures are below freezing. to increase or decrease the driver or [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, passenger temperature setting. The driver with some air directed to the windshield, Rear Window Defogger side or passenger side temperature display outboard a/c outlets, and side window 1 shows the temperature setting increasing or outlets. REAR : If equipped, press to turn the decreasing. rear window defogger on or off. An indicator MAX : Air is directed to the windshield light on the button comes on to show that SYNC : Press to link the passenger and rear 0 and the fan runs at a higher speed if not the rear window defogger is on. temperature setting to the driver setting. already above a medium fan speed. This The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When The rear window defogger only works when mode overrides the previous mode selected the passenger setting is adjusted, the SYNC the engine is running. The defogger turns and clears fog or frost from the windshield indicator light will turn off. off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/ more quickly. When the control is pressed ACCESSORY. again, the system returns to the previous mode setting and fan speed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Climate Controls 207 If equipped with heated outside mirrors, Sensors Rear Climate Control System press f to turn them on or off. See Heated The rear climate control system is located Mirrors 0 29. on the rear of the center console storage. Caution The rear climate settings can be adjusted with this system. Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window can damage the rear window defogger. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects.

Remote Start Climate Control Operation : If equipped with remote start, the climate control system may run when the vehicle is The solar sensor, on top of the instrument started remotely. If equipped with heated or panel near the windshield, monitors the ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel, solar heat. these features may come on during a The climate control system uses the sensor remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14, information to adjust the temperature, fan 1. Fan Control 0 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 43, and speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode 2. TEMP (Temperature Control) Heated Steering Wheel 0 94. for best comfort. 3. Heated Rear Seats (If Equipped) Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the 4. MODE (Air Delivery Mode Control) automatic climate control system may not work properly. 5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) If the dual automatic climate control system rear climate control lockout feature is locked, the rear climate control settings can only be adjusted from the front seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

208 Climate Controls Automatic Operation MODE : Press to change the direction of the airflow in the vehicle. Repeatedly press the AUTO : Press AUTO to automatically control button until the desired mode appears on the temperature, air delivery, and fan speed the display. Multiple presses will cycle for rear seat passengers. A is indicated in through the delivery selections. the display when automatic operation is active. M or L : If equipped, press M or L to heat the left or right outboard seat cushion. If any of the rear climate control settings 0 are manually adjusted, full automatic See Heated Rear Seats 44. operation is canceled. Press AUTO to return to full automatic operation. Air Vents The display only indicates climate control Adjustable air vents are in the center and on Rear Climate Display functions when the system is in rear the side of the instrument panel. independent mode. 1. Rear Climate Temperature Control 2. Fan Control Manual Operation 3. Outside Temperature Display 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperatures) increase or decrease the fan speed. Turn completely counterclockwise to turn the 5. Rear Control Lockout fan/power off. 6. Air Delivery Mode Control TEMP : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise 7. Auto (Automatic Operation) to increase or decrease the airflow 8. On/Off (Power) temperature into the passenger area. If the SYNC button is pressed on the front climate controls, the rear climate temperature is linked to the driver temperature setting. Move the slider knobs to change the direction of the airflow. To close the vent, adjust slider knob away from you. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Climate Controls 209 Rear System Air Vents . Keep the air path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air This vehicle has four round or rectangular inside of the vehicle more effectively. air vents in the headliner above the second and third row seats. . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system. Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle.

Move the slider knob on rectangular vents Maintenance and rotate the outlet barrel left to right to change the direction of the air flow and to Passenger Compartment Air Filter shut off the air flow. The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other Operation Tips airborne irritants from outside air that is . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from pulled into the vehicle. the air inlets at the base of the The filter should be replaced as part of windshield that could block the flow of routine scheduled maintenance. See Press on the center vane rear edge to open air into the vehicle. 0 the round outlet. Use the center vane to Maintenance Schedule 386. To find out . Clear snow off the hood to improve rotate the outlet and change the direction what type of filter to use, see Maintenance visibility and help decrease moisture 0 of the airflow. Press on the center vane Replacement Parts 396. drawn into the vehicle. leading edge to shut off the air flow. . When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, press the fan up button to the maximum fan level before driving. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of the window. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

210 Climate Controls 2. Press the sides of the glove box bin inward to clear the stoppers and rotate downward to lower the bin.

1. Open the lower glove box door 4. Pull the lever (1) on the left side of the completely. filter door and slide left (2), then remove the door. Remove the old filter. 3. Unsnap dampener by pushing outwards 5. Install the new air filter. to fully remove the glove box bin. 6. Reinstall the filter door. 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. Service All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Climate Controls 211 be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns. The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 386. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

212 Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust ...... 231 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 260 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 232 Assistance Systems for Parking or Driving Information Backing ...... 262 Driving for Better Fuel Economy ...... 213 Automatic Transmission Rear Pedestrian Alert ...... 266 Distracted Driving ...... 213 Automatic Transmission ...... 232 Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 267 Defensive Driving ...... 214 Manual Mode ...... 235 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Impaired Driving ...... 214 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 235 System ...... 267 Control of a Vehicle ...... 214 Automatic Emergency Braking ...... 214 Drive Systems Four-Wheel Drive ...... 236 Braking (AEB) ...... 269 Steering ...... 215 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Off-Road Recovery ...... 215 Brakes System ...... 270 Loss of Control ...... 216 Electric Brake Boost ...... 240 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 272 Off-Road Driving ...... 216 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 240 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 272 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 219 Electric Parking Brake ...... 240 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 275 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 220 Brake Assist ...... 241 Winter Driving ...... 221 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 242 Fuel If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 221 Top Tier Fuel ...... 276 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 222 Ride Control Systems Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine) ...... 277 Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) ...... 277 Starting and Operating Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control ...... 242 Prohibited Fuels ...... 277 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 226 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 244 Fuels in Foreign Countries ...... 278 Ignition Positions ...... 226 Driver Mode Control ...... 245 Fuel Additives ...... 278 Starting the Engine ...... 228 Magnetic Ride Control ...... 247 Filling the Tank ...... 278 Stop/Start System ...... 229 Locking Rear ...... 248 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 279 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 229 Four Corner Air Suspension System . . . 248 Shifting Into Park ...... 230 Trailer Towing Shifting out of Park ...... 230 Cruise Control General Towing Information ...... 280 Parking over Things That Burn ...... 231 Cruise Control ...... 251 Driving Characteristics and Dynamic Fuel Management ...... 231 Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) . . . . 253 Towing Tips ...... 280 Extended Parking ...... 231 Trailer Towing ...... 284 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 213 Towing Equipment ...... 287 Driving Information Distracted Driving Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 295 Trailering App ...... 297 Distraction comes in many forms and can Driving for Better Fuel Economy take your focus from the task of driving. Conversions and Add-Ons Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 306 are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from economy possible: the road. Many local governments have . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction. temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in or turn them off when not required. your area. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on . Avoid idling the engine for long periods driving. of time. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving . When road and weather conditions are situations. Use a hands-free method to appropriate, use cruise control. place or receive necessary phone calls. . Always follow posted speed limits or . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, drive more slowly when conditions or look up information on phones or require. other electronic devices. . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. . Designate a front seat passenger to . Combine several trips into a single trip. handle potential distractions. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting . Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program maintenance. all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

214 Driving and Operating . Wait until the vehicle is parked to . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle retrieve items that have fallen to the (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) floor. are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a children. and be ready. vehicle while driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or . Allow enough following distance between Braking restraint. you and the driver in front of you. Braking action involves perception time and . Avoid stressful conversations while . Focus on the task of driving. reaction time. Deciding to push the brake driving, whether with a passenger or on a pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is cell phone. Impaired Driving reaction time. Death and injury associated with impaired { Warning driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a Taking your eyes off the road too long or { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels too often could cause a crash resulting in 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of injury or death. Focus your attention on Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency. driving. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: Refer to the infotainment section for more can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and information on using that system and the of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you. navigation system, if equipped, including serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking. pairing and using a cell phone. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic. Defensive Driving Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver being driven, brake normally but do not Defensive driving means “always expect the pump the brakes. Doing so could make the unexpected.” The first step in driving who has been drinking or is impaired by drugs. Find alternate transportation pedal harder to push down. If the engine defensively is to wear the seat belt. See stops, there will be some power brake assist Seat Belts 0 52. home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober. but it will be used when the brake is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 215 applied. Once the power assist is used up, it Electric Power Steering Steering in Emergencies can take longer to stop and the brake pedal This vehicle has electric power steering. . There are some situations when steering will be harder to push. It does not have power steering fluid. around a problem may be more effective Steering Regular maintenance is not required. than braking. If power steering assist is lost due to a . Holding both sides of the steering wheel Caution system malfunction, the vehicle can be allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing a hand. To avoid damage to the steering system, steered, but may require increased effort. do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, . Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows If the steering assist is used for an extended steering while braking. or similar objects at speeds greater than period of time while the vehicle is not 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving moving, power assist may be reduced. Off-Road Recovery over other objects such as lane dividers If the steering wheel is turned until it and speed bumps. Damage caused by reaches the end of its travel, and is held in misuse of the vehicle is not covered by that position for an extended period of time, the vehicle warranty. power steering assist may be reduced. Normal use of the power steering assist should return when the system cools down. See your dealer if there is a problem. Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable speed. . Reduce speed before entering a curve. . Maintain a reasonable steady speed through the curve. The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve edge of a road onto the shoulder while before accelerating gently into the driving. Follow these tips: straightaway. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

216 Driving and Operating 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal solid surface. For contact information about if there is nothing in the way, steer the and steer the way you want the vehicle the original equipment tires, see the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be warranty manual. ready for a second skid if it occurs. the pavement. One of the best ways for successful off-road 2. Turn the steering wheel about . Slow down and adjust your driving driving is to control the speed. one-eighth of a turn, until the right front according to weather conditions. Stopping tire contacts the pavement edge. distance can be longer and vehicle control { Warning can be affected when traction is reduced 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight When driving off-road, bouncing and down the roadway. by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to recognize quick changes in direction can easily Loss of Control warning clues — such as enough water, throw you out of position. This could ice, or packed snow on the road to make cause you to lose control and crash. You Skidding a mirrored surface — and slow down and your passengers should always wear when you have any doubt. There are three types of skids that seat belts. correspond to the vehicle's three control . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, systems: or braking, including reducing vehicle Before Driving Off-Road speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. . Have all necessary maintenance and sudden changes could cause the tires to service work completed. . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much slide. speed or steering in a curve causes tires . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check to slip and lose cornering force. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only inflation pressure in all tires, including the the braking skid. spare, if equipped. . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin. . Read all the information about Off-Road Driving four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual. Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for . Know the local laws that apply to off-road reasonable care suited to existing conditions, off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel driving. and by not overdriving those conditions. But drive and vehicles not equipped with All skids are always possible. Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these not be driven off-road except on a level, suggestions: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 217 Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, . When possible, drive straight up or down or grasses or disturb wildlife. the hill. { Warning . Do not park over things that burn. See . Slow down when approaching the top of 0 . Unsecured cargo on the load floor can Parking over Things That Burn 231. the hill. be tossed about when driving over Driving on Hills . Use headlamps even during the day to rough terrain. You or your passengers make the vehicle more visible. can be struck by flying objects. Secure Driving safely on hills requires good the cargo properly. judgment and an understanding of what the { Warning vehicle can and cannot do. . Keep cargo in the cargo area as far Driving to the top of a hill at high speed forward and as low as possible. The { Warning can cause a crash. There could be a heaviest things should be on the floor, drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even forward of the rear axle. Many hills are simply too steep for any another vehicle. You could be seriously . Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the injured or killed. As you near the top of a vehicle's center of gravity, making it vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can hill, slow down and stay alert. more likely to roll over. You can be cause loss of control. Driving across hills seriously or fatally injured if the can cause a rollover. You could be injured . Never go downhill forward or backward vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads or killed. Do not drive on steep hills. with either the transmission or transfer inside the cargo area, not on the roof. case in N (Neutral). The brakes could Before driving on a hill, assess the overheat and you could lose control. For more information about loading the steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 and terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the { Warning 0 vehicle and walk the hill before driving Tires 341. If the vehicle has the two-speed further. Environmental Concerns automatic or electronic transfer case, When driving on hills: . Always use established trails, roads, and shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral) areas that have been set aside for public . Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on can cause your vehicle to roll even if the off-road recreational driving and obey all the steering wheel. transmission is in P (Park). This is because posted regulations. . Maintain a slow speed. the N (Neutral) position on the transfer (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

218 Driving and Operating 2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across Warning (Continued) engine. the incline of the hill. A hill that can be case overrides the transmission. You or . If driving uphill when the vehicle driven straight up or down might be too someone else could be injured. If leaving stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the steep to drive across. Driving across an the vehicle, set the parking brake and parking brake, and back incline puts more weight on the downhill shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift straight down. wheels, which could cause a downhill slide or a rollover. the transfer case to any position but . Never try to turn the vehicle around. N (Neutral). If the hill is steep enough to stall the . Surface conditions can be a problem. vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet . When driving down a hill, keep the to roll over. grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it vehicle headed straight down. Use a low . If you cannot make it up the hill, can hit something that will trip it — a gear because the engine will work with back straight down the hill. the brakes to slow the vehicle and help rock, a rut, etc. — and roll over. . Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) keep the vehicle under control. . Hidden obstacles can make the steepness using only the brake. The vehicle can of the incline more severe. If a rock is roll backward quickly and you could driven across with the uphill wheels, or if { Warning lose control. the downhill wheels drop into a rut or Heavy braking when going down a hill . If driving downhill when the vehicle depression, the vehicle can tilt even more. can cause your brakes to overheat and stalls, shift to a lower gear, release . If an incline must be driven across, and fade. This could cause loss of control and the parking brake, and drive straight the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. you or others could be injured or killed. down the hill. This should help straighten out the Apply the brakes lightly when descending 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after vehicle and prevent the side slipping. a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle stalling, set the parking brake, shift into speed under control. P (Park), and turn the vehicle off. { Warning 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. If the vehicle stalls on a hill: Getting out of the vehicle on the 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle 1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and downhill side when stopped across an would take if it rolled downhill. then apply the parking brake. incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 219 under water. Do not turn off the ignition Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) when driving through water. If the exhaust Always get out on the uphill side of the the ice; you and your passengers could pipe is under water, the engine will not vehicle and stay well clear of the drown. Drive your vehicle on safe start. When going through water, the brakes rollover path. surfaces only. get wet and it may take longer to stop. See “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section. Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice Driving in Water After Off-Road Driving Use a low gear when driving in mud — the { Warning Remove any brush or debris that has deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep collected on the underbody or , the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck. Driving through rushing water can be or under the hood. These accumulations can Traction changes when driving on sand. On dangerous. Deep water can sweep your be a fire hazard. vehicle downstream and you and your loose sand, such as on beaches or sand After operation in mud or sand, have the passengers could drown. If it is only dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. brake linings cleaned and checked. These shallow water, it can still wash away the This affects steering, accelerating, and substances can cause glazing and uneven braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid ground from under your tires. Traction braking. Check the body structure, driveline, sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. could be lost, and the vehicle could roll steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and Traction is reduced on hard packed snow over. Do not drive through rushing water. exhaust system for damage and check the and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce fuel lines and cooling system for any vehicle speed when driving on hard packed Caution leakage. snow and ice. Do not drive through standing water if it More frequent maintenance service is required. See the Maintenance Schedule is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, { Warning 0 386. , or exhaust pipe. Deep water can Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers damage the axle and other vehicle parts. can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary Driving on Wet Roads greatly and the vehicle could fall through If the standing water is not too deep, drive Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle (Continued) through it slowly. At faster speeds, water traction and affect your ability to stop and can get into the engine and cause it to stall. accelerate. Always drive slower in these Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

220 Driving and Operating types of driving conditions and avoid driving road is wet enough and you are going fast . Shift to a lower gear when going down through large puddles and deep-standing or enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it steep or long hills. flowing water. has little or no contact with the road. There is no hard and fast rule about { Warning { Warning hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a Wet brakes can cause crashes. They down when the road is wet. long downhill slope can cause brake overheating, can reduce brake might not work as well in a quick stop Other Rainy Weather Tips and could cause pulling to one side. You performance, and could result in a loss of could lose control of the vehicle. Besides slowing down, other wet weather braking. Shift the transmission to a lower driving tips include: After driving through a large puddle of gear to let the engine assist the brakes . Allow extra following distance. water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply on a steep downhill slope. the brake pedal until the brakes work . Pass with caution. normally. . Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape. { Warning Flowing or rushing water creates strong . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with forces. Driving through flowing water filled. the ignition off is dangerous. This can could cause the vehicle to be carried . Have good tires with proper tread depth. cause overheating of the brakes and loss away. If this happens, you and other See Tires 0 341. of steering assist. Always have the engine vehicle occupants could drown. Do not running and the vehicle in gear. ignore police warnings and be very . Turn off cruise control. cautious about trying to drive through Hill and Mountain Roads . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in flowing water. its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross Driving on steep hills or through mountains the center line. is different than driving on flat or rolling Hydroplaning . Be alert on top of hills; something could terrain. Tips include: Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good up under the vehicle's tires so they actually . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., shape. ride on the water. This can happen if the falling rocks area, winding roads, long . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, grades, passing or no-passing zones) and cooling system, and transmission. take appropriate action. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 221 . Turn off cruise control. Winter Driving Warning (Continued) Blizzard Conditions Driving on Snow or Ice . Fully open the air outlets on or under Snow or ice between the tires and the road Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal the instrument panel. creates less traction or grip, so drive for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there . Adjust the climate control system to carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside circulate the air inside the vehicle and Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. 0 set the fan speed to the highest Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain 404. To get help and keep everyone in setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” until roads can be treated. the vehicle safe: . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. For more information about CO, see For Slippery Road Driving: Engine Exhaust 0 231. . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly To save fuel, run the engine for short causes the wheels to spin and makes the { Warning surface under the tires slick. periods to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and partially close the . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Snow can trap engine exhaust under the Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 242. vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to window. Moving about to keep warm also get inside. Engine exhaust contains helps. . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves vehicle stability during hard stops, but carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be If it takes time for help to arrive, when the brakes should be applied sooner than seen or smelled. It can cause running the engine, push the accelerator when on dry pavement. See Antilock unconsciousness and even death. pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than Brake System (ABS) 0 240. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: the idle speed. This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal . Allow greater following distance and . Clear snow from the base of the watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can for help with the headlamps. Do this as vehicle, especially any blocking the little as possible, to save fuel. occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded exhaust pipe. areas. The surface of a curve or an If the Vehicle Is Stuck overpass can remain icy when the . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden the vehicle side that is away from the Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to steering maneuvers and braking while wind, to bring in fresh air. free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, on ice. (Continued) ice, or snow. See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out” later in this section. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

222 Driving and Operating

The Traction Control System (TCS) can often rocking motion that could free the vehicle. Caution help to free a stuck vehicle. See Traction If that does not get the vehicle out after a Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 242. few tries, it might need to be towed out. Never use recovery hooks to tow the If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see “Rocking See Towing the Vehicle 0 372. Recovery vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged, the Vehicle to Get it Out” following. hooks can be used, if equipped. and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. { Warning Recovery Hooks If the vehicle has recovery hooks at the If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, { Warning front of the vehicle, use them if the vehicle they can explode, and you or others Never pull on recovery hooks from the is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled could be injured. The vehicle can some place to continue driving. overheat, causing an engine compartment side. The hooks could break and you and fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as others could be injured. When using Vehicle Load Limits little as possible and avoid going above recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle 56 km/h (35 mph). from the front. It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This For information about using tire chains on weight is called the vehicle capacity the vehicle, see Tire Chains 0 357. weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out nonfactory-installed options. Two labels Turn the steering wheel left and right to on the vehicle may show how much clear the area around the front wheels. For weight it was designed to carry, the four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift into Tire and Loading Information label and Four-Wheel Drive High. Turn the TCS off. the Certification/Tire label. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear, spinning the wheels as little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 223 A vehicle specific Tire and Loading “Steps for Determining Correct Load { Warning Information label is attached to the Limit– Do not load the vehicle any heavier center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and 1. Locate the statement "The combined than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating loading information label shows the weight of occupants and cargo (GVWR), or either the maximum number of occupant seating should never exceed XXX kg or front or rear Gross Axle Weight positions (1), and the maximum vehicle XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. Rating (GAWR). This can cause capacity weight (2) in kilograms and 2. Determine the combined weight of systems to break and change the pounds. way the vehicle handles. This could the driver and passengers that will The Tire and Loading Information label cause loss of control and a crash. be riding in your vehicle. also shows the size of the original Overloading can also reduce stopping 3. Subtract the combined weight of the equipment tires (3) and the performance, damage the tires, and driver and passengers from XXX kg recommended cold tire inflation shorten the life of the vehicle. or XXX lbs. pressures (4). For more information on 0 4. The resulting figure equals the Tire and Loading Information Label tires and inflation see Tires 341 and Tire Pressure 0 346. available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, There is also important loading if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. information on the vehicle Certification/ and there will be five 150 lb Tire label. It may show the Gross passengers in your vehicle, the Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the amount of available cargo and Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. the front and rear axles. See (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) “Certification/Tire Label” later in this section. 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not

Label Example Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

224 Driving and Operating safely exceed the available cargo and 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 luggage load capacity calculated in = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Step 4. 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs) 6. If your vehicle will be towing a 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight trailer, load from your trailer will be = 317 kg (700 lbs) transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.” See Trailer Towing 0 284 for important information on towing a trailer, towing Example 3 safety rules, and trailering tips. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 2 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs) Refer to the vehicle's tire and loading 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 information label for specific = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) information about the vehicle's capacity 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg weight and seating positions. The (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (750 lbs) combined weight of the driver, 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs) passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. Example 1 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 225

Certification/Tire Label actual loads on the front and rear axles, Caution weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure Overloading the vehicle may cause to spread your load equally on both damage. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the sides of the centerline. vehicle. The Certification/Tire label may also include information about the Front The label will help decide how much Axle Reserve Capacity. cargo and installed equipment the truck can carry. { Warning Using heavier suspension components Do not load the vehicle any heavier to get added durability might not than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating change the weight ratings. Ask your A vehicle specific Certification/Tire label (GVWR), or either the maximum dealer to help load the vehicle the is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). front or rear Gross Axle Weight right way. The label may shows the size of the Rating (GAWR). This can cause vehicle's original tires and the inflation systems to break and change the { Warning pressures needed to obtain the gross way the vehicle handles. This could Things you put inside the vehicle can weight capacity of the vehicle. This is cause loss of control and a crash. strike and injure people in a sudden called Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Overloading can also reduce stopping stop or turn, or in a crash. (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight performance, damage the tires, and shorten the life of the vehicle. . Put things in the cargo area of the of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and vehicle. Try to spread the weight cargo. evenly. The Certification/Tire label also may (Continued) show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

226 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) Starting and Operating Caution (Continued) . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. . Never stack heavier things, like New Vehicle Break-In 0 suitcases, inside the vehicle so See Trailer Towing 284 for the trailer towing capabilities of the that some of them are above the Caution vehicle and more information. tops of the seats. The vehicle does not need an elaborate Following break-in, engine speed and load break-in. But it will perform better in the . Do not leave an unsecured child can be gradually increased. restraint in the vehicle. long run if you follow these guidelines: . When you carry something inside . Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h Ignition Positions the vehicle, secure it whenever (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km (500 mi). you can. . Do not drive at any one constant . Do not leave a seat folded down speed, fast or slow, for the first unless you need to. 805 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting There is also important loading to brake or slow the vehicle. information for off-road driving in this . Avoid making hard stops for the first manual. See “Loading Your Vehicle for 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this Off-Road Driving” under Off-Road time the new brake linings are not yet Driving 0 216. broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new Vehicles equipped with Keyless Access have brake linings. pushbutton starting. (Continued) The Remote Key must be in the vehicle for the system to operate. If the pushbutton start is not working, the vehicle may be near a strong radio antenna signal causing Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 227 interference to the Keyless Access system. The vehicle may have an electric steering 5. Set the parking brake. See Electric See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System column lock. The lock is activated when the Parking Brake 0 240. 0 Operation 8. ignition is turned off and either front door is 6. Press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be opened. A sound may be heard as the lock the ignition off. actuates or releases. The steering column on or in Service Mode, and the brake pedal 7. Release the brake pedal. must be applied. lock may not release with the wheels turned off center. If this happens, the vehicle may If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and { not start. Move the steering wheel from left must be shut off while driving, press and Warning to right while attempting to start the hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than Turning off the vehicle while moving may vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle two seconds, or press twice in five seconds. cause loss of power assist in the brake needs service. ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : and steering systems and disable the If the vehicle must be shut off in an This mode allows some electrical accessories airbags. While driving, only shut the emergency: to be used when the engine is off. vehicle off in an emergency. 1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. With the ignition off, pressing the button Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This one time without the brake pedal applied Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press may deplete power assist, requiring will place the ignition system in ACC/ ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the increased brake pedal force. ACCESSORY. engine off. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can The ignition will switch from ACC/ be done while the vehicle is moving. If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will ACCESSORY to off after five minutes to After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply prevent battery rundown. turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) the brakes and steer the vehicle to a will remain active. See Retained Accessory safe location. ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This Power (RAP) 0 229. mode is for driving and starting. With the 3. Come to a complete stop. Hold the brake ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition pedal down and shift to P (Park). The will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display pressing the button once will turn the vehicle must be in P (Park) to turn the ignition on. Once engine cranking begins, the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver ignition off. Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is release the button. Engine cranking will shifted into P (Park), the ignition system will 4. Continue to hold the brake pedal down. continue until the engine starts. See Starting 0 turn off. the Engine 228. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

228 Driving and Operating

Service Mode Shift the vehicle into P (Park) or N (Neutral). Caution To restart the engine when the vehicle is This power mode is available for service and Cranking the engine for long periods of diagnostics, and to verify the proper already moving, use N (Neutral) only. time, by trying to start the engine operation of the malfunction indicator lamp Caution as may be required for emission inspection immediately after cranking has ended, purposes. With the vehicle off, and the Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the can overheat and damage the cranking brake pedal not applied, pressing and vehicle is moving. If you do, you could motor, and drain the battery. Wait at holding the button for more than damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) least 15 seconds between each try, to let five seconds will place the vehicle in Service only when the vehicle is stopped. the cranking motor cool down. Mode. The instruments and audio systems will operate as they do when the ignition is Starting Procedure 2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold on, but the vehicle will not be able to be 1. The remote key must be in the vehicle. driven. The engine will not start in Service weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake be flooded with too much . Try Mode. Press the button again to turn the pedal applied. When the engine begins ignition off. pushing the accelerator pedal all the way cranking, let go of the button. to the floor and holding it there while Starting the Engine The idle speed will go down as the pressing ENGINE START/STOP for up to a engine gets warm. Do not race the maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the engine immediately after starting it. 15 seconds between each try, to allow Duramax diesel supplement. Operate the engine and transmission the cranking motor to cool down. When gently to allow the oil to warm up and Caution the engine starts, let go of the button lubricate all moving parts. and accelerator. If the vehicle starts If you add electrical parts or accessories, When the low fuel warning light is on briefly but then stops again, do the you could change the way the engine and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is same thing. This clears the extra gasoline operates. Any resulting damage would displayed in the Driver Information from the engine. Do not race the engine not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Center (DIC), press the ENGINE START/ immediately after starting it. Operate See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 306. STOP position to continue engine the engine and transmission gently until cranking. the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 6/3/21

Driving and Operating 229 Stop/Start System Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto Auto Stop Disable Switch Starts may occur because: If equpped and enabled, the Stop/Start . The climate control settings require the system will shut off the engine to help engine to be running to cool or heat the conserve fuel. It has components designed vehicle interior. for the increased number of starts. . The vehicle battery charge is low. { Warning . The vehicle battery has recently been disconnected. The automatic engine Stop/Start feature . Minimum vehicle speed has not been causes the engine to shut off while the reached since the last Auto Stop. vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle . The accelerator pedal is pressed. may restart and move unexpectedly. . The engine or transmission is not at the required operating temperature. Always shift to P (Park), and then turn Uplevel Shown, Others Similar the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. . The outside temperature is not in the required operating range. The automatic engine Stop/Start feature can Auto Engine Stop/Start . The vehicle is shifted out of D (Drive) to be disabled and enabled by pressing h. When the brakes are applied and the vehicle any gear other than P (Park). Auto Stop is enabled each time you start is at a complete stop, the engine may turn . Tow/Haul Mode or other driver modes the vehicle. off. When stopped, the tachometer displays have been selected. 0 When h is illuminated, the system is AUTO STOP. See Tachometer 105. When . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade. enabled. the brake pedal is released or the . The driver door has been opened or the accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will driver seat belt has been unbuckled. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) restart. . The hood has been opened. When the ignition is turned from on to off, To maintain vehicle performance, other . The Auto Stop has reached the maximum the following features (if equipped) will conditions may cause the engine to allowed time. continue to function for up to 10 minutes, automatically restart before the brake pedal or until the driver door is opened. These is released. features will also work when the ignition is in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

230 Driving and Operating . Infotainment System 2. Press the P (Park) switch on the center Warning (Continued) . Power Windows (during RAP this stack. functionality will be lost when any door 3. Press ENGINE START/STOP to turn the always set the parking brake and shift is opened) engine off. the vehicle to P (Park). See Shifting Into 0 . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will If the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) on a Park 230. If you are towing a trailer, be lost when any door is opened) hill, the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) may see Driving Characteristics and Towing 0 . Auxiliary Power Outlet apply automatically. The driver may not be Tips 280. . Audio System able to release the EPB using the EPB If you have to leave the vehicle with the . OnStar System switch. It should automatically release when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). engine running, the vehicle must be in Shifting Into Park P (Park) with the parking brake set. Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Confirm that the vehicle is in P (Park). { Warning Running Shifting out of Park It can be dangerous to get out of the { Warning vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park) This vehicle is equipped with an electronic with the parking brake set. The vehicle It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle transmission. can roll. If you have left the engine with the engine running. It could To shift out of P (Park): overheat and catch fire. running, the vehicle can move suddenly. 1. Ensure the engine is running. You or others could be injured. To be It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle 2. Apply the brake pedal. sure the vehicle will not move, even if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the when you are on fairly level ground, use parking brake set. The vehicle can roll. 3. Press or pull the desired shift switch. For the steps that follow. If you are pulling a N (Neutral) press and hold the N (Neutral) Do not leave the vehicle when the engine switch until the N indicator trailer, see Driving Characteristics and is running. If you have left the engine illuminates red. Towing Tips 0 280. running, the vehicle can move suddenly. 4. The P indicator will turn white and the 1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the You or others could be injured. To be gear indicator will turn red when the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake sure the vehicle will not move, even vehicle is no longer in P (Park). 0 240. when you are on fairly level ground, (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 231 If the vehicle cannot shift from P (Park), a power is required, such as passing or Engine Exhaust Driver Information Center (DIC) message merging onto a freeway, the system will may be displayed. Check that the ignition is maintain full 8-cylinder operation. on, the engine is running, and the brake { Warning pedal is applied when you are attempting to Extended Parking Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide shift out of P (Park). If all of these are met It is best not to park with the vehicle (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. but the vehicle will not shift out of P (Park), running. If the vehicle is left running, be Exposure to CO can cause see your dealer for service. sure it will not move and there is adequate unconsciousness and even death. Parking over Things That Burn ventilation. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: 0 See Shifting Into Park 230 and . The vehicle idles in areas with poor 0 { Warning Engine Exhaust 231. ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, Things that can burn could touch hot If the vehicle is left parked and running with deep snow that may block underbody exhaust parts under the vehicle and the remote key outside the vehicle, it will airflow or tail pipes). ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, continue to run for up to 15 minutes. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange dry grass, or other things that can burn. If the vehicle is left parked and running with or different. the remote key inside the vehicle, it will . The exhaust system leaks due to Dynamic Fuel Management continue to run for up to 30 minutes. corrosion or damage. If equipped, Dynamic Fuel Management The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is . The vehicle exhaust system has been allows the engine to operate in multiple parked on a hill, due to lack of modified, damaged, or improperly cylinder patterns, up to the full 8-cylinder available fuel. repaired. operation, depending on driving conditions. The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken . There are holes or openings in the When less power is required, such as out of P (Park) while it is running. vehicle body from damage or cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the aftermarket modifications that are not system will reduce any combination of completely sealed. operating cylinders enabling the vehicle to (Continued) achieve better fuel economy. When greater Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

232 Driving and Operating Automatic Transmission If ENGINE START/STOP is pressed twice while Warning (Continued) at a relatively high speed, the engine will If unusual fumes are detected or if it is turn off and the transmission will suspected that exhaust is coming into the automatically shift to N (Neutral). Once the vehicle: vehicle is stopped, P (Park) can be selected. . Drive it only with the windows P: This position locks the drive wheels. Use completely down. P (Park) when starting the engine to prevent the vehicle from moving easily. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Never park the vehicle with the engine { Warning running in an enclosed area such as a It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle garage or a building that has no fresh air if the transmission is not in P (Park) with ventilation. the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll. Running the Vehicle While Parked The shift switches are on the center stack. The selected gear position will illuminate red Do not leave the vehicle when the engine It is better not to park with the engine on the shift switch, while all others will be is running. If the engine has been left running. displayed in white. If the shift is not running, the vehicle can move suddenly. If the vehicle is left with the engine running, immediate, as in very cold conditions, the You or others could be injured. To be follow the proper steps to be sure the indicator on the shift switch may blink until sure the vehicle will not move, even vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park it is fully engaged. when on fairly level ground, always set 0 230 and The transmission does not operate when the the parking brake and place the Engine Exhaust 0 231. vehicle is off. transmission into P (Park). See Shifting If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see Into Park 0 230 and If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, the Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips transmission can be shifted into P (Park). 0 280. 0 280. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 233

This vehicle is equipped with an electronic 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. Caution (Continued) transmission. The R (Reverse) and D (Drive) 2. Shift to the desired gear. shift switches are designed to prevent would not be covered by the vehicle inadvertent shifting out of P (Park) unless At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can be warranty. Be sure the engine is not the ignition is on, and the brake pedal is used to rock the vehicle back and forth to running at high speed when shifting the applied. get out of snow, ice, or sand without vehicle. damaging the transmission. See If the When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221. START/STOP to turn off the vehicle. The Caution transmission will shift to P (Park) N: In this position, the engine does not automatically. connect with the wheels. To restart the The vehicle is not designed to stay in engine when the vehicle is already moving, N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) if it is use N (Neutral) only. It will automatically shift into P (Park). moving too fast. Stop the vehicle and shift into P (Park). { Warning To shift into N (Neutral), press the To shift in and out of P (Park), see Shifting N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator 0 Shifting into a drive gear while the Into Park 230 and engine is running at high speed is is red. Shifting out of Park 0 230. dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on To shift out of N (Neutral): R: Use this gear to back up. the brake pedal, the vehicle could move 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. If the vehicle is shifted from either very rapidly. You could lose control and 2. Shift to the desired gear. R (Reverse) to D (Drive), or D (Drive) to hit people or objects. Do not shift into a R (Reverse) while the speed is too high, the drive gear while the engine is running at Car Wash Mode vehicle will shift to N (Neutral). Reduce the high speed. This vehicle includes a Car Wash Mode that vehicle speed and try the shift again. allows the vehicle to remain in N (Neutral) To shift into R (Reverse): Caution for use in automatic car washes. 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with Car Wash Mode is not to be used for vehicle towing. If the vehicle needs to be towed, 2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch on the center the engine running at high speed may see Towing the Vehicle 0 372 stack. damage the transmission. The repairs To shift out of R (Reverse): (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

234 Driving and Operating

Caution 3. Open the door. 2. Apply the brake pedal. 4. Shift to N (Neutral). 3. Open the door. The vehicle is not designed to stay in N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. 5. Turn off the engine and release the 4. Shift to N (Neutral), then release the It will automatically shift into P (Park) if brake pedal. brake pedal. left in Car Wash Mode. 6. The indicator should continue to show N. 5. The indicator should continue to show N. If it does not, start the engine and If it does not, repeat Steps 2–4. Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver in repeat Steps 2–5. 6. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The Vehicle) 7. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash. To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the vehicle is now ready for the car wash. 7. The vehicle may automatically shift to engine off and the vehicle occupied: 8. The vehicle may automatically shift to P (Park) upon re-entry. 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash. P (Park) upon re-entry. Caution 2. Apply the brake pedal. Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver in Vehicle) A transmission hot message may display 3. Shift to N (Neutral). if the automatic transmission fluid is too To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the 4. Turn off the engine and release the hot. Driving under this condition can engine on and the vehicle occupied: brake pedal. damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the 5. The indicator should continue to show N. 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash. engine to cool the automatic If it does not, start the engine and 2. Apply the brake pedal. transmission fluid. This message clears repeat Steps 2–4. 3. Shift to N (Neutral). when the transmission fluid has cooled 6. The vehicle is now ready for the 4. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle is sufficiently. car wash. now ready for the car wash. D: This position is for normal driving. Car Wash Mode (Engine Off Driver out of – Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver out of If more power is needed for passing, press Vehicle) Vehicle) the accelerator pedal down. To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the To shift into D (Drive): engine off and the vehicle unoccupied: engine on and the vehicle unoccupied: 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash. 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash. 2. Apply the brake pedal. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 235 2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on the center Manual Mode 2. Press the plus or minus button to stack. increase or decrease the gear range To shift out of D (Drive): Electronic Range Select (ERS) Mode available. 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. When shifting to L (Low), the transmission will shift to a preset lower gear range. For 2. Shift to the desired gear. this preset range, the highest gear available Downshifting the transmission in slippery is displayed next to the L in the DIC. See road conditions could result in skidding. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. All “Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 216. gears below that number are available to use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown Caution next to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle gears are shifted automatically. To shift to in one place on a hill using only the 5 (Fifth) gear, press the + (Plus) button or accelerator pedal may damage the shift into D (Drive). transmission. The repair will not be L (Low) will prevent shifting to a lower gear covered by the vehicle warranty. If the ERS or manual mode allows for the selection range if the engine speed is too high. vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. of the range of gear positions. Use this If vehicle speed is not reduced within the When stopping on a hill, use the brakes mode when driving downhill or towing a time allowed, the lower gear range shift will to hold the vehicle in place. trailer to limit the top gear and vehicle not be completed. Slow the vehicle, then speed. The shift position indicator within the press the − (Minus) button to the desired Driver Information Center (DIC) will display a lower gear range. number next to the L indicating the highest While using ERS, cruise control can be used. available gear under manual mode and the driving conditions when manual mode was Tow/Haul Mode selected. The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the To use this feature: transmission shift pattern to reduce shift 1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), press the cycling. This provides increased performance, L (Low) button. vehicle control, and enhanced transmission and engine cooling when driving down steep Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

236 Driving and Operating

hills or mountain grades, when towing, Caution Caution or when hauling heavy loads. See Driver Mode Control 0 245 to activate Tow/ Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in 4 Extended high-speed operation in 4 n Haul Mode. m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended may damage or shorten the life of the period of time. These conditions may . Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking cause premature wear on the vehicle’s Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only powertrain. An engagement noise and bump is normal enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is when shifting between 4 n and 4 m or selected and the vehicle is not in the Range Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or 4 N (Neutral), with the engine running. 0 Selection Mode. See Manual Mode 235. n may: Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control maintaining desired vehicle speeds when . Cause a vibration to be felt in the and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control driving on downhill grades by using the steering system. (ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. . Cause tires to wear faster. Stability Control 0 242. 0 See Towing Equipment 287. { Warning Automatic Transfer Case Drive Systems If equipped with four-wheel drive, the Two-Speed Transfer Case vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer Four-Wheel Drive case is in N (Neutral), even when the transmission is in P (Park). You or If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the someone else could be seriously injured. front axle for extra traction. Be sure the transfer case is in a drive Read the appropriate section for transfer gear — 2 m, 4 m, or 4 n — or set the case operation before using. parking brake before placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park 0 230. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 237 If equipped, the transfer case controls are based on driving conditions. This setting Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC used to shift into and out of four-wheel provides slightly lower fuel economy message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops drive. than 2 m. flashing, and the current setting is indicated. To shift the transfer case, press the desired 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this When a shift to 2 m is completed successfully button. The graphic in the instrument setting when extra traction is needed, such while in P (Park), the parking brake will cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. as when driving on snowy or icy roads, engage. To resume driving, shift the The graphic displayed will change to indicate when off-roading, or when plowing snow. transmission to the desired gear and the setting requested. manually release the parking brake or press When the shift is complete the graphic will 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting the accelerator pedal to begin driving. See stop flashing. The DIC message turns off engages the front axle and delivers extra Electric Parking Brake 0 240. . Choose 4 n when driving off-road in once the shift is complete. If the transfer If equipped, use 4 n, AUTO, or 4 m to provide case cannot complete a shift request, it will deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills. additional traction when parking on a steep go back to its last chosen setting. grade with poor traction such as ice, snow, The settings are: While driving in 4 n, keep vehicle speed mud, or gravel. below 72 km/h (45 mph). N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle Shifting Into 4 n needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle Towing 0 373 or and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ must be stopped or moving less than Towing the Vehicle 0 372. Electronic Stability Control 0 242. 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving Shifts between 2m, 4 m, and AUTO N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to on most streets and highways. The front Any of these shifts can be made at normal be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). axle is not engaged. This setting provides driving speed. 2. Press 4 n. The actual 4x4 shift request is the best fuel economy. The actual 4x4 shift request is only made only made after the button is released. AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing when road surface conditions are variable. will remain flashing until the shift request until the shift request has completed. When driving in AUTO, the front axle is has completed. A DIC message displays to A DIC message displays to indicate that engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to indicate that the 4x4 transfer case has been the 4x4 transfer case has been requested the front and rear wheels automatically requested to shift to the new desired state. to shift to the new desired state. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

238 Driving and Operating

Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the With the vehicle moving less than Caution DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic 5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission in stops flashing and the current setting is N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. Shifting the transmission into gear before indicated. the requested mode indicator light has Shifting Out of 4 n If vehicle speed is higher when shift request stopped flashing could damage the 1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving occurs, a DIC message displays. Reduce transfer case. less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the vehicle speed. transmission in N (Neutral) and the If the transmission is not shifted into If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to when shift request occurs, a DIC message be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the displays. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds 2. Press 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. The actual 4x4 transfer case will remain in its original state. for the shift to occur. After this time, a This will be indicated in the instrument graphic in the instrument cluster will shift request is only made after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic will cluster. indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n. remain flashing until the shift request With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h Caution has completed. A DIC message displays (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), to indicate the state of the request. attempt the shift again. Shifting the transmission into gear before Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the Shifting Into N (Neutral) the requested mode indicator light has DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stopped flashing could damage the stops flashing, and the current setting is To shift into N (Neutral): transfer case. indicated. 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). If the transmission is not shifted into If vehicle speed is higher when shift N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to request occurs, a DIC message displays. 3. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Reduce vehicle speed. 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the 4. Apply the parking brake and/or brake transfer case will remain in its original state. If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) pedal. This will be indicated in the instrument when shift request occurs, DIC messages will cluster. display. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds for 5. Press 2 m five times in 10 seconds until this shift to occur. After this time, a graphic the N (Neutral) graphic starts flashing in in the instrument cluster will indicate that the instrument cluster. When the shift is the transfer case is in 4 n. complete, the graphic stops flashing. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 239 If the parking brake and/or brake pedal Single Speed Transfer Case 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving is not applied within 20 seconds, the on most streets and highways. The front transfer case will remain in the original axle is not engaged. This setting provides state. the best fuel economy. 6. If the transmission is not shifted into 4 (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed m to 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, setting when extra traction is needed, such the transfer case will remain in its as when driving on snowy or icy roads, original state. This will be indicated in when off-roading, or when plowing snow. the instrument cluster. AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) Shifting Out of N (Neutral) Use when road surface conditions are To shift out of N (Neutral): variable. When driving in AUTO, the front axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is 1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. sent to the front and rear wheels 0 See Ignition Positions 226. If equipped, the transfer case controls are automatically based on driving conditions. 2. Set the parking brake. See Electric used to shift into and out of four-wheel This setting provides slightly lower fuel drive. Parking Brake 0 240. economy than 2 m. 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). To shift the transfer case, press the desired button. The graphic in the instrument Shifts between 2 m, 4 m, and AUTO 4. Shift the transfer case to 2 . Transfer m cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. Any of these shifts can be made at normal case shifts out of N (Neutral) can only be The graphic displayed will change to indicate driving speed. made into 2 m. When the shift to 2 m is the setting requested. complete, the graphic in the instrument The actual 4x4 shift request is only made When the shift is complete the graphic will after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic cluster will stop flashing. If the transfer stop flashing. The DIC message turns off case cannot complete a shift, the graphic will remain flashing until the shift request once the shift is complete. If the transfer has completed. A DIC message displays. will return to the previously selected case cannot complete a shift request, it will setting. go back to its last chosen setting. Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops The settings are: flashing, and the current setting is indicated. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

240 Driving and Operating The actual 4x4 shift request is only made Electric Parking Brake after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing until the shift request has completed. A DIC message displays. Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops flashing, and the If there is a problem with ABS, this warning current setting is indicated. light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light 0 112. Brakes ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot on the brake pedal and does not Electric Brake Boost always decrease stopping distance. If you Vehicles equipped with electric brake boost get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will have hydraulic brake circuits that are not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always electronically controlled when the brake be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case pedal is applied during normal operation. leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS. of insufficient electrical power, the EPB The system performs routine tests and turns cannot be applied or released. To prevent off within a few minutes after the vehicle is Using ABS draining the battery, avoid unnecessary turned off. Noise may be heard during this repeated cycles of the EPB. time. If the brake pedal is pressed during Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake the tests or when the electric brake boost pedal down firmly. Hearing and feeling ABS The system has a red parking brake status system is off, a noticeable change in pedal operate is normal. light and an amber service parking brake force and travel may be felt. This is normal. warning light. See Electric Parking Brake Braking in Emergencies Light 0 112 and Antilock Brake System (ABS) ABS allows steering and braking at the same Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 112. There are also parking brake-related Driver The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps time. In many emergencies, steering can Information Center (DIC) messages. prevent a braking skid and maintain steering help even more than braking. while braking hard. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 241

Before leaving the vehicle, check the red If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is Caution parking brake status light to ensure that the moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long parking brake is applied. as the switch is pressed. If the switch is Driving with the parking brake on can pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop, overheat the brake system and cause EPB Apply the EPB will remain applied. premature wear or damage to brake To apply the EPB: The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB system parts. Make sure that the parking 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop. in some situations when the vehicle is not brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving. 2. Press the EPB switch momentarily. moving. This is normal, and is done to periodically check the correct operation of The red parking brake status light will flash the EPB system, or at the request of other If you are towing a trailer and parking on a and then stay on once the EPB is fully safety functions that utilize the EPB. hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing applied. If the red parking brake status light Tips 0 280. flashes continuously, then the EPB is only If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear partially applied or there is a problem with wheels to prevent vehicle movement. Automatic EPB Release the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release EPB Release The EPB will automatically release if the the EPB and try to apply it again. If the vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an light does not come on, or keeps flashing, To release the EPB: attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ acceleration when the EPB is applied, to vehicle if the red parking brake status light ACCESSORY. preserve parking brake lining life. is flashing. See your dealer. 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. Brake Assist If the amber service parking brake warning 3. Press the EPB switch momentarily. light is on, press the EPB switch. Continue to Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal hold the switch until the red parking brake The EPB is released when the red parking applications due to emergency braking status light remains on. If the amber service brake status light is off. situations and provides additional braking to parking brake warning light is on, see your If the amber service parking brake warning activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if dealer. light is on, release the EPB by pressing and the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake switch until the red parking brake status pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement light is off. If either light stays on after during this time may occur. Continue to release is attempted, see your dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

242 Driving and Operating apply the brake pedal as the driving HSA is available when the vehicle is facing wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages uphill in a forward gear, or when facing the vehicle on the intended path. Trailer when the brake pedal is released. downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway Hill Start Assist (HSA) to activate. Control (TSC) 0 295. If cruise control is being used and traction { Warning Ride Control Systems control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. not replace the need to pay attention Traction Control/Electronic Cruise control may be turned back on when and drive safely. You may not hear or Stability Control road conditions allow. feel alerts or warnings provided by this System Operation Both systems come on automatically when system. Failure to use proper care when the vehicle is started and begins to move. driving may result in injury, death, The vehicle has a Traction Control System The systems may be heard or felt while or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability they are operating or while performing 0 214. Control (ESC). These systems help limit diagnostic checks. This is normal and does wheel spin and assist the driver in not mean there is a problem with the When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill maintaining control, especially on slippery vehicle. Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from road conditions. It is recommended to leave both systems on rolling in an unintended direction during the TCS activates if it senses that any of the for normal driving conditions, but it may be transition from brake pedal release to drive wheels are spinning or beginning to necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release lose traction. When this happens, TCS stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the applies the brakes to the spinning wheels Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221 and “Turning the accelerator pedal is not applied within a few and reduces engine power to limit Systems Off and On” later in this section. minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will wheel spin. apply. The brakes may also release under When the transfer case (if equipped) is in other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle Four-Wheel Drive Low, the TCS and the vehicle. senses a difference between the intended StabiliTrak/ESC are automatically disabled, g path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 243 comes on, and the appropriate message will 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. To turn off only TCS, press and release g. appear on the Driver Information 3. Start the engine. The traction off light i displays in the Center (DIC). instrument cluster. The appropriate message Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays will display in the DIC. To turn TCS on again, on, see your dealer. press and release g. The traction off light Turning the Systems Off and On i displayed in the instrument cluster will turn off. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is pressed, the system will not turn off until The indicator light for both systems is in the the wheels stop spinning. instrument cluster. This light will: . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. press and hold g until the traction off light . Turn on and stay on when either system i and the StabiliTrak OFF light g come on is not working. See Traction Control and stay on in the instrument cluster, then System (TCS)/Electronic Stability Control release. The appropriate message will Light 0 114. display in the DIC. If either system fails to turn on or to To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, activate, a message displays in the DIC, and The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on press and release g. The traction off light d comes on and stays on to indicate that the instrument panel to the left of the i and the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the the system is inactive and is not assisting steering wheel. instrument cluster turn off. the driver in maintaining control. Without Caution For vehicles without four corner air the assistance of properly functioning suspension StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate StabiliTrak/ESC the possibility of rollover is turn on if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h increased. Adjust driving accordingly. heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle (35 mph). Traction control will remain off. driveline could be damaged. If d comes on and stays on: 1. Stop the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

244 Driving and Operating For vehicles with four corner air suspension If HDC is to be used for more than StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if three minutes or on grades steeper than the vehicle exceeds 32 km/h (20 mph). 25%, the transfer case should be put into The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 n) to reduce the feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature. possibility of brake overheating. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 295 or Noise from the hydraulic brake control Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 242. module is normal when HDC is active. Adding accessories can affect the vehicle When HDC is activated, the initial HDC performance. See Accessories and speed is set to the current driving speed. Modifications 0 309. It can be increased or decreased by pressing +RES or SET- on the steering wheel, or by Hill Descent Control (HDC) applying the accelerator or brake pedal. This If equipped, Hill Descent Control (HDC) sets Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle adjusted speed becomes the new set speed. speed must be below 60 km/h (37 mph). and maintains vehicle speed while driving HDC will remain enabled between 30 and down steep grades in a forward or reverse 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); however, vehicle gear. The HDC switch is on the instrument speed cannot be set or maintained in this panel to the left of the steering wheel. range. HDC will automatically disable if the vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. When enabled, the HDC light displays on 5 must be pressed again to re-enable HDC. the instrument cluster. HDC may disable after an extended period A blinking HDC light indicates the system is of use. If this happens, HDC will require actively applying the brakes to maintain time to cool down. The length of time HDC vehicle speed. HDC can maintain vehicle remains active depends on road conditions, speeds between 1 and 30 km/h (1 and grade, set speed, vehicle loading, and 19 mph) on grades greater than or equal outside temperature. to 5%. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 245 When enabled, if the vehicle speed is above To activate Terrain mode, press the Terrain 30 km/h (19 mph) and below 60 km/h Mode button located next to the (37 mph), a DIC message will display. Mode knob. Driver Mode Control Normal Mode : Use for normal city and highway driving to provide a smooth ride. Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver This setting provides balance between to adjust the overall driving experience to comfort and handling. This is the standard/ better suit preference by adjusting multiple default mode. There is no persistent sub-system simultaneously. Drive Mode indicator in the instrument cluster for availability and affected vehicle subsystems this mode. are dependent upon vehicle , region, and optional features. 8 Sport Mode : Use where road conditions or personal preference demand a more Normal Mode will be the default mode at To activate each mode, turn the Mode knob controlled response. When you enter this every ignition cycle. A unique and persistent on the instrument panel to the left of the mode you will immediately feel a down indicator will be displayed in the instrument steering wheel. shift. In this mode, the vehicle also monitors cluster for each mode. driving behaviors and automatically enables Depending on trim level, Normal, Sport, Performance Shift Features when spirited Snow/Ice, Off-Road, Tow/Haul, and Terrain driving is detected. These features maintain modes may be available. lower transmission gears to increase available and improve acceleration response. The vehicle will exit these features and return to normal operation after a short period when no spirited driving is detected. The steering will change to provide more precise control. If the vehicle has Magnetic Ride Control, the suspension will change to provide better cornering performance. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

246 Driving and Operating 6 Snow/Ice Mode : Snow/Ice improves transmission shift pattern, ride height, vehicle acceleration on snow and ice covered suspension, steering, AWD, eSLD, ESC roads. When active, Snow/Ice Mode will performance and TCS performance. adjust acceleration to optimize traction on When the vehicle comes to a stop on an slippery surfaces. This can compromise the upward grade, Automatic Vehicle Hold is acceleration on dry asphalt. This feature is engaged until the driver presses the not intended for use when the vehicle is accelerator pedal. Stop/Start and cruise stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow, or gravel. control are disabled in Terrain Mode. If the vehicle becomes stuck see If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221. Active Braking during lift throttle will be engaged. This feature automatically applies 7 Off-Road Mode : Use this mode for light braking to simulate heavy engine off-road recreational driving. Off-Road Mode braking of four-wheel-dive low. It also should be used to improve driving at If equipped, select Terrain Mode by pressing applies light braking in D (Drive) until the moderate speeds, on grass, gravel, dirt, the g below the 4 m transfer case vehicle is at idle speeds. In M1 and M2 light unpaved roads, or snow-covered roads. The button. braking will typically bring the vehicle to a accelerator pedal is tuned for off-road use. stop. Active Braking during lift throttle will This mode modifies pedal mapping, AWD, g Terrain Mode : Use this mode when also reduce trailer braking. steering, ride height, ABS, ESC, and TCS traveling on very rough roads at very low Terrain Mode will automatically exit to performance. For more information on speeds, such as a two-track or heavily rutted Normal Mode if the brake temperatures off-road driving, see Off-Road Driving 0 216. road. This can also be used for pulling a boat out of the water on a trailer. When in become too hot, electronic parking brake _ Tow/Haul Mode : For more Terrain Mode, the vehicle will shift becomes inoperable or the vehicle cannot information on Tow/Haul Mode, see Tow/ automatically but will hold a lower gear perform braking or vehicle hold. 0 Haul Mode 235. longer to maximize engine torque. This For more information on off-road driving, mode has a unique pedal map and see Off-Road Driving 0 216 and transmission shift pattern for better control Hill and Mountain Roads 0 220. at lower speeds and over rough terrain. This mode modifies accelerator pedal mapping, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 247

Terrain Mode Drive Terrain Mode is only available on vehicles Select Expected Vehicle Behavior Ideal Terrain equipped with the single speed transfer case. Minor deceleration when off Grassy fields, Terrain Mode can only be active when: throttle and mild ability to mild two tracks, Drive (L3-Lx) modulate throttle; mimics . Vehicle speed is less than 80 km/h rutted roads, performance of 4 n without torque (50 mph). large rolling hills, multiplication. . The transfer case is in 4 m. Moderate deceleration when off Mild rock crawling, Frequent use of this mode may cause brake throttle and moderate ability to L2 heavy ruts, wear due to the light braking. modulate throttle; will bring vehicle short, steeper grades, The vehicle will automatically exit the mode to a stop in most cases. if the brakes get too hot. Terrain Mode can Significant deceleration when off be turned back on after the brakes have throttle and significant ability to cooled. L1 Rock crawling downhill modulate throttle; will bring vehicle When Terrain Mode is selected: to a stop in most cases. . Auto Engine Start/Stop will be disabled. . The Terrain Mode indicator displays on Vehicle Hold Features: released without pressing the accelerator the instrument cluster. . When the vehicle comes to a stop on an pedal. The vehicle will also creep forward Magnetic Ride Control incline grade in forward gear or on a on flat ground. decline grade in reverse gear, Vehicle . If the driver seat belt is removed and the This vehicle may have a semi-active damping Hold is engaged until the accelerator driver door is opened while the vehicle is system called Magnetic Ride Control. With pedal is pressed. being held, EPB will be engaged. this feature, improved vehicle ride and handling is provided under a variety of . When the vehicle is in forward gear on a . EPB will engage if the vehicle is held for passenger and loading conditions. decline, the vehicle is allowed to creep an extended period. down the hill when the brake pedal is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

248 Driving and Operating Changing Ride Height Locking Rear Axle { Warning Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give To help avoid personal injury or death, more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, always select the lowest ride height for or gravel. It works like a standard axle most the current driving conditions. Higher ride of the time, but when traction is low, this feature will allow the rear wheel with the heights raise the vehicle's center of most traction to move the vehicle. gravity, increasing the chance of a rollover during extreme maneuvers. Four Corner Air Suspension System { Warning The Four Corner Air Suspension feature Heavy loads on the roof rack will make provides full time load leveling capability the vehicle's center of gravity higher, along with the benefit of adjusting ride height for increased convenience and increasing the possibility of a rollover. To Press the Ride Height button to open the capability. avoid losing control of the vehicle, always Ride Height Menu on the Instrument Panel. select the normal height setting and { Warning avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt To help avoid personal injury or death, maneuvers when carrying cargo on the make sure the area underneath the roof rack. vehicle and inside the wheel wells is clear when lowering the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 249 Turn the knob left or right to select the (19 mph). This gives the driver more 80 km/h (50 mph), the vehicle will lower to desired ride height in the menu. To finalize flexibility when lowering to Entry/Exit Normal Height. Normal Height will be the selection, either press the Ride Height Height for passenger pick up and drop off. maintained until vehicle speed is slowed to button again or wait three seconds for the The driver can enable Automatic Entry/ less than 16 km/h (10 mph) and then the menu to timeout. Ride Heights that are Egress Mode to automatically lower to vehicle will automatically raise back to unavailable for selection will be greyed out Entry/Exit Height when the vehicle is shifted Increased Height. in the menu. to P (PARK). Automatic Entry/Egress Mode The vehicle will automatically lower from Ride Height Descriptions may be enabled via the infotainment screen Increased Height to Normal Height to Normal Height is the standard vehicle height under Settings/Vehicle/Ride Height. When provide improved stability if aggressive used for everyday driving. the vehicle is higher than Normal Height, maneuvers are detected. Automatic Entry/Egress Mode is disabled. Entry/Exit Height is 50 mm (2 in) lower than Maximum Height is 50 mm (2 in) higher When the vehicle is in Tow/Haul Driver than Normal Height. This ride height raises Normal Height. This ride height lowers the Mode, Off-Road Driver Mode, or it senses a vehicle for easy entry and exit from the the vehicle for off-road use and is only trailer is connected, Automatic Entry/Egress available with specific optional content. vehicle as well as providing a lower height Mode is disabled. for loading and unloading cargo. To raise the vehicle to Maximum Height, Increased Height is 25 mm (1 in) higher than This ride height can be selected in the Ride Normal Height. This ride height raises the first shift the transfer case to 4 n. Once the Height Menu at any vehicle speed. When vehicle for off-road use, allows for higher transfer case is in 4 n and vehicle speed is Entry/Exit Height is selected at higher speeds than Maximum Height, and is only less than 48 km/hr (30 mph), select speeds, the vehicle will wait to lower until available with specific optional content. Maximum Height in the Ride Height Menu. the vehicle slows to less than If vehicle speed exceeds 48 km/h, the 12 km/h (7 mph). Increased Height can be selected in the Ride vehicle will automatically lower to Increased Height Menu while vehicle speed is less Height. The vehicle will automatically raise to than 80 km/h (50 mph). If vehicle speed Normal Height from Entry/Exit Height when exceeds 80 km/h (50 mph), the vehicle will The vehicle will automatically lower from speed increases above 8 km/h (5 mph). If no automatically lower to Normal Height. Maximum Height to Normal Height to door has been opened since lowering to provide improved stability if aggressive Entry/Exit Height, the vehicle will wait to Off-Road Driver Mode and Terrain Driver maneuvers are detected. raise to Normal Height until 30 km/h Mode will automatically set Increased Height when vehicle speed is less than 80 km/h (50 mph). If vehicle speed exceeds Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

250 Driving and Operating Aerodynamic Height is 20 mm (0.75 in) Service Mode Air Suspension Operation with Door(s) or lower than Normal Height. This ride height Service Mode will disable all air suspension Hood Open lowers the vehicle at higher vehicle speeds operation including raising and lowering the The air suspension will temporarily suspend to improve aerodynamics. vehicle and operation of the air compressor. all height changes while the hood or any The vehicle will lower to Aerodynamic This mode is useful when the vehicle is door is open. Height when vehicle speed exceeds being towed on a flat bed or when any System Over-Temperature 105 km/h (65 mph) for a period of time. The work under the vehicle is being performed. vehicle will raise to Normal Height when the If the air suspension is under heavy use, the Service Mode is automatically enabled when system may temporarily suspend all height vehicle slows to less than 48 km/h the vehicle is put on a hoist or a floor jack (30 mph). changes to allow compressor cooldown. is used to raise a corner. Service Mode may When this occurs and a height change is Aerodynamic Height is automatically temporarily enable during intense off-road requested, a ‘Leveling System Unavailable’ disabled when a trailer is connected to the situations to prevent damaging air message will be displayed in the instrument vehicle or Tow/Haul Driver Mode is active. suspension activity. Service Mode cluster. Suspension Modes automatically disables when vehicle speed exceeds 16 km/h (10 mph). Suspension Lowered for Stability The air suspension has two special modes Alignment Mode In the event of a loss of Electronic Stability located in the infotainment screen under Control, the air suspension will lower the Settings/Vehicle/Suspension. When either is Alignment Mode will optimize the vehicle vehicle at higher speeds to provide increased active, the following amber icon will be height to provide the most accurate wheel stability. This will be accompanied by a illuminated in the instrument cluster. alignment. This mode should be enabled ‘Vehicle Lowering for Stability’ message in once the vehicle is driven onto the the instrument cluster. alignment station. Excessive Vehicle Loading To enable Alignment Mode, ensure the vehicle is at Normal Height and shift the If the air suspension detects excessive vehicle to Neutral. Alignment Mode vehicle loading, it will not raise above automatically disables when vehicle speed Normal Height. exceeds 16 km/h (10 mph). See Four Corner Air Suspension Light 0 116. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 251 Air Suspension Service automatically disengage. See Traction +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, 0 If a ‘Service Leveling System’ message is Control/Electronic Stability Control 242. press the control up briefly to resume to displayed in the instrument cluster, see your If a collision alert occurs when cruise control that speed or press and hold to accelerate. authorized dealer immediately. is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See If cruise control is already engaged, use to Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 267. increase vehicle speed. Cruise Control When road conditions allow you to safely SET− : Press the control down briefly to set use it again, cruise control can be turned the speed and activate cruise control. back on. If cruise control is already engaged, use to { Warning Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC decrease vehicle speed. Cruise control can be dangerous where system will disengage the cruise control. * you cannot drive safely at a steady : Press to disengage cruise control If the brakes are applied, cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory. speed. Do not use cruise control on disengages. winding roads or in heavy traffic. Setting Cruise Control Cruise control can be dangerous on If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or +RES slippery roads. On such roads, fast could get pressed and go into cruise when changes in tire traction can cause not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not excessive wheel slip, and you could lose being used. control. Do not use cruise control on 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. slippery roads. 2. Get up to the desired speed. If equipped with cruise control, a speed of 3. Press and release SET−. about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be 4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work The cruise control indicator on the at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). instrument cluster turns green after cruise 5 : Press to turn cruise control on or off. control has been set to the desired speed. If the cruise control is being used and the A white indicator comes on or off in the See Instrument Cluster 0 102. Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ instrument cluster. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) begins to limit wheel spin, the cruise control will Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

252 Driving and Operating Resuming a Set Speed . To slow down in small increments, press Cruise Grade Braking is enabled when the SET– down briefly. For each press, the If the cruise control is set at a desired speed vehicle is started and cruise control is active. vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. It is not enabled in Range Selection Mode. and then the brakes are applied or * is The speedometer reading can be displayed It assists in maintaining driver selected pressed, the cruise control is disengaged speed when driving on downhill grades by without erasing the set speed from memory. in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster 0 102. The increment using the engine and transmission to slow Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h value used depends on the units displayed. the vehicle. (25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The For other forms of descent control, see Hill vehicle returns to the previously set speed. Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise 0 Control Descent Control (HDC) 244, Automatic Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control Transmission 0 232, and Tow/Haul Mode Use the accelerator pedal to increase the 0 235. Do one of the following: vehicle speed. When you take your foot off . Press and hold +RES up until the desired the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the Ending Cruise Control speed is reached, then release it. previously set cruise speed. While pressing There are four ways to end cruise control: . To increase vehicle speed in small the accelerator pedal or shortly following . Step lightly on the brake pedal. increments, press +RES up briefly. For the release to override cruise control, briefly . Press *. each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h pressing SET– will result in cruise control set (1 mph) faster. to the current vehicle speed. . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). 5 The speedometer reading can be displayed Using Cruise Control on Hills . To turn off cruise control, press . in either English or metric units. See How well the cruise control works on hills Erasing Speed Memory Instrument Cluster 0 102. The increment depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and The cruise control set speed is erased from value used depends on the units displayed. the steepness of the hills. When going up memory if 5 is pressed or the ignition is Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal turned off. may be necessary to maintain vehicle speed. Do one of the following: . Press and hold SET– down until the While going downhill, cruise braking helps desired lower speed is reached, then maintain driver selected speed. release it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 253 Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system Adaptive Cruise Control { Warning (Advanced) will disengage and prevent engagement of ACC. ACC will not detect or brake for children, If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control ACC can reduce the need for you to pedestrians, animals, or other objects. (ACC), it allows for selecting the cruise frequently brake and accelerate, especially Do not use ACC when: control set speed and following gap. Read when used on expressways, freeways, and this entire section before using this system. interstate highways. When used on other . On winding and hilly roads or when ACC uses a camera and radar sensor(s) to roads, you may need to take over the the camera sensor is blocked by snow, detect other vehicles. See Radio Frequency ice, or dirt. The system may not 0 control of braking or acceleration more Statement 409. often. detect a vehicle ahead. Keep the The following gap is the following time (or windshield and headlamps clean. distance) between your vehicle and a vehicle { Warning . When visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, dirt, insect residue, or dust; detected directly ahead in your path, ACC has limited braking ability and may moving in the same direction. If no vehicle when other foreign objects obscure not have time to slow the vehicle down is detected in your path, ACC works like the camera’s view; or when the regular cruise control. enough to avoid a collision with another vehicle in front or oncoming traffic vehicle you are following. This can occur causes additional environmental If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can when vehicles suddenly slow or stop obstructions, such as road spray. ACC apply acceleration or limited, moderate ahead, or enter your lane. Also see performance is limited under these braking to maintain the selected following “Alerting the Driver” later in this section. conditions. gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake. Complete attention is always required If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed when . On slippery roads where fast changes while driving and you should be ready to the Traction Control System (TCS) or in tire traction can cause excessive StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) take action and apply the brakes. See wheel slip Defensive Driving 0 214. system activates, ACC may automatically . With extremely heavy cargo loaded in disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic the cargo area or rear seat Stability Control 0 242. When road conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC . When towing a trailer can be turned back on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

254 Driving and Operating * : Press to disengage ACC without erasing regular cruise control is engaged, a green the selected set speed. J indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster; the following gap will not display. [ : Press to select a following gap setting for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near. When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise control mode will be set to the last mode The speedometer reading can be displayed used before the vehicle was turned off. in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster 0 102. The increment value used depends on the units displayed. { Warning Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Always check the cruise control indicator Control on the instrument cluster to determine which mode cruise control is in before To switch between ACC and regular cruise using the feature. If ACC is not active, the : Press to turn the system on or off. The J control, press and hold *. A Driver vehicle will not automatically brake for indicator turns white on the instrument Information Display (DIC) message displays. other vehicles, which could cause a crash cluster when ACC is turned on. 0 See Vehicle Messages 124. if the brakes are not applied manually. RES+ : Press briefly to resume the previous You and others could be seriously injured set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC or killed. is already activated. To increase speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To Setting Adaptive Cruise Control increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold RES+. If J is on when not in use, it could get pressed and go into ACC when not desired. SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and ACC Indicator Regular Cruise Control activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if Indicator Keep J off when cruise is not being used. ACC is already activated. To decrease speed Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. When ACC is engaged, a green o indicator the vehicle speed when no vehicle is To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h will be lit on the instrument cluster and the detected in your path. (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, following gap will be displayed. When the hold SET–. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 255 While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding . The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected at a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph), traffic speeds, and weather conditions when following gap. although it can be resumed. The minimum selecting the set speed. . The vehicle speed is not being limited allowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph). Resuming a Set Speed because of a sharp turn. To set ACC while moving: If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then Increasing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed 1. Press J. the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged If ACC is already activated, do one of the 2. Get up to the desired speed. without erasing the set speed from memory. following: 3. Press and release SET–. To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up . Use the accelerator to get to the higher briefly. speed. Briefly press and release SET– and 4. Remove foot from the accelerator pedal. . If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle After ACC is set, it may immediately apply (3 mph), it returns to the previous set will now cruise at the higher speed. the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected speed. When the accelerator pedal is pressed, closer than the selected following gap. ACC will not brake because it is . If the vehicle is stopped with the brake overridden. While overridden, the ACC ACC can also be set while the vehicle is pedal applied, press RES+ and release the indicator will turn blue on the instrument stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), applied. until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is if equipped. pressed. . Press and hold RES+ until the desired set A green ACC indicator and the set speed speed is displayed, then release it. display on the instrument cluster. The . To increase vehicle speed in smaller vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a increments, press RES+ briefly. For each vehicle ahead was present and moved. See press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h “Approaching and Following a Vehicle” later (1 mph) faster. in this section. The ACC indicator displays on the . To increase vehicle speed in larger instrument cluster and Head-Up Display Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed increments, hold RES+. While holding RES (HUD), if equipped. When ACC is turned on, will increase to the set speed under the +, the vehicle speed increases to the next the indicator will be lit white. When ACC is following conditions: 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to engaged, the indicator will be lit green. . There is no vehicle ahead. increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

256 Driving and Operating The set speed can also be increased while . To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller Since each gap setting corresponds to a the vehicle is stopped. increments, press SET− down briefly. For following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the . If stopped with the brake pedal applied, each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h following distance will vary based on vehicle press RES+ until the desired set speed is or (1 mph) slower. speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the displayed. . To decrease the vehicle speed in larger further back your vehicle will follow a vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and . If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and increments, hold SET−. While holding SET there is another vehicle directly ahead, −, the vehicle speed decreases to the next weather conditions when selecting the pressing RES+ will increase the set speed. 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to following gap. The range of selectable gaps decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time. may not be appropriate for all drivers and . Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a driving conditions. vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is The set speed can also be decreased while pulling away and the brake is not applied the vehicle is stopped. Changing the gap setting automatically with cause the ACC to resume. . If stopped with the brake applied, press changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision When it is determined that there is no or hold SET− until the desired set speed is displayed. Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond Alert (FCA) System 0 267. the selected following gap, then the vehicle Selecting the Follow Distance Gap speed will increase to the set speed. Alerting the Driver When a slower moving vehicle is detected Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed ahead within the selected following gap, If ACC is already activated, do one of the ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and following: attempt to maintain the follow distance gap selected. . Use the brake to get to the desired lower speed. Release the brake and press SET–. Press [ on the steering wheel to adjust The vehicle will now cruise at the lower the following gap. Each press cycles the gap With Head-Up Display speed. button through three settings: Far, Medium, . Press and hold SET– until the desired or Near. lower speed is reached, then release it. When pressed, the current gap setting displays briefly on the instrument cluster and HUD (if equipped). The gap setting will be maintained until it is changed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 257 The vehicle ahead indicator is in the instrument cluster and HUD, if equipped. { Warning It only displays when a vehicle is detected When using ACC to pass a vehicle or in your vehicle’s path moving in the same perform a lane change, the following direction. If this symbol is not displaying, distance to the vehicle being passed may ACC will not respond to or brake for vehicles be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient Without Head-Up Display ahead. acceleration or braking when passing a ACC automatically slows the vehicle down vehicle or performing a lane change. If ACC is engaged, driver action may be and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a Always be ready to manually accelerate required when ACC cannot apply sufficient detected vehicle ahead at the selected or brake to complete the pass or lane braking because of approaching a vehicle following gap. The vehicle speed increases or change. too rapidly. decreases to follow a detected vehicle in When this condition occurs, the collision front of your vehicle when that vehicle is Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects alert symbol will flash on the windshield. traveling slower than your vehicle set speed. Either eight beeps will sound from the front, It may apply limited braking, if necessary. { Warning or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat (if When braking is active, the brake lamps will ACC may not detect and react to stopped equipped) will pulse five times. See come on. The automatic braking may feel or or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle sound different than if the brakes were Personalization 0 124 applied manually. This is normal. example, the system may not brake for a vehicle it has never detected moving. This 0 Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC See Defensive Driving 214. can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a Approaching and Following a Vehicle If the set speed is high enough, and the left vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may in the selected following gap, ACC may not stop and could cause a crash. Use assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle caution when using ACC. Your complete prior to the lane change. attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

258 Driving and Operating Irregular Objects Affecting ACC In some cases, when ACC is temporarily A DIC warning message may display unavailable, regular cruise control may be indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting ACC may have difficulty detecting the 0 following objects: used. See “Switching Between ACC and the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 124. Regular Cruise Control” previously in this . Vehicles with cargo extending from the section. Always consider driving conditions { Warning back end. before using either cruise control system. . Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car Notification to Resume ACC is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the fitted, or horse carriages. ACC will maintain a follow gap behind a vehicle will no longer be held at a stop. . Objects that are close to the front of your detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a The vehicle can move. When ACC is vehicle. stop behind that vehicle. holding the vehicle at a stop, always be prepared to manually apply the brakes. ACC Automatically Disengages If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle ACC may automatically disengage and the ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to driver will need to manually apply the check traffic ahead before proceeding. In { Warning brakes to slow the vehicle if: addition, the left and right sides of the Leaving the vehicle without placing it in . The sensors are blocked. Safety Alert Seat will pulse three times, P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave . The Traction Control System (TCS) or or three beeps will sound. See ”Alert Type” the vehicle while it is being held at a StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in been disabled. “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle P (Park) and turn off the ignition before 0 . There is a fault in the system. Personalization 124. leaving the vehicle. . The radar falsely reports blockage when When the vehicle ahead drives away, press driving in a desert or remote area with RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume ACC Override no other vehicles or roadside objects. ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is A DIC message may display to indicate or if the driver door is opened and the active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the that ACC is temporarily unavailable. driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC instrument cluster indicating ACC braking The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC automatically applies the Electric Parking will not occur. ACC will resume operation is no longer active. Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB when the accelerator pedal is not being status light will turn on. See Electric Parking pressed. Brake 0 240. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 259

{ Warning Warning (Continued) The ACC will not automatically apply the attention in curves and be ready to use brakes if your foot is resting on the the brakes if necessary. Select an accelerator pedal. You could crash into a appropriate speed while driving in curves. vehicle ahead of you. ACC may operate differently in a sharp Curves in the Road curve. It may briefly reduce the vehicle speed if the curve is too sharp. { Warning ACC automatically slows the vehicle down ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle while navigating the curve and may increase lane and apply the brakes. ahead in your lane. You could be startled speed out of the curve, but will not exceed ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ if the vehicle accelerates up to the set the set speed. or braking that is considered unnecessary. speed, especially when following a vehicle It could respond to vehicles in different exiting or entering exit ramps. You could lanes or stationary objects when entering or lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do exiting a curve. This is normal operation. not use ACC while driving on an entrance The vehicle does not need service. or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the Other Vehicle Lane Changes brakes if necessary.

{ Warning On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle When following a vehicle and entering a in another lane, or may not have time to curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead react to a vehicle in your lane. You could and accelerate to the set speed. When this crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not appear. control of your vehicle. Give extra (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

260 Driving and Operating ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog is completely in the lane. The brakes may or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability need to be manually applied. a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep to detect an object. Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle hills. Cleaning the Sensing System The detection of objects in front of the Disengaging ACC The camera sensor on the windshield behind vehicle may not be possible if: There are three ways to disengage ACC: the rearview mirror, and the sensors on the . The vehicle or object ahead is not within . Step lightly on the brake pedal. front of the vehicle can become blocked by your lane. * snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This area . Press . needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate . The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, . Press . or is shifted to one side of the lane. J properly. Erasing Speed Memory Driving in Narrow Lanes If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control The ACC set speed is erased from memory if may be available. See “Switching Between Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously objects may be incorrectly detected when J is pressed or if the ignition is turned off. in this section. Always consider driving located along the roadway. Weather Conditions Affecting ACC conditions before using either cruise control system. Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a System operation may be limited under Trailer snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions. For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 376. Accessory Installations and Vehicle Modifications Driver Assistance Systems Do not install or place any object around the front camera windshield area that would This vehicle may have features that work obstruct the front camera view. together to help avoid crashes or reduce crash damage while driving, backing, and Do not install objects on top of the vehicle parking. Read this entire section before that and obstruct the front using these systems. camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other items that can be transported on a roof rack system. See Roof Rack System 0 92. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 261 Information Center (DIC) messages may { Warning Warning (Continued) display when the systems are unavailable or Do not rely on the Driver Assistance . Work if the detection sensor is blocked. Systems. These systems do not replace covered up, such as with a sticker, the need for paying attention and driving magnet, or metal plate. safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or . Work if the area surrounding the warnings provided by these systems. detection sensor is damaged or not Failure to use proper care when driving properly repaired. may result in injury, death, or vehicle Complete attention is always required 0 damage. See Defensive Driving 214. while driving, and you should be ready to Under many conditions, these systems take action and apply the brakes and/or will not: steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, Audible or Safety Alert Seat or animals. Some driver assistance features alert the . Detect vehicles or objects outside the area monitored by the system. driver of obstacles by beeping. To change the volume of the warning chime, see . Work at all driving speeds. “Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle . Warn you or provide you with enough Personalization 0 124. time to avoid a crash. If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the . Work under poor visibility or bad driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating weather conditions. pulse alert instead of beeping. To change this, see “Collision/Detection Systems” under . Work if the detection sensor is not 0 cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, Vehicle Personalization 124. mud, or dirt. Cleaning (Continued) Depending on vehicle options, keep these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance feature performance. Driver Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

262 Driving and Operating . Front and rear bumpers and the area Rear Vision Camera (RVC) below the bumpers When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), . Front and headlamps the RVC displays an image of the area . Front camera lens in the front grille or behind the vehicle in the infotainment near the front emblem display. The previous screen displays when . Front side and rear side panels the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after . Outside of the windshield in front of the a short delay. To return to the previous rearview mirror screen sooner, press Home or Back on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), . Side camera lens on the bottom of the or reach a vehicle speed of approximately outside mirrors 1. View Displayed by the Camera 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive). The rear 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper . Rear side corner bumpers vision camera is above the license plate. . Rear Vision Camera above the license Displayed images may be farther or closer plate than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either Radio Frequency corner of the bumper or under the bumper This vehicle may be equipped with driver do not display. assistance systems that operate using radio A warning triangle may display to show frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 that RPA or RCTA has detected an object. 409. This triangle changes from amber to red and Assistance Systems for Parking or increases in size the closer the object. Backing { Warning If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), The camera(s) do not display children, Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front Park Assist pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, (FPA), Surround Vision, and Rear Cross Traffic 1. View Displayed by the Camera animals, or any other object outside of Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park or the cameras’ field of view, below the avoid objects. Always check around the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown vehicle when parking or backing. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 263

Warning (Continued) { Warning distances may be different from actual The Surround Vision cameras have blind distances. Do not drive or park the spots and will not display all objects near vehicle using only these camera(s). the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside Always check behind and around the mirrors that are out of position may not vehicle before driving. Failure to use display surround view correctly. Always proper care may result in injury, death, check around the vehicle when parking or or vehicle damage. backing. 1. Views Displayed by the Surround Surround Vision Vision Cameras If equipped, Surround Vision displays an 2. Area Not Shown image of the area surrounding the vehicle, Camera Views along with the front or rear camera views in the infotainment display. The front camera is in the grille or near the front emblem, the side cameras are on the bottom of the outside rearview mirrors, and the rear camera is above the license plate. The Surround Vision system can be accessed 1. Views Displayed by the Surround by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment Vision Cameras display or when the vehicle is shifted into 2. Area Not Shown R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen sooner, press any button on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). Touch the camera view buttons along the bottom of the infotainment display. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

264 Driving and Operating Front/Rear Standard View : Displays an will toggle between forward and rearward Hitch Guidance image of the area in front or behind the views. Park Assist and RCTA are not available If equipped, the feature displays a single, vehicle. Touch Front/Rear Standard View on when Bowl view is active. centered guideline on the camera display to the infotainment display when a camera Side Forward/Rearward View : Displays a assist with aligning a vehicles hitch ball with view is active. Touching the button multiple view that shows objects next to the front or a trailer coupler. Select the trailer guidance times will toggle between front and rear rear sides of the vehicle. Touch Side line button, then align the trailer guidance camera views. Forward/Rearward View on the infotainment line over the trailer coupler. Continuously If equipped, the front view camera also display when a camera view is active. steer the vehicle to keep the guidance line displays when the Park Assist system Touching the button multiple times will centered on the coupler when backing. RVC detects an object within 30 cm (12 in). toggle between forward and rearward views. Park Assist overlays will not display when Front/Rear Junction View : Displays a front Park Assist and RCTA overlays are not the trailer guidance line is active. Hitch or rear cross traffic view that shows objects available when Side Forward/Rearward view Guidance is only available in Standard View. directly to the left and right of the front or is active. To check the trailer when in a forward gear back of the vehicle. Touch Junction View on Hitch View : If equipped, assists while above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on the infotainment display when a camera connecting to a trailer. Displays a zoomed-in the infotainment display to view the rear view is active. Touching the button multiple view of the hitch to help align the vehicle’s camera. Touch X to exit the view or it will times will toggle between front and rear hitch ball with the trailer coupler. Shifting be removed automatically after camera views. into P (Park) while in this view will eight seconds. Front/Rear Overhead View : Displays a Front automatically engage the Electric Parking or Rear Overhead View of the vehicle. Brake (EPB). { Warning Touching the button will toggle between the Guidance Lines : Displays available Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the two views. guidelines. The horizontal markings vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when Front/Rear Bowl View : Displays a view of represent distance from the vehicle. traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to the vehicle from either the front or the back Top Down View : Displays an image of the briefly check the status of your trailer. Do of the vehicle. Touch Bowl View on the area surrounding the vehicle, along with not use for any other purpose, such as infotainment display when a camera view is other views in the infotainment display. Top making lane change decisions. Before active. Touching the button multiple times Down can be enabled or disabled by making a lane change, always check the pressing the Top Down View button multiple (Continued) times. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 265 mud, dirt, snow, ice and slush and clean How the system works Warning (Continued) sensors after a wash in freezing The instrument cluster may have a Park mirrors and glance over your shoulder. temperatures. Assist display with bars that show distance Improper use could result in serious to object, driving direction, and object injury to you or others. { Warning location information for the Park Assist The Park Assist System is no substitute system. As the object gets closer, more bars Park Assist for careful and attentive driving. The Park light up and the bars change color from The vehicle may be equipped with the Rear Assist system does not detect children, yellow to amber to red. Park Assist (RPA) and Front Park Assist (FPA). pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects When an object is very close to the vehicle The Park Assist system may provide located below the bumper or that are too rear (<0.6m (2 ft)), five beeps will sound assistance to driver while backing up and close or too far from the vehicle. It is not from the rear followed by a continuous parking. Park Assist uses ultrasonic sensors available at speeds greater than 11 km/h beep from the rear, or both sides of the in the bumper to measure the distance (7 mph). To prevent injury, death, Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When between the vehicle and objects. The system or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, an object is very close to the vehicle front calculates the distance between vehicle and always check the area around the vehicle (<0.3m (1 ft)), a continuous beep will sound object via measuring the time it takes for and check all mirrors before moving from the front, or both sides of the Safety the ultrasonic waves to bounce back from forward or backing. Alert Seat will pulse five times. Beeps for the object. Park Assist works only at speeds FPA are higher pitched than for RPA. up to about 11 Km/h (7 mph). An illuminated indicater light in the parking system is Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ready to operate. The sensors on the If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into bumpers may detect objects up to 1.8m R (Reverse), RCTA displays a red warning (6 ft) behind and 1.25m (4 ft) in front of the triangle with a left or right pointing arrow vehicle within a one 25 cm (10) high off the to warn of traffic coming from the left or ground and below bumper level. These right. This system detects objects coming detection distances may be shorter during from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or warmer or humid weather. Blocked sensors right side of the vehicle. When an object is will not detect objects and can also cause detected, either three beeps sound from the false detections. Keep the sensors clean of Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

266 Driving and Operating left or right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses some models, select the guidance lines display, along with seven beeps from the occur on the left or right side, depending on button on the infotainment display to turn rear, or if equipped, seven pulses from both the direction of the detected vehicle. them on or off. sides of the driver seat. Use caution while backing up when towing Rear Pedestrian Alert a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that { Warning extend out from the back of the vehicle do Under certain conditions, this feature can Rear Pedestrian Alert does not not move further back when a trailer is provide alerts for a pedestrian within the automatically brake the vehicle. It also towed. system’s range directly behind the vehicle. does not provide an alert unless it This feature only works in R (Reverse) below Turning the Features On or Off detects a pedestrian, and it may not 12 km/h (8 mph), and detects pedestrians up detect all pedestrians if: X to 8 m (26 ft) away during daytime driving. The button located in the customizing . The pedestrian is not directly behind menu is used to turn on or off the Park During nighttime driving, feature performance is very limited. the vehicle, fully visible to the Rear Assist. Vision Camera (RVC), or standing Front and Rear Park Assist can be set to Off, upright. On, or On with Towbar through vehicle . The pedestrian is part of a group. personalization. See “Park Assist” under Vehicle Personalization 0 124. If Park Assist . The pedestrian is a child. is turned off through vehicle personalization, . Visibility is poor, including nighttime the Park Assist button will be disabled. To conditions, fog, rain, or snow. Rear Pedestrian Alert Indicator turn the Park Assist on again, select On in . The RVC is blocked by dirt, snow, vehicle personalization. The On with Towbar When a pedestrian is detected within the or ice. setting allows for Park Assist to work system’s range directly behind the vehicle, . The RVC, taillamps, or back-up lamps properly with an attached trailer hitch. Turn this symbol flashes amber on the off Park Assist when towing a trailer. are not cleaned or in proper working infotainment display, along with two beeps condition. To turn the RPA symbols, guidance lines, from the rear, or if equipped, two pulses or Rear Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see Rear from both sides of the driver seat. When a . The vehicle is not in R (Reverse). Camera and Collision/Detection Systems pedestrian is detected close to the vehicle, (Continued) under Vehicle Personalization 0 124. On the symbol flashes red on the infotainment Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 267

Warning (Continued) Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Warning (Continued) System To help avoid death or injury, always warning at all. FCA does not warn of check for pedestrians around the vehicle If equipped, the FCA system may help to pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, before backing up. Be ready to take avoid or reduce the harm caused by bridges, construction barrels, or other action and apply the brakes. See front-end crashes. When approaching a objects. Be ready to take action and Defensive Driving 0 214. Keep the RVC, vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving taillamps, and back-up lamps clean and in red flashing alert on the windshield and 0 214. good repair. rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA also lights an amber visual alert if following FCA can be disabled with either the FCA Rear Pedestrian Alert can be set to Off or another vehicle much too closely. steering wheel control or, if equipped, Alert. See “Rear Pedestrian Detection” in FCA detects vehicles within a distance of through vehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization 0 124. If equipped, alerts can speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle Personalization 0 124. be set to beeps or seat pulses. See “Alert has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it can Type” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under detect vehicles to distances of approximately Detecting the Vehicle Ahead Vehicle Personalization 0 124. 110 m (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) Assistance Systems for Driving 0 253. If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), { Warning Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB), Lane Keep FCA is a warning system and does not Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), apply the brakes. When approaching a FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA Lane Change Alert (LCA), and/or Automatic slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead system detects a vehicle ahead. When a Emergency Braking (AEB) can help to avoid a too rapidly, or when following a vehicle vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead crash or reduce crash damage. too closely, FCA may not provide a indicator will display green. Vehicles may warning with enough time to help avoid not be detected on curves, highway exit a crash. It also may not provide any ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a (Continued) vehicle ahead is partially blocked by Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

268 Driving and Operating pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not The vehicle-ahead indicator will display detect another vehicle ahead until it is amber when you are following a vehicle completely in the driving lane. ahead much too closely.

{ Warning Selecting the Alert Timing FCA does not provide a warning to help The Collision Alert control is on the steering avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. Without Head-Up Display wheel. Press [ / 3 to set the FCA FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if timing to Far, Medium, Near, or on some When your vehicle approaches another the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, vehicles, Off. The first button press shows detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. the current setting on the DIC. Additional display will flash on the windshield. Also, button presses will change this setting. The It may also not detect a vehicle on eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound chosen setting will remain until it is winding or hilly roads, or in conditions from the front, or both sides of the Safety changed and will affect the timing of both that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Alert or snow, or if the headlamps or Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may features. The timing of both alerts will vary windshield are not cleaned or in proper prepare for driver braking to occur more based on vehicle speed. The faster the condition. Keep the windshield, rapidly which can cause a brief, mild vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in deceleration. Continue to apply the brake occur. Consider traffic and weather good repair. pedal as needed. Cruise control may be conditions when selecting the alert timing. disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs. The range of selectable alert timing may not Collision Alert Tailgating Alert be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the ACC following gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near). With Head-Up Display Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 269 Following Distance Indicator Automatic Emergency { Warning The following distance to a moving vehicle Braking (AEB) ahead in your path is indicated in following AEB is an emergency crash preparation If the vehicle has Forward Collision Alert time in seconds on the Driver Information feature and is not designed to avoid (FCA), it also has AEB, which includes Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the (DIC) 0 119. The minimum following time is Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its system detects a vehicle ahead in your path 0.5 seconds away. If there is no vehicle operating speed range and only responds that is traveling in the same direction that detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out to detected vehicles. you may be about to crash into, it can of sensor range, dashes will be displayed. provide a boost to braking or automatically AEB may not: Unnecessary Alerts brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or . Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or lessen the severity of crashes when driving hilly roads. FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for in a forward gear. Depending on the turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, situation, the vehicle may automatically . Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. brake moderately or hard. This automatic with a trailer, tractors, muddy These alerts are normal operation and the emergency braking can only occur if a vehicles, etc. vehicle does not need service. vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA . Detect a vehicle when weather limits Cleaning the System vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 267. If the FCA system does not seem to operate . Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially properly, this may correct the issue: The system works when driving in a forward blocked by pedestrians or other gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h objects. . Clean the outside of the windshield in (50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive front of the rearview mirror. Complete attention is always required Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h (2 mph). while driving, and you should be ready to . Clean the entire front of the vehicle. It can detect vehicles up to approximately take action and apply the brakes and/or . Clean the headlamps. 60 m (197 ft). steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 376. System operation may also be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

270 Driving and Operating AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete { Warning Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) stop to try to avoid a potential crash. The System vehicle will only hold at a stop briefly. IBA may increase vehicle braking in A firm press of the accelerator pedal will situations when it may not be necessary. If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid also release AEB. You could block the flow of traffic. If this or reduce the harm caused by front-end occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal crashes with nearby pedestrians when { Warning and then apply the brakes as needed. driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an AEB may automatically brake the vehicle amber indicator, ~, when a nearby suddenly in situations where it is AEB and IBA can be disabled through vehicle pedestrian is detected ahead. When unexpected and undesired. It could personalization. See “Collision/Detection approaching a detected pedestrian too respond to a turning vehicle ahead, Systems” under Vehicle Personalization quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on 0 the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses guardrails, signs, and other non-moving 124. the driver seat. FPB can provide a boost to objects. To override AEB, firmly press the { Warning braking or automatically brake the vehicle. accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer (IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) could cause you to lose control of the (AEB) system may also respond to IBA may activate when the brake pedal is vehicle and crash. Turn the system to pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency applied quickly by providing a boost to Alert or Off when towing a trailer. Braking (AEB) 0 269. braking based on the speed of approach and The FPB system can detect and alert to distance to a vehicle ahead. A system unavailable message may display if: pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal . The front of the vehicle or windshield is (50 mph). During daytime driving, the movement during this time is normal and not clean. the brake pedal should continue to be system detects pedestrians up to a distance applied as needed. IBA will automatically . Heavy rain or snow is interfering with of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During disengage only when the brake pedal is object detection. nighttime driving, system performance is released. . There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ very limited. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. The AEB system does not need service. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 271 Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead { Warning FPB does not provide an alert or automatically brake the vehicle, unless it detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect pedestrians, including children: . When the pedestrian is not directly Without Head-Up Display ahead, fully visible, or standing FPB alerts and automatic braking will not When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian upright, or when part of a group. occur unless the FPB system detects a ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display . Due to poor visibility, including pedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian is will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid nighttime conditions, fog, rain, detected in front of the vehicle, the high-pitched beeps will sound from the or snow. pedestrian ahead indicator will display front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat . If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, amber. will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian snow, or ice. Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare Front Pedestrian Alert for driver braking to occur more rapidly . If the headlamps or windshield are not which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. cleaned or in proper condition. Continue to apply the brake pedal as Be ready to take action and apply the needed. Cruise control may be disengaged brakes. For more information, see when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs. 0 Defensive Driving 214. Keep the Automatic Braking windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor clean and in good repair. With Head-Up Display If FPB detects it is about to crash into a pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and have not been applied, FPB may Brake through vehicle personalization. See automatically brake moderately or brake “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle hard. This can help to avoid some very low Personalization 0 124. speed pedestrian crashes or reduce pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically brake to detected pedestrians between Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

272 Driving and Operating 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). Lane Change Alert (LCA) Automatic braking levels may be reduced { Warning under certain conditions, such as higher Using the Front Pedestrian Braking If equipped, the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system is a lane-changing aid that can assist speeds. system while towing a trailer could cause drivers with avoiding lane change crashes you to lose control of the vehicle and If this happens, Automatic Braking may with moving vehicles in the side blind zone, engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off or blind spot areas or with vehicles rapidly hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB. when towing a trailer. approaching these areas from behind. When A firm press of the accelerator pedal will a vehicle is detected in the blind zone, the also release Automatic Braking and the EPB. Cleaning the System LCA warning display will light up in the If FPB does not seem to operate properly, corresponding side mirror and will flash if { Warning cleaning the outside of the windshield in the turn signal is on. The Side Blind Zone FPB may alert or automatically brake the front of the rearview mirror may correct the Alert (SBZA) system is included as part of vehicle suddenly in situations where it is issue. the LCA system. unexpected and undesired. It could falsely alert or brake for objects similar in shape Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) { Warning or size to pedestrians, including shadows. If equipped, the SBZA system is a LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles This is normal operation and the vehicle lane-changing aid that assists drivers with outside of the system detection zones, does not need service. To override avoiding crashes that occur with moving pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may Automatic Braking, firmly press the vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot not provide alerts when changing lanes accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, under all driving conditions. Failure to use the left or right side mirror display will light proper care when changing lanes may Automatic Braking can be disabled through up if a moving vehicle is detected in that result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and vehicle personalization. See “Front Pedestrian Before making a lane change, always a vehicle is also detected on the same side, Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems” check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, under Vehicle Personalization 0 124. the display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. Since this system is and use the turn signals. part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, read the entire LCA section before using this feature. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 273 LCA Detection Zones areas. The extended side blind zone area ESBZA Detection Zones adds the blind zone area along the side of a trailer that the host vehicle is pulling. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right side mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in that extended blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and a vehicle is also detected on the same side, the display will flash as an 1. SBZA Detection Zone extra warning not to change lanes. Since 2. ESBZA Detection Zone this system is part of the Lane Change Alert 3. LCA Detection Zone 1. SBZA Detection Zone system, read the entire Lane Change Alert 2. LCA Detection Zone section before using this feature. The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning area starts at approximately the middle of When towing a trailer, LCA feature is the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). The disabled. When not towing a trailer, the LCA { Warning Extended Side Blind Zone Alert (ESBZA) sensor covers a zone of approximately one ESBZA does not alert the driver to warning area starts at approximately 3 m lane over from both sides of the vehicle, vehicles outside of the system detection (10 ft) to the trailing edge of the vehicle and or 3.5 m (11 ft). The height of the zone is zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. goes back up to 21 m (69 ft) behind the approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and It may not provide alerts when changing vehicle. The maximum trailer length is 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Drivers are also lanes under all driving conditions. Failure 12 m (39 ft). warned of vehicles rapidly approaching this to use proper care when changing lanes area up to approximately 70 m (230 ft) How the System Works behind the vehicle. may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. Before making a lane change, The LCA/ESBZA symbol lights up in the side Extended Side Blind Zone Area (ESBZA) always check mirrors, glance over your mirrors when the system detects a moving vehicle in the next lane over that is in the If equipped, the ESBZA system is a shoulder, and use the turn signals. extended side blind zone. This indicates it lane-changing aid that assists drivers with may be unsafe to change lanes. Before avoiding crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

274 Driving and Operating making a lane change, check the SBZA side of the vehicle or trailer. This is normal to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other display, check mirrors, glance over your system operation; the vehicle does not need non-moving objects. This is normal system shoulder, and use the turn signals. service. operation; the vehicle does not need service. LCA/ESBZA can be disabled through vehicle LCA/ESBZA may not operate when the LCA/ personalization. See “Collision/Detection ESBZA sensors in the left or right corners of Systems” under Vehicle Personalization the rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt, 0 124. If SBZA is disabled by the driver, the snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. ESBZA mirror displays will not light up. For cleaning instructions, see "Washing the Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 376. If the DIC Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror When the System Does Not Seem to displays the system unavailable message Display Display Work Properly after cleaning both sides of the vehicle LCA/ESBZA displays may not come on when toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see When the vehicle is started, both outside passing a vehicle quickly, or when passing a your dealer. mirror LCA/ESBZA displays will briefly come stopped vehicle. The LCA/ESBZA detection If the DIC displays the system unavailable on to indicate the system is operating. zones that extend back from the side of the message after cleaning both sides of the When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the vehicle do not move further back when a vehicle toward the rear corners of the left- or right-side mirror display will light up trailer is towed. Use caution while changing vehicle, see your dealer if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind lanes when towing a trailer. LCA/ESBZA may zone. If the turn signal is activated in the alert to objects attached to the vehicle, such If the LCA/ESBZA displays do not light up same direction as a detected vehicle, this as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending out when vehicles are in the blind zone and the display will flash as an extra warning not to to either side of the vehicle or trailer. This is system is clean, the system may need change lanes. normal system operation; the vehicle does service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. LCA/ESBZA displays may not come on when not need service. When ESBZA is disabled for any reason passing a vehicle quickly, or when passing a LCA/ESBZA may not always alert the driver other than the driver turning it off, the stopped vehicle. LCA/ESBZA may alert to to vehicles in the side blind zone, especially Extended Side Blind Zone Alert On option objects attached to the vehicle, such as a in wet conditions. The system does not need will not be available on the bicycle, or object extending out to either to be serviced. The system may light up due personalization menu. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 275 Driving with a Trailer turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if it detects that you are Warning (Continued) Although this system is intended to help accelerating, braking or actively steering. drivers avoid lane change crashes, it does the lane on the side where it has not replace driver vision and therefore detected a lane marking. Even with LKA should be considered a lane change aid. { Warning and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. Even with the ESBZA system, the driver The LKA system does not continuously Always keep your attention on the road must check carefully for objects outside of steer the vehicle. It may not keep the and maintain proper vehicle position the reporting zone (e.g., a fast approaching vehicle in the lane or give a Lane within the lane, or vehicle damage, vehicle) or vehicle along the side of the Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a injury, or death could occur. Always keep trailer before changing lanes. lane marking is detected. the windshield, headlamps, and camera sensors clean and in good repair. Do not Use caution while changing lanes when The LKA and LDW systems may not: towing a trailer. use LKA in bad weather conditions or on . Provide an alert or enough steering roads with unclear lane markings, such as Lane Keep Assist (LKA) assist to avoid a lane departure or construction zones. crash. If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due to unintentional lane departures. This . Detect lane markings under poor system uses a camera to detect lane weather or visibility conditions. This { Warning markings between 60 km/h (37 mph) and can occur if the windshield or Using LKA while towing a trailer or on 180 km/h (112 mph). It may assist by gently headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, slippery roads could cause loss of control turning the steering wheel if the vehicle or ice; if they are not in proper of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the condition; or if the sun shines directly approaches a detected lane marking. It may system off. also provide a Lane Departure Warning into the camera. (LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected . Detect road edges. How the System Works lane marking. LKA can be overridden by . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. turning the steering wheel. This system is LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the not intended to keep the vehicle centered in If LKA only detects lane markings on one windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if the side of the road, it will only assist or detect lane markings. It may provide brief provide an LDW alert when approaching steering assist if it detects an unintended (Continued) lane departure. It may further provide an Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

276 Driving and Operating audible alert or the driver seat may pulse When the System Does Not Seem to is normal system operation; the vehicle does indicating that a lane marking has been Work Properly not need service. Turn LKA off if these crossed. conditions continue. The system performance may be To turn LKA on and off, press A to the affected by: left of the steering wheel. If equipped, the . Close vehicles ahead. Fuel indicator light on the button comes on . Sudden lighting changes, such as when Top Tier Fuel when LKA is on and turns off when LKA is driving through tunnels. disabled. GM recommends the use of TOP TIER . Banked roads. When on, A is white, if equipped, Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, . Roads with poor lane markings, such as reduce engine deposits, and maintain indicating that the system is not ready to two-lane roads. optimal vehicle performance. Look for the assist. A is green if LKA is ready to If the LKA system is not functioning TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the properly when lane markings are clearly for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a visible, cleaning the windshield may help. marketers and applicable countries. detected lane marking. A is amber when assisting. It may also provide a Lane A camera blocked message may display if Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing the camera is blocked. Some driver A assistance systems may have reduced amber if the vehicle crosses a performance or not work at all. An LKA or detected lane marking. Additionally, there LDW unavailable message may display if the may be three beeps, or the driver seat may systems are temporarily unavailable. This pulse three times, on the right or left, message could be due to a blocked camera. depending on the lane departure direction. The LKA system does not need service. Clean Take Steering the outside of the windshield behind the The LKA system does not continuously steer rearview mirror. the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur driver steering, an alert and chime may be due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA road, temporary or construction lane may become temporarily unavailable after markings, or other road imperfections. This repeated take steering alerts. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 277 Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine) Prohibited Fuels For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for Caution Diesel ” in the Duramax diesel supplement. Do not use fuels with any of the following conditions; doing so may damage the vehicle and void its Premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM warranty: specification D4814 with a posted octane rating of 93 — (R+M)/2 — is highly . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel recommended for best performance and fuel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by economy. Unleaded gasoline with an octane volume, such as mid-level ethanol rated as low as 87 can be used. Using blends (16–50% ethanol), , Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting or FlexFuel. ASTM specification D4814 with a posted unleaded gasoline rated below 93 octane, octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. however, will lead to reduced acceleration . Fuel with any amount of methanol, Do not use gasoline with a posted octane and fuel economy. If knocking occurs, use a methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These rating of less than 87, as this may cause gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon as fuels can corrode metal fuel system engine knock and will lower fuel economy. possible, otherwise, the engine could be parts or damage plastic and rubber damaged. If heavy knocking is heard when parts. Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. using gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the . Fuel containing metals such as Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels engine needs service. greater than 15% by volume. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels the emissions control system and greater than 15% by volume. spark plugs. For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel . Fuel with a posted octane rating of supplement. less than the recommended fuel. Using this fuel will lower fuel economy and performance, and may decrease the life of the emissions catalyst. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

278 Driving and Operating

Fuels in Foreign Countries { Warning Warning (Continued) The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For and can cause injury or death. inserted too quickly. This spray can fuel not to use in a foreign country, see happen if the tank is nearly full, and is 0 Prohibited Fuels 277. Follow these guidelines to help avoid more likely in hot weather. Insert the injuries to you and others: Fuel Additives fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss . Read and follow all the instructions on noise to stop before beginning to TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly the fuel pump island. flow fuel. recommended for use with your vehicle. . Turn off the engine when refueling. If your country does not have TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the materials away from fuel. vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil . Do not leave the fuel pump change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever unattended. occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and . Avoid using electronic devices while ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus refueling. −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free and performing . Do not re-enter the vehicle while optimally. pumping fuel. . Keep children away from the fuel Filling the Tank pump and never let children pump fuel. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the To open the fuel door, push and release the Duramax diesel supplement. . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a rearward center edge of the door. metallic object to discharge static An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which The capless refueling system does not have side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See electricity from your body. 0 (Continued) a fuel cap. Slowly and fully insert and latch Fuel Gauge 105. the fill nozzle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 279

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Overfilling the fuel tank by more than the fuel vapor. You or others could be three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may badly burned and the vehicle could be cause: damaged. To help avoid injury to you . Vehicle performance issues, including and others: engine stalling and damage to the fuel 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter. . Dispense fuel only into approved system. 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the containers. . Fuel spills. capless fuel system. . Do not fill a container while it is . Potential fuel fires. inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in { Warning a pickup bed, or on any surface other Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds Attempting to refuel without using the than the ground. after you have finished pumping before funnel adapter may cause fuel spillage . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with removing the nozzle. Clean fuel from and damage the capless fuel system. This the inside of the fill opening before painted surfaces as soon as possible. See could cause a fire and you or others operating the nozzle. Maintain contact 0 Exterior Care 376. could be badly burned and the vehicle until filling is complete. could be damaged. . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking { Warning materials away from fuel. If a fire starts while you are refueling, do 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter and return it to the storage location. . Avoid using electronic devices while not remove the nozzle. Shut off the flow pumping fuel. of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant. Leave the Filling a Portable Fuel Container area immediately. { Warning Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can Never fill a portable fuel container while If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be it is in the vehicle. Static electricity filled from a portable gas can: discharge from the container can ignite (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

280 Driving and Operating . State laws may require the use of Trailer Towing Warning (Continued) extended side view mirrors. Even if not General Towing Information trailer only if all the steps in this section required, you should install extended side have been followed. Ask your dealer for view mirrors if your visibility is limited or Only use towing equipment that has been advice and information about towing a restricted while towing. designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer trailer with the vehicle. . Do not tow a trailer during the first or trailering dealer for assistance with 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read Driving with a Trailer damage to the engine, axle, or other the entire section before towing a trailer. parts. Trailering is different than just driving the To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in . It is recommended to perform the first oil Vehicle 0 372. To tow the vehicle behind handling, acceleration, braking, durability, change before heavy towing. another vehicle such as a motor home, see and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering . During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 373. takes correct equipment, and it has to be towing, do not drive over 80 km/h used properly. (50 mph) and do not make starts at full Driving Characteristics and throttle. The following information has many Towing Tips . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul time-tested, important trailering tips and Mode is recommended for heavier trailers. safety rules. Many of these are important { Warning See Tow/Haul Mode 0 235. If the for your safety and that of your passengers. transmission downshifts too often, a You can lose control when towing a Read this section carefully before pulling a trailer if the correct equipment is not lower gear may be selected using Manual trailer. 0 used or the vehicle is not driven properly. Mode. See Manual Mode 235. When towing a trailer: For example, if the trailer is too heavy or If equipped, the following driver assistance the trailer brakes are inadequate for the . Become familiar with and follow all state features should be turned off when towing load, the vehicle may not stop as and local laws that apply to trailer a trailer: towing. These requirements vary from expected. You and others could be . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) state to state. seriously injured. The vehicle may also be . Super Cruise Control damaged, and the repairs would not be . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a . Park Assist (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 281 . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See Warning (Continued) . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) Towing Equipment 0 287. If the trailer has electric brakes, start the combination If equipped, the following driver assistance When towing a trailer: moving and then manually apply the trailer features should be turned to alert or off . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ brake controller to check the trailer brakes when towing a trailer: hatch, or rear-most window open. work. During the trip, occasionally check . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . Fully open the air outlets on or under that the cargo and trailer are secure and . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) the instrument panel. that the lamps and any trailer brakes are . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) . Also adjust the climate control system working. If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), to a setting that brings in only outside Towing with a Stability Control System the LCA detection zones that extend back air. See “Climate Control Systems” in from the side of the vehicle do not move the Index. When towing, the stability control system further back when a trailer is towed. Use might be heard. The system reacts to For more information about carbon vehicle movement caused by the trailer, caution while changing lanes when towing a monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 231. trailer. which mainly occurs during cornering. This is normal when towing heavier trailers. If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert Towing a trailer requires experience. The (RCTA), use caution while backing up when combination of the vehicle and trailer is Following Distance longer and not as responsive as the vehicle towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle itself. Get used to the handling and braking that extend out from the back of the vehicle ahead as you would when driving without a of the combination by driving on a level do not move further back when a trailer is trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking road surface before driving on public roads. towed. and sudden turns. The trailer structure, the tires, and the { Warning brakes must be all be rated to carry the Passing When towing a trailer, exhaust gases intended cargo. Inadequate trailer More passing distance is needed when may collect at the rear of the vehicle and equipment can cause the combination to towing a trailer. The combination of the enter if the liftgate, trunk/hatch, operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts or rear-most window is open. quickly and is much longer than the vehicle and attachments, safety chains, electrical (Continued) alone. It is necessary to go much farther Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

282 Driving and Operating beyond the passed vehicle before returning Driving on Grades Parking on Hills to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear passing on hills if possible. before starting down a long or steep { Warning Backing Up downhill grade. If the transmission is not To prevent serious injury or death, shifted down, the brakes may overheat and always park your vehicle and trailer on a Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with result in reduced braking efficiency. one hand. To move the trailer to the left, level surface when possible. move that hand to the left. To move the The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the trailer to the right, move that hand to the transmission to a lower gear if the When parking your vehicle and your trailer right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, transmission shifts too often under heavy on a hill: have someone guide you. loads and/or hilly conditions. 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into Making Turns When towing at higher altitudes, engine coolant will boil at a lower temperature the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill. Caution than at lower altitudes. If the engine is turned off immediately after towing at high 2. Have someone place chocks under the Turn more slowly and make wider arcs altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle trailer wheels. when towing a trailer to prevent damage could show signs similar to engine 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns overheating. To avoid this, let the engine gradually release the brake pedal to could cause the trailer to contact the run, preferably on level ground, with the allow the chocks to absorb the load of vehicle. transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes the trailer. before turning the engine off. If the Make wider turns than normal when towing, 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the overheat warning comes on, see Engine parking brake and shift into P (Park). so trailer will not go over soft shoulders, Overheating 0 322. over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, 5. Release the brake pedal. or other objects. Always signal turns well in advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. Leaving After Parking on a Hill 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. . Start the engine. . Shift into a gear. . Release the parking brake. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 283 2. Let up on the brake pedal. 5. Gradually release the brake pedal to Warning (Continued) 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of allow the chocks to absorb the load of the chocks. . Do not move the vehicle if someone is the trailer. in the path of the trailer. Some parts 4. Stop and have someone pick up and 6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the of the trailer might be underwater and parking brake and shift into P (Park). store the chocks. not visible to people who are assisting 7. Release the brake pedal. Launching and Retrieving a Boat in launching the boat. Pulling the Trailer from the Water Backing the Trailer into the Water Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. backing the trailer into the water to prevent { Warning damage to the electrical circuits on the 2. Start the engine and shift into a gear. . Have all passengers get out of the trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer 3. Release the parking brake. vehicle before backing onto the sloped after removing the trailer from the water. 4. Let up on the brake pedal. If the trailer has electric brakes that can part of the ramp. Lower the driver and 5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of function when the trailer is submerged, it passenger side windows before the chocks. backing onto the ramp. This will might help to leave the electrical trailer provide a means of escape in the connector attached to maintain trailer brake 6. Stop and have someone pick up and unlikely event the vehicle slides into functionality while on the boat ramp. store the chocks. the water. To back the trailer into the water: 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water. . If the boat launch surface is slippery, 1. If equipped, place the vehicle in 8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been have the driver remain in the vehicle four-wheel-drive high. driven from the sloped part of the boat with the brake pedal applied while the ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from 2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until boat is being launched. The boat four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive the boat is floating, but no further than launch can be especially slippery at mode that is appropriate for the road necessary. low tide when part of the ramp was conditions. previously submerged at high tide. Do 3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do not back onto the ramp to launch the not shift into P (Park) yet. boat if you are not sure the vehicle 4. Have someone place chocks under the can maintain traction. front wheels of the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

284 Driving and Operating

Caution Caution Safe trailering requires monitoring the weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the Towing a trailer improperly can damage temperature, and how frequently the vehicle vehicle begins to slide toward the water, the vehicle and result in costly repairs is used to tow a trailer. remove your foot from the accelerator not covered by the vehicle warranty. To pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek tow a trailer correctly, follow the Trailer Weight Ratings help to have the vehicle towed up directions in this section and see your When towing a trailer, the combined weight the ramp. dealer for important information about of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and towing a trailer with the vehicle. trailer contents must be below all of the Maintenance when Trailer Towing maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, Trailering is different than just driving the including: The vehicle needs service more often when vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in used to tow trailers. See Maintenance . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating handling, acceleration, braking, durability, Schedule 0 386. It is especially important to . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering check the automatic transmission fluid, takes correct equipment, and it has to be . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling used properly. . GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear system, and brake system before and during . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating each trip. The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and See “Weight-Distributing Hitch and Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on safety rules. Many of these are important Adjustment” under Towing Equipment 0 287 the trailer hitch are tight. for your safety and that of your passengers. to determine if equalizer bars are required Engine Cooling when Trailer Towing Read this section carefully before pulling a to obtain the maximum trailer weight trailer. rating. The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions. See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing Trailer Weight 0 See Engine Overheating 0 322. Equipment 287 to determine if brakes are { required based on your trailer's weight. Trailer Towing Warning Never exceed the towing capacity for If equipped with a diesel engine, see the your vehicle. Duramax diesel supplement. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 285 The only way to be sure the weight is not the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the vehicle is on the Trailering Information the tow vehicle and trailer combination, Label. fully loaded for the trip, getting individual To check that the weight of the vehicle and weights for each of these items. trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, A trailering information label on the B-pillar follow these steps: shows tow rating information for the 1. Start with the "curb weight" from the vehicle. Trailering Information Label. { 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with Warning cargo and ready for the trip. You and others could be seriously injured 3. Add the weight of all passengers. or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the 4. Add the weight of all cargo in the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) vehicle. The vehicle may be damaged, and the For information about the vehicle's 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such repairs would not be covered by the maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, vehicle warranty. Limits 0 222. When calculating the GVWR or sway bars. with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this 6. Add the weight of any accessories or section have been followed. Ask your weight must be included as part of the aftermarket equipment added to the weight the vehicle is carrying. dealer for advice and information about vehicle. towing a trailer. Maximum Trailer Weight The resulting weight cannot exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) GCWR value on the Trailering Information The maximum trailer weight rating is Label. calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a GCWR is the total allowable weight of the driver, a front seat passenger, and all The gross combined weight can also be completely loaded vehicle and trailer required trailering equipment. This value confirmed by weighing the vehicle and including any fuel, passengers, cargo, represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle trailer on a public scale. The vehicle and equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce trailer should be loaded for the trip with passengers and cargo. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

286 Driving and Operating the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR, Trailer Load Balance GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, The correct trailer load balance must be or GAWR-RR for the vehicle. maintained to ensure trailer stability. Use the Tow Rating Guide Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of (my.chevrolet.com/learn) to determine how trailer sway. much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model and options. A step bumper trailer hitch can only support a total trailer weight up to 2 271 kg (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch ball is added to the step bumper, check the hitch ball rating to be sure it is higher than the total trailer weight. The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating for a conventional trailer hitch is shown on Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating the Trailering Information Label. The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue is the allowable trailer tongue weight that weight of 567 kg (1,250 lb) for a conventional the vehicle can support using a conventional trailer hitch. trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– the overall trailer weight to stay within the The trailer tongue weight contributes to the 15% of the total loaded trailer weight (2). maximum trailer tongue weight rating while Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes Some specific trailer types, such as boat still maintaining the correct trailer load the curb weight of your vehicle, any trailers, fall outside of this range. Always balance. passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, recommended trailer tongue weight for each cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for allowable tongue weight the vehicle can the vehicle, hitch, and trailer. carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable trailer weight. The trailer load balance percentage is calculated as: weight (1) divided by weight (2) times 100. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 287 After loading the trailer, separately weigh Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating Towing Equipment the trailer and then the trailer tongue and (GAWR-RR) calculate the trailer load balance percentage Hitches to see if the weights and distribution are The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do { Warning weight is too high, it may be possible to not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, In order to avoid serious injury or transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded If the trailer tongue weight is too high or for the trip including the weight of the property damage, always follow the hitch too low, it may be possible to rearrange trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing manufacturer's instructions when securing some of the cargo inside of the trailer. hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR after your draw bar/ device to the applying the spring bars. vehicle's hitch receiver. Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the Ensure that the draw bar/coupling device shortest hitch extension available to position is secured with a locking retainer pin or the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will other means such that rotation of the pin help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue or locking mechanism will not cause the weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. pin to back out or loosen during use. If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch Failure to correctly secure the draw bar/ receiver, choose a carrier that positions the coupling device to the receiver can result load as close to the vehicle as possible. in separation of the hitch/receiver while Make sure the total weight, including the towing. carrier, is no more than half of the maximum allowable tongue weight for the vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. The GAWR-RR for the vehicle is on the Trailering Information Label. Ask your dealer for trailering information or assistance. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

288 Driving and Operating Always use the correct hitch equipment for Hitch Cover To reinstall hitch cover: your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going 1. Hold cover at a 45 degree angle to the by, and rough roads can affect the trailer vehicle and push the upper tabs into the and the hitch. slots in the bumper. Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle 2. Push the bottom of the cover forward helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer until the lower tabs line up with the combination. Many trailers can be towed lower slots. using a weight-carrying hitch which has a 3. Snap the hitch cover into place by coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow pushing the upper corners forward (1). eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers may require a weight-distributing hitch that 4. Reinstall the two fasteners on the lower uses spring bars to distribute the trailer tabs (2). tongue weight between your vehicle and Consider using mechanical sway controls trailer axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional Weight Rating” under Trailer Towing 0 284 To remove hitch cover, if equipped: about sway controls or refer to the trailer for weight limits with various hitch types. 1. Remove the two fasteners on the lower manufacturer's recommendations and Avoid sharp turns when using a step-bumper tabs (2). instructions. hitch to prevent damage. Make wider turns 2. Pull the lower edge of the cover to Weight-Distributing Hitch and to prevent contact between your trailer and about a 45 degree angle. Adjustment your bumper. 3. Pull the cover upward to disengage the upper attachments (1). A weight-distributing hitch may be useful with some trailers. Use the following guidelines to determine if a weight-distributing hitch should be used. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 289

Trailer Weight Weight-Distributing Hitch Usage Hitch Distribution Up to 2 720 kg (6,000 lb) Not Required 50% Over 2 720 kg (6,000 lb) Required 50%

Towing 5. Install and adjust the tension in the 1. Position the truck so that the trailer is weight distributing bars per the ready to connect (Keep trailer detached). manufacturers’ recommendations so that the height of the front is 2. Measure the height of the top of the approximately H2- [(H2-H1)/2] (half way front wheel opening at the fender to the between the two measured ride heights). ground (H1). 6. Visually inspect the trailer and weight 3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not distributing hitch to ensure that the attach weight distribution bars at manufacturers’ recommendations have this time. been met. 4. Measure the height of the top of the front wheel opening on the fender to the ground (H2). 1. Front of Vehicle 2. H1/H2 Body to Ground Distance Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

290 Driving and Operating

Measurement Height Example 1500 (mm) 8. Disable air suspension air suspension "Service Mode." H1 1000 9. Air suspension will automatically adjust H2 1050 ride height following step 8. H2-H1 50 10. Visually inspect the trailer and weight-distributing hitch to ensure that (H2-H1)/2 25 the manufacturers’ recommendations H2- [(H2-H1)/2] 1025 have been met.

Towing with the Four Corner Air Suspension 5. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not System attach weight distribution bars at 1. Adjust the vehicle air suspension to this time. "Normal Ground Clearance Height." 6. Measure the height of the top of the 2. Position the truck so that the trailer is front wheel opening on the fender to ready to connect (Keep trailer detached). the ground (H2). 3. Enable air suspension ‘Service Mode’ in 7. Install and adjust the tension in the the center infotainment screen under weight distributing bars per the Settings/Vehicle/Suspension. manufacturers’ recommendations so thatthe height of the front fender is 4. Measure the height of the top of the approximately H2- [(H2-H1)/3] (1/3 front wheel opening at the fender to the between the two measured ride heights, ground (H1). below the secondary ride height {H2}). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 291

Measurement Height Example 1500 (mm) State or local regulations may require trailers to have their own braking system if H1 1 000 the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds H2 1 060 certain minimums that can vary from state to state. Read and follow the instructions for H2−H1 60 the trailer brakes so they are installed, (H2−H1)/3 20 adjusted, and maintained properly. Never attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic H2−[(H2−H1)/3] 1 040 brake system. If you do, both the vehicle anti-lock brakes and the trailer brakes may not function, which could result in a crash. Tires to the attaching points on the bumper; Trailer Wiring Harness . Do not tow a trailer while using a otherwise, safety chains should be attached compact on the vehicle. to holes on the trailer hitch. The seven-pin trailer connector is mounted in the bumper. This connector can be . Tires must be properly inflated to support Cross the safety chains under the tongue of plugged into a seven-pin universal loads while towing a trailer. See Tires the trailer to help prevent the tongue from heavy-duty trailer connector available 0 341 for instructions on proper tire contacting the road if it becomes separated through your dealer. inflation. from the hitch. Always leave just enough slack so the combination can turn. Never Use only a round, seven-wire connector with Safety Chains allow safety chains to drag on the ground. flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 specifications for proper electrical Always attach chains between the vehicle Trailer Brakes and the trailer, and attach the chains to the connectivity. holes on the trailer hitch platform. Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must The seven-wire harness contains the Instructions about safety chains may be be equipped with brake systems and with following trailer circuits: provided by the hitch manufacturer or by brakes for each axle. Trailer braking . Yellow/Grey: Left Stop/Turn Signal the trailer manufacturer. equipment conforming to Canadian Standards Association (CSA) requirement . Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn Signal If the trailer being towed weighs up to CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is . Grey/Brown: Taillamps 2 271 kg (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed recommended. step bumper, safety chains may be attached . White: Ground Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

292 Driving and Operating . White/Green: Back-up Lamps Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode when lightly loaded or not towing will not . Red/Green: Battery Feed When properly connected, the trailer turn cause damage; however, it is not . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake signals should will illuminate to indicate the recommended and may result in unpleasant vehicle is turning, changing lanes, To help charge a remote (non-vehicle) engine and transmission driving or stopping. When towing a trailer, the battery change drive mode to Tow Haul. characteristics and reduced fuel economy. If the trailer is too light for Tow/Haul Mode, arrows on the instrument cluster will turn on the headlamps to help charge the illuminate even if the trailer is not properly Integrated Trailer Brake Control System connected or the bulbs are burned out. battery. The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer Electric Brake Control Wiring Provisions Tow/Haul Mode Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with electric trailer brakes or most electric over For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul These wiring provisions are included with hydraulic trailer brake systems. These mode, see Tow/Haul Mode 0 235. the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring instructions apply to both types of electric package. These provisions are for an electric Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy trailer brakes. brake controller. trailer or a large or heavy load. The harness should be installed by your Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most dealer or a qualified service center. effective when the vehicle and trailer Refer to the aftermarket electric trailer brake combined weight is at least 75% of the controller owner's manual to determine wire vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating color coding of the electric trailer brake (GCWR). See “Maximum Trailer Weight” under Trailer Towing 0 284. controller. The wire colors on the brake This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control controller may be different from the vehicle. Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The Trailer Lamps a heavy trailer or carrying a large or power output to the trailer brakes is heavy load: proportional to the amount of vehicle Always check all trailer lamps are working at . through rolling terrain braking. This available power output to the the beginning of each trip, and periodically . in stop-and-go traffic trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide on longer trips. range of trailering situations. . in busy parking lots Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 293 The ITBC system is integrated with the allows manual application of the trailer vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake, and Warning (Continued) brakes. Use the ITBC control panel and the StabiliTrak systems. In trailering conditions injury, death, or property damage. Only DIC trailer brake display page to adjust and that cause the vehicle’s anti-lock brake or use the ITBC system with electric or display power output to the trailer brakes. StabiliTrak systems to activate, power sent electric over hydraulic trailer brake Trailer Brake DIC Display Page to the trailer's brakes will be automatically systems. adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up. The ITBC display page indicates: This does not imply that the trailer has Trailer Brake Control Panel . Trailer Gain setting StabiliTrak. . Output to the trailer brakes If the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake, . Trailer connection or StabiliTrak systems are not functioning . System operational status. properly, the ITBC system may not function fully or at all. Make sure all of these To display: systems are fully operational to allow the . Scroll through the DIC menu pages ITBC system to function properly. . Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button The ITBC system is powered through the . Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply vehicle's electrical system. Turning the Lever ignition off will also turn off the ITBC TRAILER GAIN: system. The ITBC system is fully functional only when the ignition is in ON/RUN. Press a Trailer Gain button to recall the current Trailer Gain setting. Each press and { Warning 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever release of the gain buttons will then change the Trailer Gain setting. Press the Trailer 2. Trailer Symbol Connecting a trailer that has an Gain (+) or (−) to adjust. Press and hold to system may result in reduced or 3. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons continuously adjust the Trailer Gain. To turn complete loss of trailer braking, including The ITBC control panel is on the instrument the output to the trailer off, adjust the increased stopping distance or trailer panel to the left of the steering column. The Trailer Gain setting to 0.0. This setting can instability which could result in serious control panel allows adjustment to the be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with a trailer (Continued) amount of output, referred to as Trailer connected or disconnected. Gain, available to the trailer brakes and Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

294 Driving and Operating TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a to request additional trailer braking at any Note trailer with electric brakes is connected. time. The trailer's and the vehicle's brake Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower than Output to the trailer brakes is based on the lamps will come on when either vehicle 32 to 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may result in amount of vehicle braking present and brakes or manual trailer brakes are applied an incorrect gain setting. relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is and properly connected. 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure Gain adjustment buttons, to just below setting. Trailer Gain should be set for a specific the point of trailer wheel lock-up, The Trailer Output will indicate “------” on trailering condition and it must be indicated by trailer wheel squeal or tire the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer smoke when a trailer wheel locks. following occur: loading, or road surface conditions change. Note . No trailer is connected. Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if . A trailer without electric brakes is { Warning towing a heavily loaded trailer. In this case, connected, no DIC message will display Trailer brakes that are over-gained or adjust the Trailer Gain to the highest . A trailer with electric brakes has become under-gained may not stop the vehicle allowable setting for the towing condition. disconnected, a CHECK TRAILER WIRING and the trailer as intended and can result 3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time vehicle message displays on the DIC in a crash. Always follow the instructions loading, trailer loading, or road surface . There is a fault present in the wiring to to set the Trailer Gain for the proper conditions change or if trailer wheel the trailer brakes, a CHECK TRAILER trailer stopping performance. lock-up is noticed at any time while WIRING message displays on the DIC towing. . The ITBC system is not working due to a To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages fault, a SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM condition: message displays in the DIC TRAILER CONNECTED: This message will 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer briefly display when a trailer with electric Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever attached on a level road surface brakes is first connected to the vehicle. This Slide this lever right to apply the trailer’s representative of the towing condition message will automatically turn off in about electric brakes independent of the vehicle’s and free of traffic at about 32 to 10 seconds. This message can be brakes. Use this lever to adjust Trailer Gain 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) and fully apply acknowledged before it automatically to achieve the proper power output to the the Manual Trailer Brake apply lever. turns off. trailer brakes. This lever may also be used Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 295 CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will 2. Turn the ignition off. A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and display if: 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition repair problems with the trailer. However, . The ITBC system first determines back to RUN. any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact connection to a trailer with electric brakes 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message and then the trailer harness becomes your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer reappears, the electrical fault is on the repairs and trailer warranty information. disconnected the vehicle. vehicle side. If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message Trailer Sway Control (TSC) is stationary, this message will only reappears when connecting the Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Trailer Sway automatically turn off in about trailer wiring harness to the vehicle, the Control (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is 30 seconds. This message will also turn electrical fault is on the trailer side. off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer unintended side-to-side motion of a trailer harness is reconnected. SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM: This while towing. If the vehicle is towing a message will display when there is a If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle trailer and the TSC detects that sway is problem with the ITBC system. If this is moving, this message will continue increasing, the vehicle brakes are selectively message continues over multiple ignition until the ignition is turned off. This applied at each wheel, to help reduce cycles, there is a problem with the ITBC message will also turn off if it is excessive trailer sway. If equipped with the system. Have the vehicle serviced. acknowledged or if the trailer harness is Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) reconnected. If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING or system, and the trailer has an electric brake SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message system, StabiliTrak may also apply the . There is an electrical fault in the wiring to trailer brakes. the trailer brakes. This message will displays while driving, the ITBC system may continue as long as there is an electrical not be fully functional or may not function fault in the trailer wiring. This message at all. When traffic conditions allow, will also turn off if it is acknowledged. carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of the road and turn the ignition off. Check the To determine whether the electrical fault is wiring connection to the trailer and turn the on the vehicle side or trailer side of the ignition back on. If either of these messages trailer wiring harness connection: continues, either the vehicle or trailer needs 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness service. from the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

296 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) { Warning unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway configuration, or improperly inflated or control devices could result in reduced incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See trailer brake performance, loss of trailer Towing Equipment 0 287 for trailer brakes, or other malfunctions, and result If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control ratings and hitch setup recommendations. in a crash. You or others could be System (TCS)/StabiliTrak warning light will seriously injured or killed. Before using flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway one of these devices: vehicle speed by gradually removing your Control Devices . Ask the device or trailer manufacturer foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway Some trailers may come equipped with an if the device has been thoroughly continues, StabiliTrak can reduce engine electronic device designed to reduce or tested for compatibility with the torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment make, model, and year of your vehicle function if StabiliTrak is turned off. See manufacturers also offer similar devices that and any optional equipment installed Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control connect to the wiring between the trailer on your vehicle. 0 242. and the vehicle. These devices may interfere . Before driving, check the trailer brakes with the vehicle’s trailer brake systems or { Warning are working properly, if equipped. other systems, including integrated Drive the vehicle with the trailer Trailer sway can result in a crash and in anti-sway systems, if equipped. Messages attached on a level road surface that serious injury or death, even if the related to trailer connections or trailer is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h vehicle is equipped with TSC. brakes could appear on the DIC. The effects (20-25 mph) and fully apply the of these aftermarket devices on vehicle manual trailer brake apply lever. Also, If the trailer begins to sway, reduce handling or trailer brake performance is not vehicle speed by gradually removing your check the trailer brake lamps and known. other lamps are functioning correctly. foot from the accelerator. Then pull over to check the trailer and vehicle to help . If the trailer brakes are not operating correct possible causes, including an properly at any time, or if a DIC improperly or overloaded trailer, message indicates problems with the (Continued) trailer connections or trailer brakes, (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 297 Overloading is another leading cause of 4. The right turn signal light flashes three Warning (Continued) trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer times. carefully pull the vehicle over to the with more weight than the tires are 5. The reverse lights turn on for about side of the road when traffic designed to support. The load rating is two seconds. conditions allow. located on the trailer tire sidewall. 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately Always know the maximum speed rating for one minute and 45 seconds, or until the Trailer Tires the trailer tires before driving. This may be test deactivates. significantly lower than the vehicle tire Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff speed rating. The speed rating may be on the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is automatically end after one minute and sidewalls to help prevent sway and to 45 seconds. support heavy loads. These features can not shown, the default trailer tire speed make it difficult to determine if the trailer rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). The sequence also deactivates when any of tire pressures are low only based on a visual the following occur: inspection. Trailering App . The ignition is turned off. Always check all trailer tire pressures before Trailer Lights App . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer If equipped, the Trailer Lights App is on the . The brake pedal is pressed. tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire Home Page of the infotainment display. . The turn signal is activated. blow-outs. . The hazard warning lights are activated. Touch Start to cycle the trailer lamps on and If the vehicle is equipped with a trailer tire off to determine if they are working. The pressure monitoring system, see the trailer Trailering App test follows this sequence: tire pressure monitoring system description If equipped, the Trailering App is on the and the trailering app. 1. The running lights turn on first and Home Page of the infotainment display. remain on throughout the sequence. Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer If equipped this feature allows profiles for 2. The brake lights turn on for about tire sidewall will show the week and year connected trailers to be created to view two seconds. the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire status, to store and track trailer usage manufacturers recommend replacing tires 3. The left turn signal light flashes three information, and to set up towing assistance more than six years old. times. features. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

298 Driving and Operating The Trailering App Preview will appear when Create a Trailer Profile Haul Mode reminder, Brake Gain Setting and the Trailering App is opened for the first 1. Touch Create Profile on the trailer Trailer Tire Pressure sensor learning, time from the Home Page. Touch GET detection pop-up or touch + Add Trailer if equipped, do not import. STARTED in the Trailering App to go into Profile in the Trailering App. the app. Trailer Feature Setup 2. Create a name for the trailer. Tow/Haul Mode Reminder When a trailer is electrically connected and 3. Select the trailer type. a trailer profile has not been created, there To turn the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder will be an option to create a profile, use a 4. Select Save Profile. setting on, touch Yes. To turn it off, guest profile, or select Accessory/No trailer. A pop-up will indicate the setup is complete. touch No. After the pop-up is displayed three times, Touch DONE to complete the process or Trailer Tire Pressure Setup Don’t Remind Me will display and touching touch TRAILER FEATURE SETUP to set up the that will turn off the trailer detection Tow/Haul Mode reminder, Trailer Tire If the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring pop-up. To turn the Trailer Detection Alert Pressure Monitoring System, if equipped, System (TTPMS) is detected, touch the Tire on, select ON in the Settings tab. maintenance reminders, or towing Pressure Monitoring icon to set up tire When a trailer is electrically connected and assistance, if equipped. pressure monitoring. Touch Yes to set up the sensors or touch No to return to the after a Trailer Profile has been created, the Import a Trailer Profile trailer detection pop-up will appear with a previous screen. list of all of the custom Trailer Profiles made A trailer profile saved to an OnStar account The trailer tire pressure sensors can transmit on the vehicle. To load an existing Trailer can be imported to the vehicle. up to 7 m (23 feet) from the hitch receiver of Profile, select one of the Trailer Profiles 1. Touch + Add Trailer Profile in the the vehicle. Trailering App listed, or load the Guest Trailer Profile by A trailer must be electrically connected to selecting GUEST TRAILER. Touching 2. Touch Import Profile on the pop-up. the vehicle before starting the Accessory/No trailer will select Accessory/No 3. Select a trailer profile from the list. sensor-to-vehicle learn process. trailer as the active Trailer Profile and will dismiss the pop- up. Shifting the vehicle 4. Touch IMPORT. After selecting Start from the Learn Sensors from P (Park) will select Guest Trailer as the A pop-up will indicate the import was screen, use the Tool Method or the Manual active Trailer Profile and will dismiss the successful. Touch OK to return to the trailer Method (described below) to learn each tire pop-up. list and select the trailer profile. The Tow/ sensor, during which the current tire number will be highlighted. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 299 Each sensor has a minimum of two minutes tire sidewalls. Make sure to re-adjust tire Maintenance Reminders to learn, shown by a timer. After a sensor is pressure to the recommended level when To set up maintenance reminders, touch the learned, a checkmark appears next to the the process is complete. Trailer Maintenance icon. Select Yes to set tire, the will sound, the Sensor Learning Steps up the maintenance reminders for the vehicle’s brake lamps will flash, and all Trailer Profile. Follow the on-screen prompts. working trailer lamps will flash. It then To complete the sensor-to-vehicle learn The maximum number of reminders is 50. moves to the next sensor. process: Select No to return to the previous screen. To cancel the process touch Stop. 1. Touch Start on the Learn Sensors screen. The horn chirps twice and the Learning Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert Setup The recommended tire pressure must be Active screen appears on the Trailer dimensions must be in range to entered for the trailer tires. This allows the infotainment display. vehicle to alert when the tire pressure is enable this feature. 2. Start with the driver side front high or low. . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 1200 cm trailer tire. TTPMS must learn the location of the (472.4 in). Measure from center of coupler 3. Activate the tool near the valve stem or to furthest rear point on the trailer. installed tire sensors to show correct air adjust the air pressure of this tire until pressure and temperature for each tire. To the horn chirps and all working vehicle If trailer dimensions are out of range, this set up, use one of the following options or and trailer lights flash. feature will be unavailable. see a tire or trailer dealer for service. The learning process must be repeated when the The process stops without saving the Status View trailer tires are rotated or replaced. See sensor locations if this step takes more The Status view shows: than two minutes. “Editing a Trailer Profile” later in this section . Vehicle for tire pressure sensor relearn information. 4. Move to the next tire and repeat Step 3 . Connections for each sensor. The horn chirps twice Tool Method: A TTPMS activation tool can . Tires be purchased separately to learn the sensor when all sensors are completed. . Maintenance locations. 5. Return to the vehicle to complete the setup. Upon entry, the most recent items will be Manual Method: Without the tool, the air shown. Select MORE to view all options. pressure can be increased or decreased in each tire for 10 seconds. Do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure found on the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

300 Driving and Operating Vehicle Connections trailer is connected. When a trailer is connected and the ignition is off, the Trailering App System will periodically pulse the lighting circuits of the trailer to verify it is still connected. The trailer lights may periodically flash as a result of this trailer connection detection. These flashes may be more visible in dark ambient light environments. The flashing or flickering lights are a normal condition and the Trailering App System has built-in protections to prevent the battery from draining. When Theft Alert is also enabled the frequency and pattern of this flashing will change. 1. Transmission Fluid Temperature 1. Light Test Start Button 2. Average Fuel Economy with Trailer 2. Trailer Electrical Diagnostics Connection Problem Profile Connections: OK If any of the trailer connections are lost, a Average Fuel Economy message about the connection issue will If a trailer connection is detected without appear on the Driver Information Center Touch to view the average fuel economy of any faults, the view will display OK. (DIC). The infotainment display will also the vehicle while the Trailer Profile is active. Trailer Connections Status show the connection issue in the Connection Status view. Transmission Temperature When a trailer is connected, the Trailering View the temperature of the transmission App System detects the trailer connection If a trailer connection is not detected, the fluid by looking at the graphic. The graphic using the Stop/Turn Signal lighting circuits Trailering App will not display the will indicate a dangerous level if the and alerts the driver by requesting a trailer Connection Status screen. temperature is at 130 °C–150 °C (270 °F– profile setup through the Trailering App 300 °F). System on the infotainment screen. The Trailer Detection Alert setting must be enabled for the alert to display when a Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 301 Connection Trailer Lighting Faults Detected Light Test . The hazard warning lights are activated. The Trailering App System monitors for Touch Start Light Test to cycle the trailer Tires electrical faults on the trailer lights. lights on and off to determine if they are A message about the lighting issue will working. The test follows this sequence: appear on the DIC. The infotainment display 1. The running lights turn on first and will also show the lighting issue in the remain on throughout the sequence. Connection Status view. Repair your trailer lights if needed. A trailer lighting issue is 2. The brake lights turn on for about not covered by your GM warranty. two seconds. 3. The left turn signal light flashes three Diagnose View times. Touch Diagnose to see more information 4. The right turn signal light flashes three about the connection problem. times. This view will display the names of the 5. The reverse lights turn on for about trailer connector pins, a graphic of the trailer two seconds. connector, and a graphic of the back of the 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately 1. Trailer Tire Pressure/Temperature trailer. one minute and 45 seconds, or until the Tire Pressure and Temperature Any connector pin that failed will be amber test deactivates. If the TTPMS sensor-to-vehicle learn process color, and the location of the corresponding Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will was completed, the status view will display connection will be highlighted on the automatically end after one minute and the current tire pressure and temperature of graphic of the back of the trailer. 45 seconds. the trailer tires related to the active Trailer The Running Lights connection may not The sequence also deactivates when any of Profile. If a tire’s pressure is low or high, the detect partial outages. Activate the light test the following occur: color of the pressure value will be amber. to check all trailer lamps. See “Light Test” If a sensor malfunctions, the values are following. . The ignition is turned off. . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). dashed lines. If the screen displays “Service Tire Pressure Monitoring System”, the . The brake pedal is pressed. vehicle needs to be taken to a dealer for . The turn signal is activated. service. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

302 Driving and Operating Maintenance . Touch Remind Me Later to delay the . Connections reminder. The Trailer Status view displays mileage . Touch X next to Upcoming Alerts (90%) information. Touch to edit, and follow the to dismiss the alert. It will not appear on-screen prompts. Mileage and fuel again. economy will reset after the trailer . Touch X next to Maintenance Due (100%) disconnects. to delay the alert to the next ignition cycle. Accessory/No Trailer Status View Always follow all of the maintenance If the Accessory/No Trailer profile is active, instructions that came with your trailer. trailer status information is not available. Checklist View This view shows the recommended steps to take before towing a trailer. 1. List of Maintenance Reminders Touch the box next to each item if that step 2. Add a New Maintenance Reminder has been completed. The Maintenance Status view displays Touch p to access a detailed view of reminders. Touch a reminder to edit. each step. Within each detailed view, touch Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to go Next and Previous to navigate between to the Select New Reminder view. steps. The progress bar turns yellow when the Touch Clear All to clear the completed maintenance item reaches 90% complete. statuses from all items in the current checklist. The progress bar turns red when the Guest Trailer Status View maintenance item reaches 100% complete. Touch the Guest Trailer Profile for the status Maintenance Notifications views. . Touch Service Complete to reset the The Guest Trailer Profile Status view shows: maintenance reminder. . Vehicle Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 303 Custom Checklist Items All personalization features are based on the No Trailer Connected settings for each driver in vehicle For each of the Trailer Profile checklists, When there is no trailer connected, Trailer personalization. The list of Trailer Profiles is there is an option to create custom items to Profiles cannot be activated but most based on vehicle personalization settings. view in the checklist. The custom item will options can be edited. appear at the bottom of the checklist. Guest Trailer Trailer Brake Gain Memory Guest Trailer and No Trailer Connected If the Guest Trailer Profile is the active The system can memorize the brake gain Trailer Profile, trailer detection, connections If Guest Trailer Profile is active or if no setting of a Trailer Profile or a Guest Trailer status, theft, and the Tow/Haul reminder Profile. When a Trailer Profile or Guest trailer is connected, the checklist will show alerts can be sent. The system will not track all of the checklists associated with Custom Trailer Profile is selected, and a brake gain total mileage or fuel economy, but the setting is set for that Trailer Profile, a quick Trailer Profiles in addition to default system will track trip mileage and fuel checklists. notice will appear to indicate that the economy if the Guest Trailer Profile is active. system has recalled that profile’s brake gain Trailers View The Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System setting. or maintenance reminders cannot be set up Touch the Trailers tab to view, activate, for a Guest Trailer Profile. The Guest Trailer If a Trailer Profile is already active and the create, edit, or delete Trailer Profiles. Profile cannot be edited. brake gain setting had been set for that Trailer Profile, the quick notice will trigger If a trailer is connected, touch the Trailer Touch p to learn more about the Guest whenever the ignition is turned on. Profile name to activate a Trailer Profile. Trailer option. If there was an error in setting the brake There can be up to five Custom Trailer Accessory/No Trailer gain for a Trailer Profile, there will be a Profiles on the vehicle. If the Accessory/No Trailer Profile is active, notification. This pop-up will not appear if The Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest Trailer alerts will not be sent and the system will the Guest Trailer Profile is active or if there are in order of the most frequently used. not track mileage or fuel economy. The is no trailer connected. The Accessory/No Trailer profile is shown Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or Trailer brake gain should be set for a specific below the Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest maintenance reminders cannot be set up for trailering condition and must be adjusted Trailer Profile. the Accessory/No Trailer Profile. The anytime vehicle loading, trailer loading, Accessory/No Trailer profile cannot be or road surface conditions change. edited. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

304 Driving and Operating Editing a Trailer Profile Tire Pressure Setup On the Learn Sensors screen. Touch Relearn to overwrite the current sensors and begin Trailer Profile View Touch to set up the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TTPMS) for the Trailer the relearning process. See “Trailer Tire Touch to edit any of the following options Profile. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup” Pressure Setup” previously in this section. in the Trailer Profile view: previously in this section for details on the On the Learn Sensors screen, touch Next to . Trailer Name setup. Also, touch Tire Pressure Setup if the go to the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure . Towing Assistance Setup, if equipped trailer tires were rotated or if the tire screen. . Tire Pressure Setup, if equipped pressure sensors in the tires were replaced On the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure . Trailer Maintenance for this Trailer Profile. The vehicle will need screen, touch a number on the keypad to to relearn the tire sensors and their . Edit Mileage change the locations. . Reset Average Fuel Economy Recommended Tire Pressure for the trailer’s If TTPMS had been set up previously, the Touch Save to save the new value to the tires. This will change the number at which Select Number of Sensors screen will appear the vehicle displays alerts related to trailer Trailer Profile. Touching Back will still save after touching Tire Pressure Setup. If the the previously entered information. tire pressure. Touch Done to return to the number of sensors has changed, select the Trailer Profile view. Trailer Name number and touch Next. Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s name. Use If a new number of sensors is selected, the Trailer Maintenance at least one character and no spaces. Relearn Sensors pop-up will appear. Touch Touch to view a list of maintenance Touch Save. Cancel to go back or touch Relearn to reminders for the Trailer Profile. overwrite the current sensors and begin the Towing Assistance Setup relearning process. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Touch a reminder to view, reset, delete, A trailer should be connected to complete Setup” previously in this section. or edit it. this portion of profile setup. If number of sensors has not changed, touch Reset Reminder Touch to set up towing assistance features Next and the Learn sensors screen will Touch Maintenance Complete in the for the Trailer Profile. See "Towing appear. reminder view to reset the reminder. On the Assistance" for details on the setup. pop-up, touch Reset to reset the time and mileage values for the reminder. Touch Cancel to return to the previous view and nothing will change. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 305 Edit Reminder Effect on Maintenance Reminders Settings View Touch to edit the mileage or time settings If the mileage is reset or changed, and Within the Trailering App, touch the Settings for the reminder. Touch Save to save the mileage has already accumulated, any tab to modify the following settings: new settings to the Trailer Profile. maintenance reminders that have been set . Trailer Detection Alert up will be adjusted accordingly. Delete Reminder . Maintenance Alerts Touch to delete the maintenance reminder. Reset Average Fuel Economy . Theft Alert On the pop-up, touch Delete to delete the Touch to reset the average fuel economy for . Tow/Haul Mode Reminder reminder or touch Cancel to return to the the Trailer Profile. Touch Reset to change, previous view and nothing will change. or touch Cancel to go back to the Trailer Detection Alert New Maintenance Reminder previous view. The Trailer Detection Alert setting will be on Delete/Remove Trailer by default. Turn it off to disable the Trailer Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to set Detection pop-up from displaying when a up a new reminder. Suggested reminders Touch to remove the Trailer Profile and all trailer is connected. The Guest Trailer Profile that were previously set will have of its settings. will become the active Trailer Profile, unless checkmarks next to them. Suggested On the pop-up, touch Remove to remove the another Trailer Profile is selected manually reminders that have not been set will have Trailer Profile from the vehicle. Touch Cancel through the Trailering App. If this setting is empty boxes next to them. The maximum to dismiss the pop-up and return to the disabled while a Custom Trailer Profile is number of reminders is 50. previous view. active, that Trailer Profile will remain the Edit Mileage active profile until the trailer is Remove will be displayed if there is a disconnected. Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s mileage. connected OnStar plan active with the Touch Reset to reset trailer mileage to zero, vehicle. Removing a trailer profile will Maintenance Alerts or enter a new value and touch Save. remove the profile from the vehicle but the Touch Maintenance Alerts to view the Touching back will return to the Trailer profile will still be associated with the user Maintenance Alerts settings page. These Profile view. account. However, if there is not a alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, so the connected OnStar plan then the remove settings for each Trailer Profile must be button will read DELETE and the profile will turned on or off. Touch a profile to view be deleted permanently more information or adjust the setting for that profile. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

306 Driving and Operating The setting will be on by default for each connected service plan and the smartphone If Tow/Haul Mode is on and this setting is profile. All Maintenance Alerts for that active number has been added to the account for on for a Trailer Profile, the reminder will not Trailer Profile will be received. this notification. appear when the Trailer Profile is active. Turn a setting off to not receive any of the If the setting is turned off for a given Trailer Maintenance Alerts when that Trailer Profile Profile, the smartphone will not receive this Conversions and Add-Ons is active. security notification even if the Trailer Profile is active. Add-On Electrical Equipment Theft Alert A theft alert can be set if a trailer is Tow/Haul Mode Reminder { Warning connected and the alert is enabled. When This is a reminder to turn on the Tow/Haul The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for the trailer is disconnected and the vehicle is Mode when towing a trailer. See Tow/Haul 0 vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ off, an alarm will sound. Mode 235. Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Touch Theft Alert in Settings to view the Touch Tow/Haul Mode Reminder in Settings Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 110. Theft Alert settings page. These alerts are to view the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder A device connected to the DLC — such as based on the Trailer Profile, so the settings settings page. These alerts are based on the an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior for each Trailer Profile must be turned on or Trailer Profile, so the settings for each tracking device — may interfere with off. Touch a profile to view more Trailer Profile must be turned on or off. vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle information or adjust the setting for that Touch a profile to view more information or operation and cause a crash. Such devices profile. to adjust the setting for that profile. may also access information stored in the This setting will be off by default for each This setting will default to OFF for each vehicle’s systems. Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer Profile. Profile. Caution A smartphone will receive a notification that If Tow/Haul Mode is off and this setting is the trailer related to the selected Trailer on for a Trailer Profile, each time the Some electrical equipment can damage Profile is disconnected from the vehicle, ignition is turned on a reminder will appear the vehicle or cause components to not if the setting is on for the active Trailer to turn on Tow/Haul Mode when the Trailer work and would not be covered by the Profile, the vehicle has an OnStar or Profile is active. vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Driving and Operating 307

Warning Certain mobile radio equipment, like amplifiers and antennas used for two-way communication, can interfere with some vehicle systems. Always ensure this equipment is supplied with proper local grounding. Follow all of the instructions that came with the equipment and see your GM dealer for additional mobile radio installation instructions.

Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

308 Vehicle Care Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Tire Pressure ...... 346 Vehicle Care Check ...... 328 Tire Pressure for High-Speed Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 329 Operation ...... 347 General Information Glass Replacement ...... 330 Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 348 General Information ...... 309 Windshield Replacement ...... 330 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 349 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 309 Gas Strut(s) ...... 330 Tire Inspection ...... 351 California Perchlorate Materials Tire Rotation ...... 352 Requirements ...... 309 Headlamp Aiming When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 353 Accessories and Modifications ...... 309 Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 331 Buying New Tires ...... 353 Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 354 Doing Your Own Service Work ...... 310 Bulb Replacement ...... 331 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 355 Hood ...... 310 LED Lighting ...... 331 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 356 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 312 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Wheel Replacement ...... 356 Engine Oil ...... 315 Back-Up Lamps ...... 331 Tire Chains ...... 357 Engine Oil Life System ...... 316 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 357 Automatic Transmission Fluid ...... 317 Electrical System Tire Changing ...... 358 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 318 Electrical System Overload ...... 332 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 368 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 318 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 333 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 333 Jump Starting Cooling System ...... 319 Jump Starting - North America ...... 369 Engine Overheating ...... 322 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 337 Engine Fan ...... 324 Rear Compartment Fuse Block ...... 339 Towing the Vehicle Washer Fluid ...... 324 Wheels and Tires Towing the Vehicle ...... 372 Brakes ...... 324 Tires ...... 341 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 373 Brake Pad Life System ...... 325 All-Season Tires ...... 342 ...... 326 Appearance Care Winter Tires ...... 342 Exterior Care ...... 376 Battery - North America ...... 327 Low-Profile Tires ...... 342 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 327 Interior Care ...... 380 All-Terrain Tires ...... 342 Floor Mats ...... 383 Front Axle ...... 328 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 343 Rear Axle ...... 328 Tire Designations ...... 344 Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 344 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 309

General Information Warning (Continued) Accessories and Modifications For service and parts needs, visit your cancer and birth defects or other Adding non-dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehicle can affect dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many vehicle performance and safety, including and GM-trained and supported service parts and systems, many fluids, and people. such things as airbags, braking, stability, some component wear by-products ride and handling, emissions systems, Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: contain and/or emit these chemicals. For aerodynamics, durability, and electronic more information go to systems like antilock brakes, traction control, www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ and stability control. These accessories or passenger-vehicle. modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle See Battery - North America 0 327 and warranty. Jump Starting - North America 0 369 and the back cover. Damage to suspension components caused by modifying vehicle height outside of California Perchlorate Materials factory settings will not be covered by the Requirements vehicle warranty. Damage to vehicle components resulting Certain types of automotive applications, from modifications or the installation or use such as airbag initiators, seat belt of non-GM certified parts, including control pretensioners, and lithium batteries California Proposition 65 Warning module or software modifications, is not contained in electronic keys, may contain covered under the terms of the vehicle perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – warranty and may affect remaining { Warning special handling may apply. See warranty coverage for affected parts. Most motor vehicles, including this one, www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. GM Accessories are designed to complement as well as many of its service parts and and function with other systems on the fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the known to the State of California to cause vehicle using genuine GM Accessories (Continued) installed by a dealer technician. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

310 Vehicle Care Also, see Adding Equipment to the If equipped with remote vehicle start, open Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68. the hood before performing any service { Warning work to prevent remote starting the vehicle Components under the hood can get hot Vehicle Checks accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. from running the engine. To help avoid Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the risk of burning unprotected skin, Doing Your Own Service Work the mileage and the date of any service never touch these components until they work performed. See Maintenance Records have cooled, and always use a glove or { Warning 0 397. towel to avoid direct skin contact. It can be dangerous to work on your Caution Clear any snow from the hood before vehicle if you do not have the proper opening. knowledge, service manual, tools, Even small amounts of contamination can or parts. Always follow owner’s manual cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not To open the hood: procedures and consult the service allow contaminants to contact the fluids, 1. Pull the hood release lever with the reservoir caps, or dipsticks. manual for your vehicle before doing any i symbol. It is on the lower left side service work. of the instrument panel. Hood If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much { Warning more about how to service the vehicle than For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, this manual can. To order the proper service turn the vehicle off before opening the manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 408. hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will start when the hood is opened. You or This vehicle has an airbag system. Before others could be injured. attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 311 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate The Driver Information Center (DIC) will the secondary release lever under the display a message if the hood is not fully front center of the hood. Push the closed, and the vehicle is moving. Stop and secondary hood release lever to the right turn off the vehicle, check the hood for to release. obstructions, and close the hood again. 3. After you have partially lifted the hood, Check to see if the message still appears on the gas strut system will automatically the DIC. lift the hood and hold it in the fully open position. To close the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly, and all tools are removed. 2. Pull the hood down until the gas strut system is no longer holding up the hood. 3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary.

{ Warning Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block your vision, and cause a crash. You or others could be injured. Always close the hood completely before driving. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

312 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview

5.3L Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 313 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Starting - North America 0 369. Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 315. 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. Jump Starting - North America 0 369. See Cooling System 0 319. 3. Battery - North America 0 327. 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 318. 4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 333. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine 326. Oil” under Engine Oil 0 315. 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer 0 Cooling System 0 319. Fluid 324. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

314 Vehicle Care

6.2L V8 Engine 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. Starting - North America 0 369. Oil” under Engine Oil 0 315. See Cooling System 0 319. 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 318. 0 0 Jump Starting - North America 369. Cooling System 319. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 3. Battery - North America 0 327. 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add 0 326. 0 4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 333. Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 315. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 315 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Checking Engine Oil dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Check the engine oil level regularly, every Fluid 0 324. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long and check the level. Engine Oil trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 312 for When to Add Engine Oil For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” the location. in the Duramax diesel supplement. To ensure proper engine performance and { Warning long life, careful attention must be paid to The engine oil dipstick handle may be engine oil. Following these simple, but hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or important steps will help protect your glove to touch the dipstick handle. investment: . Use engine oil approved to the proper If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at specification and of the proper viscosity message displays, check the oil level. the tip of the dipstick and the engine has grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 Oil” in this section. Follow these guidelines: qt) of the recommended oil and then . To get an accurate reading, park the . Check the engine oil level regularly and recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right maintain the proper oil level. See vehicle on level ground. Check the engine Engine Oil” later in this section for an “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add oil level after the engine has been off for explanation of what kind of oil to use. For Engine Oil” in this section. at least two hours. Checking the engine engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities oil level on steep grades or too soon after and Specifications 0 398. . Change the engine oil at the appropriate 0 engine shutoff can result in incorrect time. See Engine Oil Life System 316. readings. Accuracy improves when Caution . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See checking a cold engine prior to starting. Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above “What to Do with Used Oil” in this Remove the dipstick and check the level. section. or below the acceptable operating range . If unable to wait two hours, the engine shown on the dipstick are harmful to the must be off for at least 15 minutes if the engine. If the oil level is above the engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if operating range (i.e., the engine has so the engine is not warm. Pull out the (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

316 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine much oil that the oil level gets above the damage not covered by the vehicle cross-hatched area that shows the proper warranty. operating range), the engine could be damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit What to Do with Used Oil driving of the vehicle, and seek a service Used engine oil contains certain elements professional to remove the excess oil. Caution that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil 0 Failure to use the recommended engine See Engine Compartment Overview 312 for oil or equivalent can result in engine stay on your skin for very long. Clean your the location of the engine oil fill cap. skin and nails with soap and water, or a damage not covered by the vehicle good hand cleaner. Wash or properly Add enough oil to put the level somewhere warranty. in the proper operating range. Push the dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings dipstick all the way back in when through. Viscosity Grade about the use and disposal of oil products. Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil. Selecting the Right Engine Oil Used oil can be a threat to the environment. Selecting the right engine oil depends on When selecting an oil of the appropriate If you change your own oil, be sure to drain both the proper oil specification and viscosity grade, it is recommended to select all the oil from the filter before disposal. viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids an oil of the correct specification. See Never dispose of oil by putting it in the and Lubricants 0 395. “Specification” earlier in this section. trash or pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Specification Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes Recycle it by taking it to a place that Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the Do not add anything to the oil. The collects used oil. dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have recommended oils meeting the dexos1 been approved by GM as meeting the specification are all that is needed for good Engine Oil Life System dexos1 specification are marked with the performance and engine protection. dexos1 approved logo. When to Change Engine Oil This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 317 factors which include engine revolutions, If the system is ever reset accidentally, the 3. If the display changes to 100%, the engine temperature, and miles driven. Based oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) system is reset. on driving conditions, the mileage at which since the last oil change. Remember to reset If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL an oil change is indicated can vary the oil life system whenever the oil is SOON message and it comes back on when considerably. For the oil life system to work changed. the vehicle is started and/or the oil properly, the system must be reset every How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System life percentage is near 0%, the engine oil time the oil is changed. life system has not been reset. Repeat the On some vehicles, when the system has Reset the system whenever the engine oil is procedure. calculated that oil life has been diminished, changed so that the system can calculate a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes the next engine oil change. Always reset the Automatic Transmission Fluid on to indicate that an oil change is engine oil life to 100% after every oil necessary. Change the oil as soon as change. It will not reset itself. To reset the When to Check and Change Automatic possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). engine oil life system: Transmission Fluid It is possible that, if driving under the best 1. Display the oil life percentage on the It is usually not necessary to check the conditions, the oil life system might indicate DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) transmission fluid level. The only reason for that an oil change is not necessary for up to 0 119. fluid loss is a transmission leak or a year. The engine oil and filter must be 2. Press the thumbwheel on the steering overheated transmission. This vehicle is not changed at least once a year and, at this wheel, or the trip odometer reset stem if equipped with a transmission fluid level time, the system must be reset. For vehicles the vehicle does not have DIC controls, dipstick. There is a special procedure for without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON for several seconds. When the checking and changing the transmission fluid message, an oil change is needed when the confirmation message displays, select in these vehicles. Because this procedure is REMAINING OIL LIFE percentage is near 0%. YES. The oil life will change to 100%. difficult, this should be done at the dealer. Your dealer has trained service people who Contact the dealer for additional information will perform this work and reset the system. The oil life system can also be reset as or the procedure can be found in the service It is also important to check the oil regularly follows: manual. See Publication Ordering over the course of an oil drain interval and 1. Display the oil life percentage on the Information 0 408. keep it at the proper level. DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly three times within five seconds. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

318 Vehicle Care

Caution When the DIC displays a message to replace When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ the engine air filter soon, replace the engine Filter Use of the incorrect automatic air filter at the earliest convenience. transmission fluid may damage the If the vehicle is not equipped with the The system must be reset after the engine vehicle, and the damage may not be engine air filter life system see Maintenance air filter is changed. 0 covered by the vehicle warranty. Always Schedule 386 for intervals on inspecting use the correct automatic transmission If the DIC displays a message to check the and replacing the engine air cleaner filter. fluid. See Recommended Fluids and engine air filter system, see your dealer. How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air Lubricants 0 395. How to Reset the Engine Air Filter Life Cleaner/Filter System Change the fluid and filter at the scheduled Do not start the engine or have the engine maintenance intervals listed in Maintenance To reset: running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before removing the engine Schedule 0 386. Be sure to use the 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park). transmission fluid listed in Recommended air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine 2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See Fluids and Lubricants 0 395. air cleaner/filter housing and nearby Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. components are free of dirt and debris. Do Engine Air Filter Life System 3. Press the thumbwheel on the steering not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or wheel to move to the Reset/Disable components with water or compressed air. If equipped, this feature provides the engine display area. Select Reset then press the To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ air filter’s remaining life and best timing for thumbwheel for several seconds. a change. The timing to change an engine filter: air filter depends on driving and 4. Press the thumbwheel to confirm the environmental conditions. reset. When to Change the Engine Air Filter Engine Air Cleaner/Filter When the Driver Information Center (DIC) The engine air cleaner/filter is on the driver displays a message to replace the engine air side of the engine compartment. See Engine filter at the next oil change, follow this Compartment Overview 0 312. timing. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 319 3. Lower the cover, slide it into the The cooling system allows the engine to assembly, then secure with the three maintain the correct working temperature. screws. 4. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life system after replacing the engine air filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 318.

{ Warning Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Use caution when working 5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.2L V8 Engine Similar on the engine. Do not start the engine or 1. Remove the three screws, tilt the cover, drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ and slide it out of the assembly. filter off, as flames may be present if the 5.3L V8 Engine engine backfires. { Warning 1. Engine Electric Cooling Fans (Out of View) If part replacement is necessary, the part Caution 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap must be replaced with one of the same part number or with an equivalent part. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can Use of a replacement part without the easily get into the engine, which could same fit, form, and function may result damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ in personal injury or damage to the filter in place when driving. vehicle. Cooling System 2. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel filter. engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

320 Vehicle Care

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Do not touch heater, radiator, a/c pipes the wrong mixture, the engine could get or hoses, or other engine parts. They can too hot but there would not be an be very hot and can burn you. Do not overheat warning. The engine could catch run the engine if there is a leak; all fire and you or others could be burned. coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable leak before driving the vehicle. water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C Engine Coolant (−34 °F), outside temperature. The cooling system in the vehicle is filled . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C 6.2L V8 Engine with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant (265 °F), engine temperature. is designed to remain in the vehicle for . Protects against rust and corrosion. 1. Engine Electric Cooling Fans (Out 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), . Will not damage aluminum parts. of View) whichever occurs first. 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap . Helps keep the proper engine The following explains the cooling system temperature. { Warning and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine Caution An underhood electric fan can start up overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 322. Do not use anything other than a mix of even when the engine is not running and What to Use DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable and tools away from any underhood water. Anything else can cause damage { Warning electric fan. to the engine cooling system and the Plain water, or other liquids such as vehicle, which would not be covered by alcohol, can boil before the proper the vehicle warranty. coolant mixture will. With plain water or (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 321 Never dispose of engine coolant by putting Check to see if coolant is visible in the it in the trash, or by pouring it on the coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the { Warning ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of coolant surge tank is boiling, wait until it Plain water, or other liquids such as water. Have the coolant changed by an cools down. The coolant level should be at alcohol, can boil before the proper authorized service center, familiar with legal or above the indicated mark. If it is not, coolant mixture will. With plain water or requirements regarding used coolant there may be a leak in the cooling system. the wrong mixture, the engine could get disposal. This will help protect the If coolant is visible but the coolant level is too hot but there would not be an environment and your health. not at or above the indicated mark, see the overheat warning. The engine could catch Checking Coolant following sections on how to add coolant to fire and you or others could be burned. the coolant surge tank following. The coolant surge tank is in the engine compartment on the driver side of the How to Add Coolant to the Coolant { Warning vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview Surge Tank 0 312. Steam and scalding liquids from a hot If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see cooling system are under pressure. The vehicle must be on a level surface when “Cooling System” in the Duramax diesel Turning the pressure cap, even a little, checking the coolant level. supplement for the proper coolant fill can cause them to come out at high procedure. speed and you could be burned. Never { Warning turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can for the cooling system and pressure cap burn you. Coolant contains ethylene to cool. glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough.

5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.2L V8 Engine Similar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

322 Vehicle Care

Caution 4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap Engine Overheating off, start the engine and let it run until Failure to follow the specific coolant fill the engine coolant temperature gauge Caution procedure could cause the engine to indicates approximately 90 °C (195 °F). overheat and could cause system Do not run the engine if there is a leak By this time, the coolant level inside the in the engine cooling system. This can damage. If coolant is not visible in the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the surge tank, contact your dealer. cause a loss of all coolant and can level is lower, add more of the proper damage the system and vehicle. Have mixture to the coolant surge tank until any leaks fixed right away. If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add the level reaches the indicated mark. coolant. 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. The vehicle has several indicators to warn of 6. Verify coolant level after the engine is engine overheating. shut off and the coolant is cold. There is a coolant temperature gauge and a If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure engine coolant temperature warning light in Steps 1–6. the vehicle's instrument cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 107 andEngine Caution Coolant Temperature Warning Light 0 115. 1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, cap when the cooling system, including In addition, there are ENGINE OVERHEATED coolant loss and engine damage may STOP ENGINE, ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE the coolant surge tank pressure cap and occur. Be sure the cap is properly and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED tightly secured. messages in the Driver Information Turn the pressure cap slowly Center (DIC). counterclockwise about one full turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. If the decision is made not to lift the hood A hiss means there is still some when this warning appears, get service help pressure left. right away. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, If the decision is made to lift the hood, and remove it. make sure the vehicle is parked on a level 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the surface. See Roadside Assistance Program proper mixture to the full cold mark. 0 404. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 323 Check to see if the engine cooling fan(s) are If No Steam is Coming from the Engine If the engine coolant temperature gauge is running. If the engine is overheating, the Compartment no longer in the overheat zone or an fans should be running. If they are not, do overheat warning no longer displays, the not continue to run the engine. Have the The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle serviced. the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a message, along with a low coolant safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in Caution condition, can indicate a serious problem. front. If the warning does not come back on, Do not run the engine if there is a leak If there is an engine overheat warning, but continue to drive normally and have the in the engine cooling system. This can no steam is seen or heard, the problem may cooling system checked for proper fill and cause a loss of all coolant and can not be too serious. Sometimes the engine function. damage the system and vehicle. Have can get a little too hot when the vehicle: If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and any leaks fixed right away. . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. park the vehicle right away. . Stops after high-speed driving. If there is still no sign of steam and the If Steam is Coming from the Engine . Idles for long periods in traffic. vehicle is equipped with an engine driven Compartment . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing 0 284. cooling fan, push down the accelerator until the engine speed is about twice as fast as { Warning If the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE normal idle speed for at least five minutes Steam and scalding liquids from a hot message appears with no sign of steam, try while the vehicle is parked. If the warning is cooling system are under pressure. this for a minute or so: still there, turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it Turning the pressure cap, even a little, 1. Turn the air conditioning off. can cause them to come out at high cools down. 2. Turn the heater on to the highest speed and you could be burned. Never If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine temperature and to the highest fan for five minutes while parked. If the warning turn the cap when the cooling system, speed. Open the windows as necessary. including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait is still displayed, turn off the engine until it for the cooling system and pressure cap 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the cools down. road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and to cool. let the engine idle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

324 Vehicle Care

Engine Fan Adding Washer Fluid Caution (Continued) If the vehicle has electric cooling fans, the The vehicle has a low washer fluid message . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) fans may be heard spinning at low speed on the DIC that comes on when the washer in the windshield washer. It can during most everyday driving. The fans may fluid is low. The message is displayed for damage the windshield washer system turn off if no cooling is required. Under 15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle. and paint. heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message displays, washer fluid will need to . Do not mix water with ready-to-use outside temperatures, or operation of the air washer fluid. Water can cause the conditioning system, the fans may change be added to the windshield washer fluid reservoir. solution to freeze and damage the to high speed and an increase in fan noise washer fluid tank and other parts of may be heard. This is normal and indicates the washer system. that the cooling system is functioning properly. The fans will change to low speed . When using concentrated washer fluid, when additional cooling is no longer follow the manufacturer instructions required. for adding water. The electric engine cooling fans may run . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. after the engine has been turned. off. This is Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. normal and no service is required. This allows for fluid expansion if Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See freezing occurs, which could damage 0 Engine Compartment Overview 312 for the tank if it is completely full. Washer Fluid reservoir location. What to Use Caution Brakes When windshield washer fluid needs to be . Do not use washer fluid that contains pads have built-in wear indicators added, be sure to read the manufacturer's any type of water repellent coating. that make a high-pitched warning sound instructions before use. Use a fluid that has This can cause the wiper blades to when the brake pads are worn and new sufficient protection against freezing in an chatter or skip. pads are needed. The sound can come and area where the temperature may fall below (Continued) go or be heard all the time the vehicle is freezing. moving, except when applying the brake pedal firmly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 325 Brake Pedal Travel Brake pads should always be replaced as { Warning complete axle sets. See your dealer if the brake pedal does not The brake wear warning sound means return to normal height, or if there is a How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System that soon the brakes will not work well. rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be That could lead to a crash. When the a sign that brake service may be required. The system will automatically detect when brake wear warning sound is heard, have significantly worn brake pads are replaced. the vehicle serviced. Replacing Brake System Parts When the ignition is turned on after new pads and wear sensors are installed, a Always replace brake system parts with message will display. Follow the prompts to new, approved replacement parts. If this is reset the system. Caution not done, the brakes may not work Continuing to drive with worn-out brake properly. The braking performance expected The brake pad life system can also be pads could result in costly brake repair. can change in many other ways if the manually reset: wrong replacement brake parts are installed 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See Some driving conditions or climates can or parts are improperly installed. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied. This does not Brake Pad Life System 2. Press the thumbwheel or the trip mean something is wrong with the brakes. odometer reset stem if the vehicle does When to Change Brake Pads not have DIC buttons. Select front or rear Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary pads as appropriate. to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires This vehicle has a system that estimates the remaining life of the front and rear brake 3. Select YES on the confirmation message, are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and or press the trip odometer reset stem on evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper pads. Brake pad life is displayed in the Driver Information Center (DIC), along with a base level DIC. Repeat for pads on the sequence to torque specifications in other axle if they were also replaced. Capacities and Specifications 0 398. a percentage for each axle. The system must be reset every time the brake pads are How to Disable the Brake Pad Life Brake linings should always be replaced as changed. complete axle sets. System When the system has determined that the The brake pad life system can be turned off. brake pads need to be replaced, a message This may be necessary if aftermarket brake will display, which may include mileage pads without wear sensors are installed. remaining. When the system is turned off, the front Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

326 Vehicle Care and rear brake pad life percentages will not Checking Brake Fluid { Warning display. However, the built-in wear With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level indicators that make a high-pitched warning surface, the brake fluid level should be If too much brake fluid is added, it can sound when the brake pads are worn can between the minimum and maximum marks spill on the engine and burn, if the still determine when the pads should be engine is hot enough. You or others could 0 on the brake fluid reservoir. replaced. See Brakes 324. be burned, and the vehicle could be There are only two reasons why the brake damaged. Add brake fluid only when To turn off the brake pad life system: fluid level in the reservoir may go down: 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See work is done on the brake hydraulic 0 . Normal brake lining wear. When new system. Driver Information Center (DIC) 119. linings are installed, the fluid level goes 2. Select DISABLE. back up. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, To turn the brake pad life system back on, . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. the brake warning light comes on. See Brake follow the above steps but select ENABLE in Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. System Warning Light 0 111. Step 2. With a leak, the brakes will not work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time which Brake Fluid degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals and the area around the cap before to prevent increased stopping distance. See removing it. Maintenance Schedule 0 386. Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid What to Add does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid much fluid when new brake linings are from a clean, sealed container. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 395. The brake reservoir is filled installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as only when work is done on the brake { indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine hydraulic system. Warning Compartment Overview 0 312 for the The wrong or contaminated brake fluid location of the reservoir. could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 327 If available, use the AGM setting on the Vehicle Storage Warning (Continued) charger, to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts. braking leading to a possible injury. Follow the charger manufacturer's { Warning instructions. Always use the proper GM approved Batteries have acid that can burn you and brake fluid. Stop/Start System gas that can explode. You can be badly This vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Caution off the engine to help conserve fuel. See Starting - North America 0 369 for tips Stop/Start System 0 229. on working around a battery without If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's getting hurt. painted surfaces, the paint finish can be { Warning damaged. Immediately wash off any Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and painted surface. negative (−) cable from the battery to keep related accessories contain lead and lead the battery from running down. Battery - North America compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and Extended Storage: Remove the black, The original equipment battery is birth defects or other reproductive harm. negative (−) cable from the battery or use a maintenance free. Do not remove the cap Batteries also contain other chemicals battery trickle charger. and do not add fluid. known to the State of California to cause Four-Wheel Drive Refer to the replacement number shown on cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. the original battery label when a new For more information go to Transfer Case battery is needed. See Engine Compartment www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ When to Check Lubricant Overview 0 312 for battery location. passenger-vehicle. 0 The vehicle has an Absorbed Glass Mat Refer to Maintenance Schedule 386 to 0 (AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation of a See California Proposition 65 Warning 309 determine when to check the lubricant. standard 12-volt battery will result in and the back cover. reduced 12-volt battery life. When using a 12-volt battery charger on the 12-volt AGM battery, some chargers have an AGM battery setting on the charger. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

328 Vehicle Care How to Check Lubricant What to Use indicate a problem. Have it inspected and Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants repaired. This service can be complex. See 0 395 to determine what kind of lubricant your dealer. to use. Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. Front Axle High pressure water can overcome the seals When to Check Lubricant and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer It is not necessary to regularly check the case and/or drive axles and should be front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or replaced. an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it inspected and Park Brake and P (Park) repaired. This service can be complex. See Mechanism Check your dealer. 1. Fill Plug Do not directly power wash the transfer { Warning 2. Drain Plug case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals When you are doing this check, the To get an accurate reading, the vehicle and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated vehicle could begin to move. You or should be on a level surface. fluid will decrease the life of the transfer others could be injured and property If the level is below the bottom of the fill case and/or drive axles and should be could be damaged. Make sure there is plug (1) hole, located on the transfer case, replaced. room in front of the vehicle in case it some lubricant will need to be added. Add begins to roll. Be ready to apply the enough lubricant to raise the level to the Rear Axle regular brake at once should the vehicle bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use care not When to Check Lubricant begin to move. to overtighten the plug. It is not necessary to regularly check the Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle When to Change Lubricant rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 386 to an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could regular brake, set the parking brake. determine how often to change the lubricant. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 329 . To check the parking brake's holding Front Wiper Blade Replacement 1. With the rear wiper in the off position, ability: With the engine running and the open the liftglass to access the rear To replace the wiper blade assembly: transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove wiper arm/blade. 1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away foot pressure from the regular brake The rear wiper blade will not lock in a from the windshield. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by vertical position so use care when pulling the parking brake only. it away from the vehicle. . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake. Contact your dealer if service is required. Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking. For the proper type and size, see 2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 396. the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out 2. Press the button in the middle of the of the blade assembly (3). Caution wiper arm connector, and pull the wiper 3. Push the new blade assembly securely in Allowing the wiper arm to touch the blade away from the arm connector. the wiper arm hook until the release windshield when no wiper blade is 3. Remove the wiper blade. lever clicks into place. installed could damage the windshield. 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade 4. Return the wiper arm and blade Any damage that occurs would not be replacement. assembly to the rest position on the covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not glass. Rear Wiper Blade Replacement allow the wiper arm to touch the windshield. To replace the rear wiper blade: Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

330 Vehicle Care Glass Replacement Gas Strut(s) If the windshield or front side glass must be This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to replaced, see your dealer to determine the provide assistance in lifting and holding correct replacement glass. open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position. Windshield Replacement HUD System { Warning If the gas struts that hold open the hood, The windshield is part of the HUD system. trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others If the windshield must be replaced, get one that is designed for HUD or the HUD image could be seriously injured. Take the may look out of focus. vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas Hood Driver Assistance Systems struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other If the windshield needs to be replaced and damage periodically. Check to make sure the vehicle is equipped with a front camera the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a enough force. If struts are failing to hold GM replacement windshield is the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. recommended. The replacement windshield Have the vehicle serviced. must be installed according to GM specifications for proper alignment. If it is not, these systems may not work properly, Caution they may display messages, or they may Do not apply tape or hang any objects not work at all. See your dealer for proper from gas struts. Also do not push down windshield replacement. or pull on gas struts. This may cause damage to the vehicle. Trunk See Maintenance Schedule 0 386. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 331 Bulb Replacement Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, For the proper type of replacement bulbs, and Back-Up Lamps or any bulb changing procedure not listed in Base Level Taillamp Assembly this section, contact your dealer. Caution Do not replace incandescent bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can cause damage to the vehicle electrical system.

Liftgate LED Lighting This vehicle has several LED lamps. For Headlamp Aiming replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer. Front Headlamp Aiming 1. Stop Lamp Headlamp aim has been preset and should 2. Turn Signal Lamp need no further adjustment. 3. Back-Up Lamp If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the It is recommended to replace the grommets headlamp aim may be affected. when replacing a bulb. See your dealer. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer. To replace one of these bulbs: 1. Open the liftgate. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

332 Vehicle Care 3. Remove the lower taillamp closeout cover from the taillamp assembly by pulling rearward from the top and bottom to disengage the clips.

2. Remove the middle trim piece by pulling 5. Pull the rear lamp assembly rearward to towards the center of the vehicle to remove it from the vehicle. disengage the clips. 6. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise. 7. Pull the bulb straight out from the 4. Remove the two rear lamp assembly socket. screws. 8. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–6 to reinstall. Electrical System Electrical System Overload The vehicle has fuses to protect against an electrical system overload. Fuses also protect power devices in the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/20/20

Vehicle Care 333 Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the If the overload is caused by an electrical identical size and rating. problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get { Warning If there is a problem on the road and a fuse it fixed. Installation or use of fuses that do not needs to be replaced, there are some spare Fuses and Circuit Breakers meet GM’s original fuse specifications is fuses and a fuse puller in the left dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result instrument panel fuse block. The The wiring circuits in the vehicle are in a fire. You or others could be injured same amperage fuse can also be borrowed. protected from short circuits by a or killed, and the vehicle could be Choose some feature of the vehicle that is combination of fuses and circuit breakers. damaged. not needed to use and replace it as soon as This greatly reduces the chance of damage possible. caused by electrical problems. See Accessories and Modifications 0 309 and General Information 0 309. Headlamp Wiring { Danger To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored An electrical overload may cause the lamps Fuses and circuit breakers are marked band inside the fuse. If the band is broken to go on and off, or in some cases to with their ampere rating. Do not exceed or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring the specified amperage rating when replace a bad fuse with a new one of the checked right away if the lamps go on and identical size and rating. off or remain off. replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can Fuses of the same amperage can be Windshield Wipers result in a vehicle fire. You and others temporarily borrowed from another fuse If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy could be seriously injured or killed. location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop as soon as possible. until the motor cools and will then restart. Engine Compartment Fuse Block Although the circuit is protected from The engine compartment fuse block is in the electrical overload, overload due to heavy engine compartment, on the driver side of snow or ice may cause wiper linkage the vehicle. damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the windshield wipers. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/20/20

334 Vehicle Care

Lift the cover to access the fuse block. Caution Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 335 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

336 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 1 – 24 EBCM 47 OBD engine 2 – 25 REC 1 48 – 3 – 26 Camera wash 49 TCM 4 – 27 Horn 50 A/C 6 ELM 7 28 Headlamp RT 51 TCCM 7 ELM 4 29 Headlamp LT 52 Front wiper 8 – 30 ELM 3 53 – 9 ELM 5 31 ELM 1 54 Left taillamps 10 ELM 6 32 – 55 Trailer back up lamp 11 Spare 33 Not R/C 56 SADS 12 – 34 – 57 Spare 13 Washer front 37 OBD body 58 Starter motor 14 Washer rear 38 MISC body 60 AFM 1 15 Rec 2 39 Upfitter 61 ALC main 16 Power sounder 40 MISC IP 62 ICCM/CVS/DEF 17 Spare 41 Trailer parking lamps 63 Trailer brake 19 DC/AC inverter 42 Right taillamp 65 AUX UEC 20 IECR 2 44 Trailer tow 66 Left cool fan motor 21 – 45 Secondary axle motor 67 AFM2 22 IECL 2 46 ECM ignition 68 ALC motor Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 337

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Block 69 Starter pinion 89 02 A sensor 71 Cool fan motor lower 90 Injector A odd 72 Right cool fan motor/ 91 ECM throttle control Lower 92 Cool fan clutch AERO 73 Left trailer stop shutter turn lamp 74 TIM 2 Relays Usage 75 DEFC 5 – 76 ELEC RNG BDS 18 DC/AC inverter 78 ECM 23 – The right instrument panel fuse block access 35 Park lamp 79 – door is on the passenger side edge of the 80 Cabin cool pump 17W 36 Run/Crank instrument panel. 81 Right trailer stop 43 Secondary axle motor Pull off the cover to access the fuse block. turn lamp 59 A/C clutch 82 TIM 1 64 Starter motor 83 FTZM 70 Starter pinion 84 Trailer battery 77 Powertrain 85 Engine 86 ECM 87 Injector B even 88 02 B sensor Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

338 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage F1 Right door F2 Left door F3 UGDO/OHC/camera F4 BCM 2 F5 Displays F6 Front blower F8 Left door panel F10 Tilt/column lock F11 USB/DLC F12 CGM/onstar F14 Right door panel F17 Steering wheel control F18 AVM 1 F19 – F20 – F21 – F22 Heated wheel There are relays on the back of the fuse The vehicle may not be equipped with all of block. To access, press the tabs and remove the fuses, relays, and features shown. F23 – the fuse block. F24 – F25 SEO/UPFITTER Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 339

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Rear Compartment Fuse Block F26 USB/SEO RAP F52 – F27 APO/RAP F53 – F28 Spare F54 Sunroof F30 SDM AOS F55 APO 3 F31 BCM 3 F56 DC/DC CNV BATT 1 F32 CSM/USB F57 DC/DC CNV BATT 2 F33 BCM 4 F58 Spare F34 Out of park F59 – F40 – Circuit Usage The rear compartment fuse block is behind F41 – Breakers the access panel on the left side of the F42 Electric park brake switch CBO1 APO1 compartment. F43 RSE CBO2 APO2 Pull the panel out by grabbing the finger F44 AVM 2 access slot at the rear edge. F45 Radio module Relays Usage F46 BCM 1A K1 – F47 – K2 RAP/ACCY 1 F48 TCM K4 RAP/ACCY 2 F49 BCM 1 K5 – F50 DMS F51 – Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

340 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F01 RFA F19 Motor seatbelt driver F02 WCM F20 Rear defogger F03 Heated seat module row 1 F21 – (Battery 1) F22 Rear HVAC display control F04 MSM driver F23 EOCM F05 – F24 Amp aux 3 F06 – F25 OBS DET F07 Amp aux 2 F26 RDCM F08 – F27 Amp aux 1 F09 SEO UPFTR 2 F28 VPM F10 Motor seatbelt passenger F29 – F11 Power folding seat row 2 F30 – F12 GBS F31 Amp F13 – F32 – F14 – F33 ICCM F15 Heated seat module row 1 F34 Heated seat module row 2 (Battery 2) F35 HFCR The vehicle may not be equipped with all of F16 RH CINCH latch F36 ELM the fuses, relays, and features shown. F17 Memory seat module passenger F37 – F18 Rear wiper F38 Power slide console Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 341

Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) F39 – Tires maintain the recommended F40 – pressure. Tire pressure should be Every new GM vehicle has high-quality checked when the tires are cold. F41 – tires made by a leading tire F42 – manufacturer. See the warranty manual . Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by F43 UPA for information regarding the tire warranty and where to get service. For a sudden impact — such as when F44 – additional information refer to the tire hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the F45 AFL AHL manufacturer. recommended pressure. F46 Rear HVAC blower motor . Worn or old tires can cause a { F47 LH CINCH latch Warning crash. If the tread is badly worn, . Poorly maintained and improperly replace them. F48 Power seat recline module used tires are dangerous. . Replace any tires that have been F49 Lift glass . Overloading the tires can cause damaged by impacts with F50 Driver power seat overheating as a result of too potholes, curbs, etc. F51 Power liftgate module much flexing. There could be a . Improperly repaired tires can cause F52 Passenger power seat blowout and a serious crash. See a crash. Only the dealer or an Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. K53 – authorized tire service center . Underinflated tires pose the same should repair, replace, dismount, K54 – danger as overloaded tires. The and mount the tires. K55 L/GLASS resulting crash could cause serious (Continued) injury. Check all tires frequently to (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

342 Vehicle Care offer the same level of traction or tires. If winter tires with a lower speed Warning (Continued) performance as winter tires on snow or rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's . Do not spin the tires in excess of ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 342. maximum speed capability. 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, Winter Tires Low-Profile Tires etc. Excessive spinning may cause This vehicle was not originally equipped If the vehicle has 275/55R20 or 275/ the tires to explode. with winter tires. Winter tires are designed 50R22 size tires, they are classified as for increased traction on snow and low-profile tires. See Tire Pressure for High-Speed ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter Operation 0 347 for inflation pressure tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice Caution adjustment for high-speed driving. or snow covered roads is expected. See your dealer for details regarding winter tire Low-profile tires are more susceptible to damage from road hazards or curb impact All-Season Tires availability and proper tire selection. Also, see Buying New Tires 0 353. than standard profile tires. Tire and/or This vehicle may come with all-season tires. wheel assembly damage can occur when These tires are designed to provide good With winter tires, there may be decreased coming into contact with road hazards overall performance on most road surfaces dry road traction, increased road noise, and like potholes, or sharp edged objects, shorter tread life. After changing to winter and weather conditions. Original equipment or when sliding into a curb. The warranty tires designed to GM's specific tire tires, be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking. does not cover this type of damage. Keep performance criteria have a TPC specification tires set to the correct inflation pressure code molded onto the sidewall. Original If using winter tires: and when possible, avoid contact with equipment all-season tires can be identified . Use tires of the same brand and tread curbs, potholes, and other road hazards. by the last two characters of this TPC code, type on all four wheel positions. which will be “MS.” . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, All-Terrain Tires Consider installing winter tires on the load range, and speed rating as the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or original equipment tires. This vehicle may have all-terrain or ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires mud-terrain tires. These tires provide good Winter tires with the same speed rating as performance on most road surfaces, weather provide adequate performance for most the original equipment tires may not be winter driving conditions, but they may not conditions, and for off-road driving. See available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated Off-Road Driving 0 216. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 343 The tread pattern on these tires may wear height, aspect ratio, construction type, (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : more unevenly than other tires. Consider and service description. See the "Tire The letters and numbers following the rotating the tires more frequently than at Size" illustration in this section. DOT code are the TIN. The TIN shows 12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular the manufacturer and plant code, tire wear is noted when the tires are inspected. (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria See Tire Inspection 0 351. Specification) : Original equipment tires size, and date the tire was designed to GM's specific tire manufactured. The TIN is molded onto Tire Sidewall Labeling performance criteria have a TPC both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of Useful information about a tire is specification code molded onto the manufacture. molded into the sidewall. The example sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet shows a typical passenger vehicle tire or exceed all federal safety guidelines. (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord sidewall. (3) DOT (Department of and number of plies in the sidewall and Transportation) : The Department of under the tread. Transportation (DOT) code indicates that (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading the tire is in compliance with the U.S. (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are Department of Transportation Motor required to grade tires based on three Vehicle Safety Standards. performance factors: tread wear, DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last traction, and temperature resistance. For more information, see Uniform Tire four digits of the Tire Identification 0 Number indicate the tire manufactured Quality Grading 355. date. The first two digits represent the (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load week and the last two digits, the year. Limit : Maximum load that can be For example, the third week of the year carried and the maximum pressure Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire 2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of needed to support that load. For 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday information on recommended tire (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a through Saturday) of each year. pressure see Tire Pressure 0 346 and combination of letters and numbers Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. used to define a particular tire's width, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

344 Vehicle Care (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use a passenger vehicle tire engineered to tire is certified to carry. The speed temporary spare tire until the road tire standards set by the U.S. Tire and rating is the maximum speed a tire is is repaired and replaced. This spare tire Association. certified to carry a load. should not be driven on over 112 km/h (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number Tire Terminology and Definitions (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when indicates the tire section width in pulling a trailer, with the proper millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Air Pressure : The amount of air inside inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare the tire pressing outward on each Tire 0 368. (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that square inch of the tire. Air pressure is indicates the tire height-to-width expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi Tire Designations measurements. For example, if the tire (pounds per square inch). size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in Tire Size item (3) of the illustration, it would Accessory Weight : The combined The example shows a typical passenger mean that the tire's sidewall is weight of optional accessories. Some vehicle tire size. 75 percent as high as it is wide. examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power (4) Construction Code : A letter code is windows, power seats, and air used to indicate the type of ply conditioning. construction in the tire. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a "D" means diagonal or bias ply tire's height to its width. construction. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the between the plies and the tread. Cords (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The wheel in inches. may be made from steel or other United States version of a metric tire reinforcing materials. (6) Service Description : These sizing system. The letter "P" as the first Bead : The tire bead contains steel character in the tire size means a characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire. The load index wires wrapped by steel cords that hold represents the load carrying capacity a the tire onto the rim. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 345 Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The the plies are laid at alternate angles for the front axle. See Vehicle Load sum of curb weight, accessory weight, less than 90 degrees to the centerline Limits 0 222. vehicle capacity weight, and production of the tread. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating options weight. Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Normal Occupant Weight : The number pressure in a tire, measured in kPa Limits 0 222. of occupants a vehicle is designed to (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See inch) before a tire has built up heat Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. 0 of an asymmetrical tire that must from driving. See Tire Pressure 346. always face outward when mounted on Occupant Distribution : Designated Curb Weight : The weight of a motor a vehicle. seating positions. vehicle with standard and optional Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of equipment including the maximum pressure. an asymmetrical tire that has a capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but particular side that faces outward when without passengers and cargo. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used on light duty trucks and some mounted on a vehicle. The side of the DOT Markings : A code molded into the multipurpose passenger vehicles. tire that contains a whitewall, bears sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire white lettering, or bears manufacturer, is in compliance with the U.S. Load Index : An assigned number brand, and/or model name molding Department of Transportation (DOT) ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds that is higher or deeper than the same Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The to the load carrying capacity of a tire. moldings on the other sidewall of DOT code includes the Tire Identification Maximum Inflation Pressure : The the tire. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric maximum air pressure to which a cold Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used designator which can also identify the tire can be inflated. The maximum air on passenger and some light duty tire manufacturer, production plant, pressure is molded onto the sidewall. trucks and multipurpose vehicles. brand, and date of production. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. for a tire at the maximum permissible See Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. inflation pressure for that tire. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

346 Vehicle Care Recommended Inflation Pressure : Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : Vehicle manufacturer's recommended sometimes called wear bars, that show Load on an individual tire due to curb tire inflation pressure as shown on the across the tread of a tire when only weight, accessory weight, occupant tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 346 and 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See weight, and cargo weight. 0 0 Vehicle Load Limits 222. When It Is Time for New Tires 353. Vehicle Placard : A label permanently Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading attached to a vehicle showing the which the ply cords that extend to the Standards) : A tire information system vehicle capacity weight and the original beads are laid at 90 degrees to the that provides consumers with ratings equipment tire size and recommended centerline of the tread. for a tire's traction, temperature, and inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading treadwear. Ratings are determined by Information Label” under Vehicle Load Rim : A metal support for a tire and 0 upon which the tire beads are seated. tire manufacturers using government Limits 222. testing procedures. The ratings are Sidewall : The portion of a tire between molded into the sidewall of the tire. Tire Pressure the tread and the bead. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 355. Tires need the correct amount of air Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number pressure to operate effectively. assigned to a tire indicating the of designated seating positions maximum speed at which a tire can multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the { Warning operate. rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Neither tire underinflation nor Traction : The friction between the tire Limits 0 222. overinflation is good. Underinflated and the road surface. The amount of tires, or tires that do not have grip provided. enough air, can result in: Tread : The portion of a tire that comes . Tire overloading and overheating, into contact with the road. which could lead to a blowout. . Premature or irregular wear. . Poor handling. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 347 comfort. Never load the vehicle with is necessary. If the inflation pressure is Warning (Continued) more weight than it was designed to low, add air until the recommended . Reduced fuel economy. carry. pressure is reached. If the inflation pressure is high, press on the metal Overinflated tires, or tires that have When to Check too much air, can result in: stem in the center of the tire valve to Check the pressure of the tires once a release air. . Unusual wear. month or more. Re-check the tire pressure with the tire . Poor handling. Do not forget the spare tire, if the gauge. . Rough ride. vehicle has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire Put the valve caps back on the valve 0 368 for additional information. . Needless damage from road stems to keep out dirt and moisture. hazards. How to Check Use only valve caps designed for the The Tire and Loading Information label Use a good quality pocket-type gauge vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be on the vehicle indicates the original to check tire pressure. Proper tire damaged and would not be covered by equipment tires and the correct cold inflation cannot be determined by the vehicle warranty. tire inflation pressures. The looking at the tire. Check the tire Tire Pressure for High-Speed recommended pressure is the minimum inflation pressure when the tires are Operation air pressure needed to support the cold, meaning the vehicle has not been vehicle's maximum load carrying driven for at least three hours or no { Warning capacity. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h For additional information regarding Remove the valve cap from the tire (100 mph) or higher, puts additional how much weight the vehicle can carry, valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly strain on tires. Sustained high-speed and an example of the Tire and Loading onto the valve to get a pressure driving causes excessive heat buildup and Information label, see Vehicle Load measurement. If the cold tire inflation can cause sudden tire failure. This could Limits 0 222. How the vehicle is loaded pressure matches the recommended cause a crash, and you or others could be affects vehicle handling and ride pressure on the Tire and Loading killed. Some high-speed rated tires require Information label, no further adjustment (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

348 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures inflation pressure adjustment for Tire Size Cold Inflation Pressure kPa (psi) high-speed operation. When speed limits 265/65R18 114T 240 kPa (35 psi) and road conditions allow the vehicle to be driven at high speeds, make sure the 275/55R20 113V (2WD) 270 kPa (39 psi) tires are rated for high-speed operation, 275/55R20 113V (4WD) 260 kPa (38 psi) are in excellent condition, and are set to 275/60R20 115T 240 kPa (35 psi) the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load. 275/50R22 111H 270 kPa (39 psi)

Vehicles with tire sizes listed in the High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures table Return the tires to the recommended cold on the vehicle placard or tire inflation require inflation pressure adjustment when tire inflation pressure when high-speed pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a driving the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits different size than the size indicated on the (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire 0 222 and vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure inflation pressure to the corresponding value Tire Pressure 0 346. label, you should determine the proper tire in the table for the tire size on the vehicle. inflation pressure for those tires.) Tire Pressure Monitor System As an added safety feature, your vehicle has The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) been equipped with a tire pressure uses radio and sensor technology to check monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors low tire pressure telltale when one or more monitor the air pressure in your tires and of your tires is significantly under-inflated. transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver Accordingly, when the low tire pressure located in the vehicle. telltale illuminates, you should stop and Each tire, including the spare (if provided), check your tires as soon as possible, and should be checked monthly when cold and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving inflated to the inflation pressure on a significantly under-inflated tire causes recommended by the vehicle manufacturer the tire to overheat and can lead to tire Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 349 failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel check the TPMS malfunction telltale after instrument cluster. If the warning light efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect replacing one or more tires or wheels on comes on, stop as soon as possible and the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. your vehicle to ensure that the replacement inflate the tires to the recommended Please note that the TPMS is not a or alternate tires and wheels allow the pressure shown on the Tire and Loading TPMS to continue to function properly. Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits substitute for proper tire maintenance, and 0 it is the driver's responsibility to maintain See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 349. 222. correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation See Radio Frequency Statement 0 409. A message to check the pressure in a has not reached the level to trigger specific tire displays in the Driver illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor Operation Information Center (DIC). The low tire telltale. pressure warning light and the DIC warning This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure message come on at each ignition cycle Your vehicle has also been equipped with a Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when until the tires are inflated to the correct designed to warn the driver when a low tire inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC the system is not operating properly. The pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are TPMS malfunction indicator is combined buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. mounted onto each tire and wheel For additional information and details about with the low tire pressure telltale. When the assembly, excluding the spare tire and system detects a malfunction, the telltale the DIC operation and displays, see Driver wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor Information Center (DIC) 0 119. will flash for approximately one minute and the air pressure in the tires and transmit the then remain continuously illuminated. This tire pressure readings to a receiver located The low tire pressure warning light may sequence will continue upon subsequent in the vehicle. come on in cool weather when the vehicle is vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction first started, and then turn off as the vehicle exists. is driven. This could be an early indicator When the malfunction indicator is that the air pressure is getting low and illuminated, the system may not be able to needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. detect or signal low tire pressure as A Tire and Loading Information label shows intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for the size of the original equipment tires and a variety of reasons, including the the correct inflation pressure for the tires installation of replacement or alternate tires When a low tire pressure condition is or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire TPMS from functioning properly. Always pressure warning light located on the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

350 Vehicle Care when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits message come on at each ignition cycle recommended could prevent the TPMS 0 222, for an example of the Tire and until the problem is corrected. Some of the from functioning properly. See Buying Loading Information label and its location. conditions that can cause these to come New Tires 0 353. Also see Tire Pressure 0 346. on are: . Operating electronic devices or being near The TPMS can warn about a low tire . One of the road tires has been replaced facilities using radio wave frequencies pressure condition but it does not replace with the spare tire. The spare tire does similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction sensors to malfunction. 0 351, Tire Rotation 0 352 and light and the DIC message should go off If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it Tires 0 341. after the road tire is replaced and the cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure sensor matching process is performed condition. See your dealer for service if the Caution successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching TPMS malfunction light and DIC message Tire sealant materials are not all the Process" later in this section. come on and stay on. same. A non-approved tire sealant could . The TPMS sensor matching process was damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor not done or not completed successfully Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) damage caused by using an incorrect tire after rotating the tires. The malfunction This feature provides visual and audible light and the DIC message should go off sealant is not covered by the vehicle alerts outside the vehicle to help when after successfully completing the sensor warranty. Always use only the GM inflating an underinflated tire to the matching process. See "TPMS Sensor recommended cold tire pressure. approved tire sealant available through Matching Process" later in this section. your dealer or included in the vehicle. When the low tire pressure warning light . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or comes on: TPMS Malfunction Light and Message damaged. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off when the 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. The TPMS will not function properly if one TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor 2. Set the parking brake firmly. or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or matching process is performed 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). inoperable. When the system detects a successfully. See your dealer for service. 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. malfunction, the low tire pressure warning . Replacement tires or wheels do not match The turn signal lamp will flash. light flashes for about one minute and then the original equipment tires or wheels. stays on for the remainder of the ignition Tires and wheels other than those cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. The malfunction light and DIC warning Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 351 When the recommended pressure is If the hazard warning flashers are on, the tire is installed, the vehicle must be reached, the horn sounds once and the tire fill alert visual feedback will not work stationary for about 20 minutes before the turn signal lamp will stop flashing and properly. system recalculates. The following relearn briefly turn solid. The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert process takes up to 10 minutes, driving at a Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires properly under the following conditions: minimum speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). A dash (-) or pressure value will display in that have illuminated the low tire pressure . There is interference from an external warning light. the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) device or transmitter. 0 119. A warning message displays in the { . The air pressure from the inflation device DIC if a problem occurs during the relearn Warning is not sufficient to inflate the tire. process. Overinflating a tire could cause the tire . There is a malfunction in the TPMS. to rupture and you or others could be . There is a malfunction in the horn or turn Tire Inspection injured. Do not exceed the maximum signal lamps. We recommend that the tires, including pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See . The identification code of the TPMS 0 the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be Tire Sidewall Labeling 343 and sensor is not registered to the system. inspected for signs of wear or damage Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. . The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. at least once a month. If the tire is overinflated by more than If the tire fill alert does not operate due to Replace the tire if: 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple TPMS interference, move the vehicle about . The indicators at three or more times and the turn signal lamp will continue 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. to flash for several seconds after filling If the tire fill alert feature is not working, places around the tire can be seen. stops. To release and correct the pressure, use a tire pressure gauge. . There is cord or fabric showing while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, through the tire's rubber. briefly press the center of the valve stem. TPMS Sensor Matching Process — Auto Learn Function . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, When the recommended pressure is reached, or snagged deep enough to show the horn sounds once. Each TPMS sensor has a unique cord or fabric. If the turn signal lamp does not flash within identification code. The identification code . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel the tire fill alert has not been activated or is position after rotating the tires or replacing not working. one or more of the TPMS sensors. When a Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

352 Vehicle Care . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other Check that all wheel nuts are properly damage that cannot be repaired well tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” because of the size or location of the under Capacities and Specifications damage. 0 398.

Tire Rotation { Warning Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule parts to which it is fastened, can 0 386. cause wheel nuts to become loose Tires are rotated to achieve a more over time. The wheel could come off uniform wear for all tires. The first and cause a crash. When changing a rotation is the most important. Use this rotation pattern when rotating wheel, remove any rust or dirt from the tires. places where the wheel attaches to Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth the tires as soon as possible, check for Do not include the spare tire in the tire or paper towel can be used; however, proper tire inflation pressure, and check rotation. use a scraper or wire brush later to for damaged tires or wheels. If the Adjust the front and rear tires to the remove all rust or dirt. unusual wear continues after the recommended inflation pressure on the rotation, check the wheel alignment. Lightly coat the inner diameter of the 0 Tire and Loading Information label after See When It Is Time for New Tires 353 the tires have been rotated. See Tire wheel hub opening with wheel bearing and 0 grease after a wheel change or tire 0 Pressure 346 and Wheel Replacement 356. Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. rotation to prevent corrosion or rust build-up. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 349. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 353 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. aging. This area should be free of grease, { Warning See Tire Inspection 0 351 and gasoline, or other substances that can Do not apply grease to the wheel Tire Rotation 0 352 for additional deteriorate rubber. mounting surface, wheel conical information. Parking for an extended period can cause seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. The rubber in tires ages over time. This also flat spots on the tires that may result in Grease applied to these areas could applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has vibrations while driving. When storing a cause a wheel to become loose or one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors vehicle for at least a month, remove the come off, resulting in a crash. including temperatures, loading conditions, tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the and inflation pressure maintenance affect weight from the tires. how fast aging takes place. GM recommends When It Is Time for New Tires that tires, including the spare if equipped, Buying New Tires Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, be replaced after six years, regardless of GM has developed and matched specific tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road tires for the vehicle. The original conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. the tire manufacture date, which is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification equipment tires installed were designed Number (TIN) molded into one side of the to meet General Motors Tire tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN Performance Criteria Specification (TPC indicate the tire manufactured date. The Spec) system rating. When replacement first two digits represent the week and the tires are needed, GM strongly last two digits, the year. For example, the recommends buying tires with the same third week of the year 2020 would have a TPC Spec rating. 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of GM's exclusive TPC Spec system each year. considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall Vehicle Storage performance of the vehicle, including Tires age when stored normally mounted on brake system performance, ride and Treadwear indicators are one way to tell a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be handling, traction control, and tire when it is time for new tires. Treadwear stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, pressure monitoring performance. GM's indicators appear when the tires have only clean area away from direct sunlight to slow Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

354 Vehicle Care TPC Spec number is molded onto the Winter tires with the same speed rating Warning (Continued) tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the as the original equipment tires may not tires have an all-season tread design, death. Only your dealer or authorized be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR the TPC Spec number will be followed tire service center should mount or speed rated tires. Never exceed the by MS for mud and snow. See Tire dismount the tires. winter tires’ maximum speed capability Sidewall Labeling 0 343 for additional when using winter tires with a lower information. speed rating. { Warning GM recommends replacing worn tires in If the vehicle tires must be replaced complete sets of four. Uniform tread Mixing tires of different sizes (other with a tire that does not have a TPC depth on all tires will help to maintain than those originally installed on the Spec number, make sure they are the the performance of the vehicle. Braking vehicle), brands, tread patterns, same size, load range, speed rating, and and handling performance may be or types may cause loss of vehicle construction (radial) as the original adversely affected if all the tires are not control, resulting in a crash or other tires. replaced at the same time. If proper vehicle damage. Use the correct size, brand, and type of tire on all wheels. The Tire and Loading Information label rotation and maintenance have been indicates the original equipment tires done, all four tires should wear out at on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits about the same time. However, if it is { Warning 0 222. necessary to replace only one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 352. may cause the wheel rim flanges to develop cracks after many miles of If wheels or tires are installed that are a different size than the original equipment { Warning driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use only wheels and tires, vehicle performance, Tires could explode during improper including its braking, ride and handling radial-ply tires with the wheels on characteristics, stability, and resistance to service. Attempting to mount or the vehicle. dismount a tire could cause injury or rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has (Continued) electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 355 stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the The Uniform Tire Quality Grading conditions on a specified government performance of these systems can also be (UTQG) system does not apply to deep test course. For example, a tire graded affected. tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) tires with nominal rim diameters of times as well on the government course { Warning 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some as a tire graded 100. The relative If different sized wheels are used, there limited-production tires. performance of tires depends upon the may not be an acceptable level of actual conditions of their use, however, performance and safety if tires not While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks and may depart significantly from the recommended for those wheels are norm due to variations in driving habits, selected. This increases the chance of a may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal service practices and differences in road crash and serious injury. Only use GM characteristics and climate. specific wheel and tire systems developed safety requirements and additional for the vehicle, and have them properly General Motors Tire Performance Traction Criteria (TPC) standards. installed by a GM certified technician. The traction grades, from highest to Quality grades can be found where See Buying New Tires 0 353 and lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those Accessories and Modifications 0 309. applicable on the tire sidewall between grades represent the tire's ability to tread shoulder and maximum section stop on wet pavement as measured Uniform Tire Quality Grading width. For example: under controlled conditions on specified The following information relates to the Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have system developed by the United States All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to National Highway Traffic Safety poor traction performance. Warning: Federal Safety Requirements In Addition The traction grade assigned to this tire Administration (NHTSA), which grades To These Grades. tires by treadwear, traction, and is based on straight-ahead braking temperature performance. This applies Treadwear traction tests, and does not include only to vehicles sold in the United The treadwear grade is a comparative acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, States. The grades are molded on the rating based on the wear rate of the or peak traction characteristics. sidewalls of most passenger car tires. tire when tested under controlled Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

356 Vehicle Care Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed. The temperature grades are A (the Balance Each new wheel should have the same highest), B, and C, representing the The tires and wheels were aligned and tire's resistance to the generation of load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, balanced at the factory to provide the offset, and be mounted the same way as heat and its ability to dissipate heat longest tire life and best overall the one it replaces. when tested under controlled conditions performance. Adjustments to wheel on a specified indoor laboratory test alignment and tire balancing are not Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, wheel. Sustained high temperature can necessary on a regular basis. Consider an or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) alignment check if there is unusual tire wear sensors with new GM original equipment cause the material of the tire to parts. degenerate and reduce tire life, and or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the excessive temperature can lead to left or right, depending on the crown of the { Warning sudden tire failure. The grade C road and/or other road surface variations Using the wrong replacement wheels, corresponds to a level of performance such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the which all passenger car tires must meet wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be vehicle is vibrating when driving on a dangerous. It could affect the braking and under the Federal Motor Safety smooth road, the tires and wheels may handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for Standard No. 109. Grades B and A and cause loss of control, causing a crash. proper diagnosis. represent higher levels of performance Always use the correct wheel, wheel on the laboratory test wheel than the Wheel Replacement bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, established for a tire that is properly or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts Caution keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, inflated and not overloaded. Excessive The wrong wheel can also cause and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speed, underinflation, or excessive wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum loading, either separately or in wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if speedometer or odometer calibration, combination, can cause heat buildup any of these conditions exist. headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle and possible tire failure. ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 357 Used Replacement Wheels Warning (Continued) If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning drive slow and readjust or remove the It is unusual for a tire to blowout while driving, especially if the tires are maintained traction device if it is contacting the Replacing a wheel with a used one is properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. dangerous. How it has been used or how more likely to leak out slowly. But if there far it has been driven may be unknown. If traction devices are used, install them ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. on the rear tires. what to expect and what to do: When replacing wheels, use a new GM If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a original equipment wheel. Caution drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and Tire Chains If the vehicle is equipped with a tire size grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to other than 275/60R20 or 275/50R22, use maintain lane position, and then gently { Warning tire chains only where legal and only brake to a stop, well off the road, when necessary. Use chains that are the if possible. If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22 proper size for the tires. Install them on size tires, do not use tire chains. There is A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts the tires of the rear axle. Do not use not enough clearance. Tire chains used on much like a skid and may require the same chains on the tires of the front axle. a vehicle without the proper amount of correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing Tighten them as tightly as possible with clearance can cause damage to the the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and and follow the chain manufacturer's noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the The area damaged by the tire chains instructions. If the chains contact the road, if possible. could cause loss of control and a crash. vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the Use another type of traction device only contact continues, slow down until it { Warning if its manufacturer recommends it for the stops. Driving too fast or spinning the Driving on a flat tire will cause vehicle's tire size combination and road wheels with chains on will damage the permanent damage to the tire. conditions. Follow that manufacturer's vehicle. Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, on while severely underinflated or flat (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

358 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) { Warning may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Changing a tire can be dangerous. The Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over been driven on while severely or fall causing injury or death. Find a underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or level place to change the tire. To help an authorized tire service center repair or prevent the vehicle from moving: replace the flat tire as soon as possible. 1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) { Warning 3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive 2. Flat Tire with an N (Neutral) transfer case Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to The following information explains how to position, be sure the transfer case is do maintenance or repairs is dangerous use the jack and change a tire. without the appropriate safety equipment in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). and training. If a jack is provided with 4. Turn off the engine and do not Tire Changing the vehicle, it is designed only for restart while the vehicle is raised. Before changing a flat tire, see “Hands-Free changing a flat tire. If it is used for 5. Do not allow passengers to remain Operation” under Liftgate 0 18. anything else, you or others could be in the vehicle. badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips Removing the Spare Tire and Tools off the jack. If a jack is provided with the 6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of the tire at the opposite The equipment needed to change a flat tire vehicle, only use it for changing a corner of the tire being changed. is stored in the rear of the vehicle. The flat tire. jacking tools are under the load floor, When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the secured with velcro straps. The jack is If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and following example as a guide to assist in the behind a door in the trim panel on the wheel damage by driving slowly to a level placement of the wheel blocks (1), driver side. place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on if equipped. the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 136. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 359

2. Turn the jack knob counterclockwise to Short Wheel Base Shown, Extended Wheel 1. Pull to open the trim panel door. release the jack and wheel blocks from Base Similar The third row driver side seat may the bracket. If equipped, remove the 3. Lift the load floor. Remove the jacking need to be folded to access the trim wheel blocks from the jack and place tools and place them near the tire panel door. the wheel blocks on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed. being changed. See If a Tire Goes Flat Use the following tools: 0 357 for more information on the placement of the wheel blocks. Place the jack and wheel blocks near the tire being changed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

360 Vehicle Care

1. Jack 1. Hoist Assembly 1. Open the hoist shaft access cover (3) on 2. Wheel Blocks 2. Hoist Shaft the bumper to access the spare tire lock (6). 3. Jack Handle 3. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole 4. Jack Handle Extensions 4. Jack Handle Extension 2. To remove the spare tire lock (6), insert 5. Wheel Wrench 5. Wheel Wrench the mechanical key, turn it clockwise and then pull it straight out. To access the spare tire, refer to the 6. Spare Tire Lock following graphics and instructions: 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Up) 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer 11. Hoist Cable Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 361 4. Insert the open end of the extension (7) 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with through the hole in the rear bumper (8) some slack in the cable to access the (hoist shaft access hole). tire/wheel retainer. Be sure the hoist end of the extension (7) connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. 5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. 3. Assemble the jack handle extensions (4) 6. Pull the spare tire out from under the Tilt the retainer and pull it and the cable and wheel wrench (5), as shown. vehicle. and spring through the center of the wheel. 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 357 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

362 Vehicle Care

Caution Only raise the vehicle from the jacking locations shown. Raising the vehicle from the rear could damage the frame or other components. The damage may not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

2. If the vehicle has a center cap that covers the wheel fasteners, place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel and gently pry the 3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the cap out. wheel nuts. Turn the wheel wrench If the wheel has a bolt-on hub cap, counterclockwise to loosen the wheel loosen the plastic nut caps by turning nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet. the wheel wrench counterclockwise. The plastic nut caps will be retained in the { Warning hub cap after it is removed from the wheel. To avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, disable the power assist steps Vehicle Jacking Locations before using a jack or placing an object under the vehicle. See Power Assist Steps 4. Position the jack lift head as shown, at the jacking location nearest the flat tire. 0 25. The jack must not be used in any other position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 363

{ Warning Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

{ Warning Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

{ Warning The jack has a feature to limit its travel to prevent overextension. When the height limit is reached, an increase in Some Examples of Where Not to Jack resistance if felt when attempting to raise the jack farther. Raising the jack past the height limit can damage the jack pin and cause the jack to lock into an (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

364 Vehicle Care 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel Warning (Continued) { Warning bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare overextended position or not lower fully. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the wheel. Do not attempt to force the jack higher parts to which it is fastened, can 9. Place the spare tire on the once the height limit is reached. cause wheel nuts to become loose wheel-mounting surface. over time. The wheel could come off 5. Raise the vehicle by turning the wheel and cause a crash. When changing a { Warning wrench clockwise in the jack. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so wheel, remove any rust or dirt from Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts there is enough room for the spare tire places where the wheel attaches to because the nuts might come loose. The to fit under the wheel well. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a or paper towel can be used; however, crash. use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt. 10. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten each nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against the hub. 11. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack completely.

6. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 7. Remove the flat tire. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 365 . For bolt-on hub caps, line up the plastic Warning (Continued) nut caps with the wheel nuts and tighten accessory locking wheel nuts. See clockwise by hand to get them started. Capacities and Specifications 0 398 for Then tighten with the wheel wrench original equipment wheel nut torque until snug. specifications. Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools

Caution { Warning Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To in the passenger compartment of the avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could 12. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence as shown by turning the wheel sequence and to the proper torque strike someone. Store all these in the wrench clockwise. specification. See Capacities and proper place. Specifications 0 398 for the wheel nut { Warning torque specification. { Warning Wheel nuts that are improperly or When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire, Failure to follow these tire storage incorrectly tightened can cause the also reinstall either the center cap or the instructions carefully could result in wheels to become loose or come off. The bolt-on hub cap, depending on which one personal injury or property damage if the wheel nuts should be tightened with a the vehicle has. hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose. torque wrench to the proper torque . For center caps, line up the tab on the Make sure the tire is stored securely specification after replacing. Follow the center cap with the slot in the wheel. The before driving. torque specification supplied by the cap only goes in one way. Place the cap aftermarket manufacturer when using on the wheel and press until it snaps into (Continued) place. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

366 Vehicle Care

Caution If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole size tires, the flat tire must be stored inside 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Up) Always store the spare tire or flat tire of the vehicle using the flat tire secure strap 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer with the valve stem pointed up. Stowing inside the glove box. See “Storing a Flat Tire 11. Hoist Cable a tire with the valve stem pointed down Inside of the Vehicle” later in this section. 1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at the rear could result in damage to the wheel. If the vehicle has 265/65R18 or 275/55R20 of the vehicle with the valve stem size tires, store the flat tire under the rear pointed up, and to the rear. Caution of the vehicle in the spare tire carrier. Refer 2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Separate to the following graphics and instructions: The tire hoist is designed to be raised the tire/wheel retainer from the guide pin. Pull the pin through the center of and lowered with tension on the cable. the wheel. Tilt the retainer down If the hoist must be raised or lowered through the center wheel opening. without a tire attached, do so only by hand, and at a slow pace, to avoid Make sure the retainer is fully seated damaging the mechanism. Do not use across the underside of the wheel. power tools.

{ Warning An improperly stored spare tire could come loose and cause a crash. To avoid personal injury or property damage, always store the spare tire when the 1. Hoist Assembly vehicle is parked on a level surface. 2. Hoist Shaft 3. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole 4. Jack Handle Extension 5. Wheel Wrench 6. Spare Tire Lock 3. Assemble the jack handle extensions (4) 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool and wheel wrench (5). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 367

Caution 6. Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel Use of an air wrench or other power wrench clockwise until you hear two tools with the hoist mechanism is not clicks or feel it skip twice. The cable recommended and could damage the cannot be overtightened. system. Use only the tools supplied with the hoist mechanism.

Correctly Stored

7. Make sure the tire is stored securely. Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire. If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench 4. Insert the open end of the extension (7) to tighten the cable. through the hole in the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft access hole). Repeat this tightness check procedure when checking the spare tire pressure 5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make according to the scheduled maintenance sure the retainer is seated in the wheel information or any time the spare tire is opening. handled due to service of other Incorrectly Stored components. 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access cover. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

368 Vehicle Care Storing the Tools folded down, the flat tire cannot be stored and must be left in a safe To store the tools: location, to be picked up at a later time. 1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, jack 3. Once there is sufficient space in the rear handle, and jack handle extensions) to of the vehicle, lift the flat tire and place the tool bag. Use the velcro straps to it on top of the load floor, with the secure the tool bag under the load floor valve stem pointed up. in the cargo area. 2. Position the jack and wheel blocks in the driver side trim panel over the wheelhouse. 3. Turn the jack knob clockwise until the jack is secured tight in the mounting 5. Route the hook end of the strap through bracket. Be sure to position the holes in the wheel, as shown. the base of the jack onto the pin in the 6. Attach the hook to the other cargo mounting bracket. tie-down in the rear of the vehicle. 4. Close the trim panel door. 7. Tighten the strap. Storing a Flat Tire Inside of the Vehicle Full-Size Spare Tire If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22 size tires, the flat tire must be stored inside 4. Remove the flat tire secure strap from If this vehicle came with a full-size spare of the vehicle in the cargo area using the the glove box and place the loop end of tire, it was fully inflated when new, flat tire secure strap inside the glove box. the strap through the cargo tie-down. however, it can lose air over time. Check the Place the hook end of the strap through inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure 1. Store the tools. See “Storing the Tools” the loop and pull it until the strap is 0 346 and earlier in this section. fastened securely to the tie-down. Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 for information 2. If the vehicle has a short wheel base, the regarding proper tire inflation and loading third row seat must be folded down to the vehicle. For instructions on how to provide sufficient space to store the flat remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire tire. If the third row seat cannot be Changing 0 358. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 369 If equipped with a temporary use full-size After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) has run spare tire, it is indicated on the tire sidewall. stop as soon as possible and check that the down, you may want to use another vehicle See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 343. This spare spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is and some jumper cables to start your tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h made to perform well at speeds up to vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when 112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended to do it safely. pulling a trailer, at the proper inflation inflation pressure, so you can finish pressure. Repair and replace the road tire as your trip. { Warning soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and tire for future use. or replaced and installed back onto the related accessories contain lead and lead Caution vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire compounds, chemicals known to the will be available in case it is needed again. State of California to cause cancer and If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a Do not mix tires and wheels of difference birth defects or other reproductive harm. different size spare tire is installed, do sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the Batteries also contain other chemicals not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat spare tire and its wheel together. known to the State of California to cause tire is repaired and/or replaced. The If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. vehicle could be damaged and the repairs match the original road tires and wheels in For more information go to would not be covered by the warranty. size and type, do not include the spare in www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Never use four-wheel drive when a the tire rotation. passenger-vehicle. different size spare tire is installed on the vehicle. Jump Starting See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 309 and the back cover. The vehicle may have a different size spare tire than the road tires originally installed Jump Starting - North America { Warning on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed For more information about the vehicle for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to battery, see Battery - North America 0 327. Batteries can hurt you. They can be drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel dangerous because: drive and a different size spare tire is . They contain acid that can burn you. installed, drive only in two-wheel drive. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

370 Vehicle Care The positive jump start connection for the Warning (Continued) discharged battery is under a cover. Slide . They contain gas that can explode or the cover to expose the terminal. ignite. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a . They contain enough electricity to 12-volt battery with a negative ground burn you. system. If you do not follow these steps exactly, Caution some or all of these things can hurt you. If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, Caution both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a Ignoring these steps could result in costly 5.3L V8 Shown, 6.2L V8 Similar damage to the vehicle that would not be negative ground for jump starting. covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying 1. Good Battery Positive Terminal 2. If you have a vehicle with a diesel to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling 2. Good Battery Negative Terminal engine with two batteries, you should it will not work, and it could damage the 3. Discharged Battery Remote Negative know before you begin that, especially in vehicle. Terminal cold weather, you may not be able to 4. Discharged Battery Remote Positive get enough power from a single battery Terminal in another vehicle to start your diesel engine. If your vehicle has more than The jump start positive post (1) and negative one battery, using the battery that is post (2) are on the battery of the vehicle closer to the starter will reduce electrical providing the jump start. resistance. This is located on the The jump start positive post (4) and the passenger side, in the rear of the engine negative grounding point (3) for the compartment. discharged battery are on the passenger side 3. Get the vehicles close enough so the of the vehicle. jumper cables can reach, but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 371 If they are, it could cause an unwanted not needed. This will avoid sparks and ground connection. You would not be help save both batteries. And it could { Warning able to start your vehicle, and the bad save the radio! Using a match near a battery can cause grounding could damage the electrical 5. Open the hood on the other vehicle and battery gas to explode. People have been systems. locate the positive (+) and negative (−) hurt doing this, and some have been To avoid the possibility of the vehicles terminal locations on that vehicle. blinded. Use a flashlight if you need rolling, set the parking brake firmly on The positive (+) terminal is under a red more light. both vehicles involved in the jump start plastic cover at the positive battery post. procedure. Put an automatic transmission Battery fluid contains acid that can burn To uncover the positive (+) terminal, you. Do not get it on you. If you in P (Park) or a in open the red plastic cover. Neutral before setting the parking brake. accidentally get it in your eyes or on If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be For more information on the location of your skin, flush the place with water and sure the transfer case is in a drive gear, the remote positive (+) and remote get medical help immediately. not in N (Neutral). negative (−) terminals, see Engine Compartment Overview 0 312. Caution { Warning { Warning If any accessories are left on or plugged Fans or other moving engine parts can in during the jump starting procedure, An electric fan can start up even when injure you badly. Keep your hands away they could be damaged. The repairs the engine is not running and can injure from moving parts once the engine is would not be covered by the vehicle you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools running. warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or away from any underhood electric fan. unplug all accessories on either vehicle 6. Check that the jumper cables do not when jump starting. have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock. The vehicles 4. Turn the ignition off on both vehicles. could be damaged too. Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged Before you connect the cables, here are into the accessory power outlets. Turn some basic things you should know. off the radio and all the lamps that are Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a remote positive (+) terminal if the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

372 Vehicle Care vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to a 11. Start the vehicle with the good battery Towing the Vehicle heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to and run the engine for a while. a remote negative (−) terminal if the 12. Try to start the vehicle that had the Caution vehicle has one. dead battery. If it will not start after a Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may Do not connect positive (+) to negative few tries, it probably needs service. cause damage. The damage would not be (−) or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other Caution covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not lash or hook to suspension components. parts too. And do not connect the If the jumper cables are connected or Use the proper straps around the tires to negative (−) cable to the negative (−) removed in the wrong order, electrical secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked terminal on the dead battery because shorting may occur and damage the wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies this can cause sparks. vehicle. The repairs would not be covered under any locked wheel/tire while 7. Connect one end of the red positive (+) by the vehicle warranty. Always connect loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling cable to the remote positive (+) terminal and remove the jumper cables in the type lift to tow the vehicle. This could of the vehicle with the discharged correct order, making sure that the cables damage the vehicle. battery. do not touch each other or other metal. 8. Do not let the other end touch metal. Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of Jumper Cable Removal Caution the good battery. Use a remote Reverse the sequence exactly when Improper use of the tow eye can damage positive (+) terminal if the vehicle removing the jumper cables. has one. the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed 9. Connect one end of the black negative After starting the disabled vehicle and tow truck from a flat road surface, or to (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal of removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle the good battery. Use a remote negative for several minutes. move the vehicle a short distance. Use (−) terminal if the vehicle has one. caution and low speeds. The transmission must be in (N) Neutral when moving the Do not let the other end touch anything vehicle. until the next step. 10. Connect the other end of the negative (−) cable to the remote negative (−) terminal to the discharged battery. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 373 GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to Recreational Vehicle Towing . Is the proper towing equipment going to transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to be used? See your dealer or trailering help reduce approach angles, if necessary. Recreational vehicle towing means towing professional for additional advice and A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a equipment recommendations. off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance motor home. The two most common types . Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as or a professional towing service if the of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy preparing the vehicle for a long trip, disabled vehicle must be towed. and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing make sure the vehicle is prepared to be the vehicle with all four wheels on the towed. Front Attachment Points ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two Caution wheels on a dolly. Use of a shield mounted in front of the Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s vehicle grille could restrict airflow and instructions. See your dealer or trailering cause damage to the transmission. The professional for additional advice and repairs would not be covered by the equipment recommendations. vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only Here are some important things to consider use one that attaches to the towing before recreational vehicle towing: vehicle. . Before towing the vehicle, become familiar with the local laws that apply to recreational vehicle towing. These laws may vary by region. The vehicle is equipped with specific . What is the towing capacity of the attachment points to be used to pull the towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. road surface. Do not use these attachment . What is the distance that will be points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions or sand. on how far and how long they can tow. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

374 Vehicle Care Dinghy Towing Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles To dinghy tow: Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a level surface. 2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. 3. Apply the parking brake and start the engine. 4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See “Shifting into N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive 0 236 for the proper procedure. Check that the vehicle is in N (Neutral) by shifting the transmission Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles to R (Reverse) and then to D (Drive). with a two speed transfer case that has an There should be no movement of the Caution N (Neutral) and a 4n setting. vehicle while shifting. If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed 5. Shift the transmission to P (Park). with all four wheels on the ground, the { Warning Caution drivetrain components could be damaged. Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's The repairs would not be covered by the transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause Failure to tow the vehicle with the vehicle warranty. the vehicle to roll even if the transmission in P (Park) can cause transmission is in P (Park). You or others damage to the transmission. Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not be could be injured. Set the parking brake towed with all four wheels on the ground. 6. Turn off the engine. before shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral). 7. Place the vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY mode by pressing the start button without stepping on the brake pedal. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 375 8. Release the parking brake only when you 11. Rock the vehicle to make sure the “Shifting out of N (Neutral)” under are confident it is secured to tow vehicle parking brake is not set and transfer case Four-Wheel Drive 0 236. See your dealer and will not roll. is in N (Neutral). if the transfer case cannot be shifted out Before going on to the next step, be of N (Neutral). Caution sure to take the mechanical key with 5. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m by you. It will be needed to re-enter the Towing the vehicle with the parking shifting the transmission to R (Reverse) vehicle after the power is disconnected. brake set can damage it. Always release and then to D (Drive). There should be See “Drive Door Key Lock Cylinder the parking brake prior to towing the movement of the vehicle while shifting. Access” under Door Locks 0 15. vehicle. 6. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and 9. Disconnect the negative battery cable at turn off the vehicle. the battery and secure the nut and bolt. Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle 7. Set the parking brake. Cover the negative battery post with a Before disconnecting the towed vehicle: non-conductive material to prevent any 8. Release the parking brake. 1. Park on a level surface. contact with the negative battery 9. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow terminal. 2. Connect the battery. vehicle. 3. Apply the brake pedal. Caution 10. Reset any lost presets. { The outside temperature display will Failure to disconnect the negative battery Warning default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with cable or to have it contact the terminals The vehicle can roll when the brake pedal normal usage. can cause damage to the vehicle. is released. Always apply and hold the brake pedal when setting the parking 10. Move the steering wheel to make sure brake. Make sure the parking brake is the steering column is unlocked. fully engaged before releasing the brake Caution pedal. If the steering column is locked, vehicle 4. Start the engine and shift the transfer damage may occur. case out of N (Neutral) to 2 m. See Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

376 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing Caution Caution Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, on the ground, or vehicle damage could or abrasive cleaning agents as they can occur. This damage would not be covered damage the vehicle's paint, metal, by the vehicle warranty. or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle Dolly towing this vehicle is not allowed with warranty. Approved cleaning products can either the front or the rear tires on the be obtained from your dealer. Follow all ground for two-wheel drive or four-wheel manufacturer directions regarding correct drive, regardless of transfer case. product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of Appearance Care any vehicle care product. Exterior Care Caution Locks Avoid using high-pressure washes closer Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the de-icing agent only when absolutely vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding necessary, and have the locks greased after 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in using. See Recommended Fluids and damage or removal of paint and decals. Lubricants 0 395. Washing the Vehicle If using an automatic car wash, follow the car wash instructions. The windshield wiper To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it and rear window wiper, if equipped, must often and out of direct sunlight. be off. Remove any accessories that may be damaged or interfere with the car wash equipment. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 377 . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and Caution after, to remove all cleaning agents spray pattern or wider must be used. completely. If they are allowed to dry on . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) Machine compounding or aggressive the surface, they could stain. away from all surfaces. polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damage it. Use only Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or Finish Care an all-cotton towel to avoid surface non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are scratches and water spotting. Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish wax materials is not recommended. on the vehicle. Cleaning Underhood Components If painted surfaces are damaged, see your To keep the paint finish looking new, keep Caution dealer to have the damage assessed and repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium the vehicle garaged or covered whenever Do not power wash any component chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, possible. under the hood that has this e road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings symbol. chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they remain Caution This could cause damage that would not on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as Failure to clean and protect the bright be covered by the vehicle warranty. soon as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe metal moldings can result in a hazy Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm for painted surfaces to remove foreign white finish or pitting. This damage underhood components. The usages of these matter. would not be covered by the vehicle chemicals should be avoided. warranty. Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing Recommend water only. should be done to remove residue from the The bright metal moldings on the vehicle A pressure washer may be used, but care paint finish. See your dealer for approved are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To must be utilized. The following criteria must cleaning products. prevent damage always follow these be followed: Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated cleaning instructions: . Water pressure must be kept below plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch 14,000 KPa (2,000 PSI). wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. before applying any cleaning solution. . Water temperature must be below 80 °C (180 °F). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

378 Vehicle Care . Use only approved cleaning solutions for . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents Shutter System aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. in higher concentrations than suggested Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain by the manufacturer. alkaline substances and can damage the . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh moldings. cleaners. . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner . Ice scrapers or other hard items. according to the manufacturer’s . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers instructions. while the lamps are illuminated, due to . Do not use cleaners that are not intended excessive heat generated. for automotive use. . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle Caution after washing to protect and extend the Failure to clean lamps properly can cause molding finish. damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, The vehicle may have a shutter system Emblems, Decals, and Stripes designed to help improve fuel economy. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft Caution Keep the shutter system clear of debris, snow and ice. If the check engine light is cloth, and a car washing soap to clean Using wax on low gloss black finish exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and activated, please check to see if the shutter stripes can increase the gloss level and system is clear of debris, snow or ice. stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing create a non-uniform finish. Clean low the Vehicle" previously in this section. gloss stripes with soap and water only. Windshield and Wiper Blades Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some Clean the outside of the windshield with have a UV protective coating. Do not clean Air Intakes glass cleaner. or wipe them when dry. Clear debris from the air intakes, between Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or Do not use any of the following on lamp the hood and windshield, when washing the paper towel soaked with windshield washer covers: vehicle. fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the . Abrasive or caustic agents. windshield thoroughly when cleaning the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 379

blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper streaking. tire dressing, always wipe off any or brushes. Use only GM approved overspray from all painted surfaces on cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by the vehicle. an automatic car wash that uses silicon extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. sun, snow, and ice. Wheels and Wheel Trim Damage could occur and the repairs Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and would not be covered by the vehicle Weatherstrips water to clean the wheels. After rinsing warranty. Apply weatherstrip lubricant on thoroughly with clean water, dry with a weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal soft, clean towel. A wax may then be Brake System better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate applied. Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, climates may require more frequent Caution chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear application. Black marks from rubber Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect material on painted surfaces can be removed may be damaged if the vehicle is not linings/shoes for wear or cracks. by rubbing with a clean cloth. See washed after driving on roads that have Inspect all other brake parts. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 395. been sprayed with magnesium chloride or Steering, Suspension, and Chassis calcium chloride. These are used on roads Tires Components for conditions such as dust and ice. Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean Always wash the chrome with soap and Visually inspect steering, suspension, and the tires. water after exposure. chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least Caution once a year. Using petroleum-based tire dressing Caution Inspect power steering for proper products on the vehicle may damage the To avoid surface damage on wheels and attachment, connections, binding, leaks, paint finish and/or tires. When applying a wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, cracks, chafing, etc. (Continued) chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

380 Vehicle Care Visually check constant velocity joint boots At least twice a year, spring and fall, use Finish Damage and axle seals for leaks. plain water to flush any corrosive materials Quickly repair minor chips and scratches from the underbody. Take care to At least every other oil change lubricate the with touch-up materials available from your thoroughly clean any areas where mud and outer tie rod ends. dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of other debris can collect. If equipped with finish damage can be corrected in your Control arm ball joints are maintenance-free. power assist steps, extend them and then dealer's body and paint shop. use a high pressure wash to clean all joints Caution and gaps. Chemical Paint Spotting Lubrication of applicable steering/ Do not directly pressure wash the transfer Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack suspension points should not be done case and/or front/rear axle output seals. painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, unless the temperature is −12 °C (10 °F) or High pressure water can overcome the seals ring-shaped discolorations, and small, higher, or damage could result. and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated irregular dark spots etched into the paint fluid will decrease the life of the transfer surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this Body Component Lubrication case and/or axles and should be replaced. section. Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, Sheet Metal Damage liftgate hinges, steel fuel door hinge and Interior Care power assist step hinges, unless the If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly components are plastic. Applying silicone metal repair or replacement, make sure the clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth body repair shop applies anti-corrosion remove any soils. Newspapers or dark will make them last longer, seal better, and material to parts repaired or replaced to garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s not stick or squeak. restore corrosion protection. interior. Underbody Maintenance Original manufacturer replacement parts will Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from provide the corrosion protection while knobs and crevices on the instrument Caution maintaining the vehicle warranty. cluster. Using a mild soap solution, Avoid pressure washing the . immediately remove hand lotions, Use of high-pressure washers can result sunscreen, and insect repellent from all in removal of corrosion protection and interior surfaces or permanent damage may possible vehicle damage. result. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 381 Use cleaners specifically designed for the . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge surfaces being cleaned to prevent when cleaning. or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with permanent damage. Apply all cleaners . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing water. directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray solvents. . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy cleaners on any switches or controls. water. Remove cleaners quickly. Interior Glass Fabric/Carpet/Suede Before using cleaners, read and follow all To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened safety instructions on the label. While with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft cleaning the interior, open the doors and clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum windows to get proper ventilation. commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with brush attachment is being used, only use it plain water. on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently To prevent damage, do not clean the remove as much of the soil as possible: interior using the following cleaners or Caution techniques: . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. To prevent scratching, never use abrasive Continue blotting until no more soil can . Never use a razor or any other sharp cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive be removed. object to remove soil from any interior cleaners or aggressive cleaning may surface. . For solid soils, remove as much as damage the rear window defogger. possible prior to vacuuming. . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. To clean: . Never rub any surface aggressively or Cleaning the windshield with water during with too much pressure. the first three to six months of ownership 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth . Do not use laundry detergents or will reduce tendency to fog. with water. Microfiber cloth is dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For recommended to prevent lint transfer to liquid cleaners, use approximately Speaker Covers the fabric or carpet. 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so 2. Remove excess moisture by gently A concentrated soap solution will create that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean wringing until water does not drip from streaks and attract dirt. Do not use spots with water and mild soap. the cleaning cloth. solutions that contain strong or caustic soap. Coated Moldings Coated moldings should be cleaned. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

382 Vehicle Care

3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and or solvents. Periodically hand wash the Caution (Continued) gently rub toward the center. Fold the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse them to dry naturally. Never use heat, to prevent forcing the soil in to the thoroughly and air dry before next use. steam, or spot removers. Do not use fabric. cleaners that contain silicone or 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area Caution wax-based products. Cleaners containing until there is no longer any color Do not attach a device with a suction cup these solvents can permanently change transfer from the soil to the cleaning to the display. This may cause damage the appearance and feel of leather or soft cloth. and would not be covered by the vehicle trim, and are not recommended. 5. If the soil is not completely removed, warranty. use a mild soap solution followed only Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, by plain water. Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other especially on the instrument panel. Reflected Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint glare can decrease visibility through the If the soil is not completely removed, it may windshield under certain conditions. be necessary to use a commercial upholstery Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden Surfaces Caution area for colorfastness before using a Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with Use of air fresheners may cause commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a permanent damage to plastics and If ring formation occurs, clean the entire more thorough cleaning, use a soft painted surfaces. If an air freshener fabric or carpet. microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap comes in contact with any plastic or After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot solution. painted surface in the vehicle, blot excess moisture. Caution immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Soaking or saturating leather, especially Information and Radio Displays Damage caused by air fresheners would perforated leather, as well as other not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces interior surfaces, may cause permanent or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle damage. Wipe excess moisture from brush to remove dirt that can scratch the these surfaces after cleaning and allow surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a (Continued) microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Vehicle Care 383 Cargo Cover and Convenience Net Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats Warning (Continued) If equipped, wash with warm water and Pull up on the rear of the driver side floor mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. cause a crash and injury. Make sure the mat to unlock each retainer and remove. Rinse with cold water, and then dry floor mat does not interfere with the completely. pedals. Care of Seat Belts Use the following guidelines for proper floor Keep belts clean and dry. mat usage: . The original equipment floor mats were { Warning designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. that GM certified floor mats be It may severely weaken the webbing. In purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not a crash, they might not be able to fit properly and may interfere with the provide adequate protection. Clean and pedals. Always check that the floor mats rinse seat belt webbing only with mild do not interfere with the pedals. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer webbing to dry. not equipped with a floor mat retainer on openings over the carpet retainers and the driver side floor. snapping into position. Floor Mats . Use the floor mat with the correct side Make sure the floor mat is properly secured up. Do not turn it over. in place. { Warning . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not the pedals. properly installed, it can interfere with . Use only a single floor mat on the the pedals. Interference with the pedals driver side. can cause unintended acceleration and/or . Do not place one floor mat on top of increased stopping distance which can another. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

384 Vehicle Care Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners)

{ Warning Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the rubber and can make the floor mats/liners slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.

Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap solution. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Service and Maintenance 385 General Information maintenance such as oil changes and tire Service and Maintenance rotations and additional maintenance items This maintenance section applies to vehicles like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. General Information with a gasoline engine. For diesel engine General Information ...... 385 vehicles, see "Maintenance Schedule" in the Caution Maintenance Schedule Duramax diesel supplement. Damage caused by improper maintenance Maintenance Schedule ...... 386 Your vehicle is an important investment. can lead to costly repairs and may not be This section describes the required covered by the vehicle warranty. Special Application Services maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application Services ...... 392 schedule to help protect against major repair inspections, recommended fluids, and Additional Maintenance and Care expenses resulting from neglect or lubricants are important to keep the Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . 392 inadequate maintenance. It may also help to vehicle in good working condition. maintain the value of the vehicle if it is Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to Do not have chemical flushes that are not Parts have all required maintenance performed. approved by GM performed on the Recommended Fluids and vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, Your dealer has trained technicians who can cleaners, or lubricants that are not Lubricants ...... 395 perform required maintenance using genuine approved by GM could damage the Maintenance Replacement Parts ...... 396 replacement parts. They have up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that Maintenance Records are not covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Records ...... 397 diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to The Tire Rotation and Required Services are assist with service needs. the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform Your dealer recognizes the importance of these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. providing competitively priced maintenance Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep and repair services. With trained technicians, the vehicle in good working condition, the dealer is the place for routine improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

386 Service and Maintenance Because of the way people use vehicles, Refer to the information in the Maintenance Engine Oil Change maintenance needs vary. There may need to Schedule Additional Required Services - When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON be more frequent checks and services. The Severe chart. message displays, have the engine oil and Additional Required Services - Normal are for filter changed within the next 1 000 km/ vehicles that: { Warning 600 mi. If driven under the best conditions, . Carry passengers and cargo within Performing maintenance work can be the engine oil life system may not indicate recommended limits on the Tire and dangerous and can cause serious injury. the need for vehicle service for up to a year. Loading Information label. See Vehicle Perform maintenance work only if the The engine oil and filter must be changed at Load Limits 0 222. required information, proper tools, and least once a year and the oil life system . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces equipment are available. If they are not, must be reset. Your trained dealer technician within legal driving limits. see your dealer to have a trained can perform this work. If the engine oil life . Use the recommended fuel. See technician do the work. See Doing Your system is reset accidentally, service the 0 Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine) 277 or Own Service Work 0 310. vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) 0 277. last service. Reset the oil life system when the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life Refer to the information in the Maintenance Maintenance Schedule System 0 316. Schedule Additional Required Services - Normal chart. Owner Checks and Services Engine Air Filter Change The Additional Required Services - Severe are Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE for vehicles that are: 0 315. message displays, the engine air filter . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot Once a Month should be replaced at the next engine oil weather change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR . Check the tire inflation pressures, FILTER SOON message displays, the engine . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous including the spare. See Tire Pressure air filter should be replaced at the earliest terrain 0 346. convenience. Reset the engine air filter life . Frequently towing a trailer . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire system after the engine air filter is replaced. 0 . Used for high speed or competitive Inspection 351. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 318. driving . Check the windshield washer fluid level. . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service See Washer Fluid 0 324. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Service and Maintenance 387 Extended Idle Use Tire Rotation and Required Services . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection 0 351. When the vehicle is used in a way that Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks. requires extended idle time, one hour of use Rotate the tires, if recommended for the shall be deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi). vehicle, and perform the following services. . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care 0 See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119 for See Tire Rotation 0 352. 376. hourmeter. . Check engine oil level and oil . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and life percentage. If needed, change engine chassis components for damage, including Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose Seven Years) oil and filter, and reset oil life system. See Engine Oil 0 315 and or missing parts, or signs of wear at least 0 The air conditioning system requires Engine Oil Life System 0 316. once a year. See Exterior Care 376. Lubricate the suspension and steering maintenance every seven years. This service . Check the air filter life percentage. components at least every other oil requires replacement of the desiccant to If necessary, replace the engine air filter change (if equipped with grease fittings). help the longevity and efficient operation of and reset the engine air filter life system. the air conditioning system. This service can See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 318. . Inspect power steering for proper be complex. See your dealer. attachment, connections, binding, leaks, . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling cracks, chafing, etc. System 0 319. . Visually inspect halfshafts and drive . Check windshield washer fluid level. See shafts for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, Washer Fluid 0 324. and/or damage including: tube dents or . Check tire inflation pressures, including cracks, constant velocity joint or universal 0 the spare. See Tire Pressure 346. joint looseness, cracked or missing boots, loose or missing boot clamps, center bearing excessive looseness, loose or missing fasteners, and axle seal leaks. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

388 Service and Maintenance . Check restraint system components. See . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of Safety System Check 0 58. wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the . Visually inspect fuel system for damage hold open ability of the strut. If the hold or leaks. open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 330. . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for loose or damaged . Inspect sunroof track and seal, parts. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 34. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior . Verify spare tire key lock operation and Care 0 376. lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing 0 358. . Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park . Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle. 0 328. Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the spare tire moves, tighten as necessary. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high 0 effort, or binding. Replace if needed. See Tire Changing 358. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Service and Maintenance 389

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Normal 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (3) @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) Replace front and rear wiper blades. (7) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (8) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

390 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (3) Do not directly power wash the transfer (7) Or every 12 months, whichever comes Additional Required Services - Normal case and/or front/rear axle output seals. first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 329. (1) Or every two years, whichever comes High pressure water can overcome the seals (8) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. first. More frequent passenger compartment and contaminate the transfer case fluid. See Gas Strut(s) 0 330. air filter replacement may be needed if Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant every driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air seven years. quality, high dust levels, or environmental replaced. allergens. Passenger compartment air filter (4) Or every five years, whichever comes replacement may also be needed if there is first. See Cooling System 0 319. reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. (5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Your GM dealer can help determine when to Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, replace the filter. or damage; replace, if needed. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines (6) Replace brake fluid every five years. See and hoses for proper attachment, Brake Fluid 0 326. connection, routing, and condition. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Service and Maintenance 391

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Severe 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) Replace front and rear wiper blades. (7) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (8) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule quality, high dust levels, or environmental (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines Additional Required Services - Severe allergens. Passenger compartment air filter and hoses for proper attachment, (1) Or every two years, whichever comes replacement may also be needed if there is connection, routing, and condition. first. More frequent passenger compartment reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. (3) Do not directly power wash the transfer air filter replacement may be needed if Your GM dealer can help determine when to case and/or front/rear axle output seals. driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air replace the filter. High pressure water can overcome the seals Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

392 Service and Maintenance and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Additional Maintenance . Trained dealer technicians have the Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of diagnostic equipment to test the battery the transfer case and/or axles and should be and Care and ensure that the connections and replaced. cables are corrosion-free. Your vehicle is an important investment and (4) Or every five years, whichever comes caring for it properly may help to avoid Belts first. See Cooling System 0 319. future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle . Belts may need replacing if they squeak (5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. performance, additional maintenance or show signs of cracking or splitting. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, services may be required. . Trained dealer technicians have access to or damage; replace, if needed. It is recommended that your dealer perform tools and equipment to inspect the belts and recommend adjustment or (6) Replace brake fluid every five years. See these services — their trained dealer replacement when necessary. Brake Fluid 0 326. technicians know your vehicle best. Your dealer can also perform a thorough Brakes (7) Or every 12 months, whichever comes assessment with a multi-point inspection to first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 329. recommend when your vehicle may need Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to safe driving. (8) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. attention. . Signs of brake wear may include chirping, See Gas Strut(s) 0 330. The following list is intended to explain the grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty services and conditions to look for that may (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant every stopping. seven years. indicate services are required. . Trained dealer technicians have access to Battery tools and equipment to inspect the brakes Special Application Services The 12-volt battery supplies power to start and recommend quality parts engineered . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: the engine and operate any additional for the vehicle. Lubricate chassis components every oil electrical accessories. Fluids change. . To avoid break-down or failure to start Proper fluid levels and approved fluids . Have underbody flushing service the vehicle, maintain a battery with full protect the vehicle’s systems and performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" cranking power. components. See Recommended Fluids and in Exterior Care 0 376. Lubricants 0 395 for GM approved fluids. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Service and Maintenance 393 . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid Shocks and Struts . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and levels should be checked at every fuel fill. recommend the right tires. Your dealer Shocks and struts help aid in control for a can also provide tire/wheel balancing . Instrument cluster lights may come on to smoother ride. indicate that fluids may be low and need services to ensure smooth vehicle . Signs of wear may include steering wheel to be filled. operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells vibration, bounce/sway while braking, and services name brand tires. Hoses longer stopping distance, or uneven Vehicle Care Hoses transport fluids and should be tire wear. regularly inspected to ensure that there are . As part of the multi-point inspection, To help keep the vehicle looking like new, no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point trained dealer technicians can visually vehicle care products are available from your inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses inspect the shocks and struts for signs of dealer. For information on how to clean and and advise if replacement is needed. leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, advise when service is needed. see Interior Care 0 380 and Lamps Exterior Care 0 376. Tires Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and Wheel Alignment brake lamps are important to see and be Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, seen on the road. and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that the tires deliver optimal wear and . Signs that the headlamps need attention money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of include dimming, failure to light, cracking, tire failure. performance. or damage. The brake lamps need to be . Signs that the tires need to be replaced . Signs that the alignment may need to be checked periodically to ensure that they include three or more visible treadwear adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle light when braking. indicators; cord or fabric showing through handling, or unusual tire wear. . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or . Your dealer has the required equipment can check the lamps and note any sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. to ensure proper wheel alignment. concerns. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

394 Service and Maintenance Windshield Wiper Blades For safety, appearance, and the best Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in viewing, keep the windshield clean and good condition to provide a clear view. clear. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, across the windshield, and worn or split and chips. rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the . Trained dealer technicians can check the windshield and recommend proper wiper blades and replace them when replacement if needed. needed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Service and Maintenance 395 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chassis Lubrication Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 319. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 315. Front Axle (4WD Only) and Rear Axle. See your dealer. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. Hinge Pins, Power Assist Steps, Liftgate Hinge, and Fuel Door Hinge Transfer Case (4WD Only) See your dealer. Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant. See your dealer. Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

396 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84121219 A3244C IWith high capacity air cleaner 84121217 A3246C IWithout high capacity air cleaner Engine Oil Filter 12690385 PF63E Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185 Spark Plugs 12622441 41-114 Wiper Blades 84278338 — IDriver Side – 55 cm (22 in) 84278338 — IPassenger Side – 55 cm (22 in) 84215609 — IRear– 30 cm (12 in) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Service and Maintenance 397 Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

398 Technical Data Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification There may be a large barcode on the Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification certification label on the center pillar that Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 398 Number (VIN) you can scan for the following information: Service Parts Identification ...... 398 . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Data . Model designation Capacities and Specifications ...... 398 . Paint information Engine Drive Belt Routing ...... 400 . Production options If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on This legal identifier is in the front corner of a label inside of the glove box. the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the Vehicle Data windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on Capacities and Specifications the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Engine Identification Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 395. The eighth character in the VIN is the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the engine code. This code identifies the Duramax diesel supplement. vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 398 for the vehicle's engine code. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Technical Data 399

Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 14.8 L 15.6 qt I5.3L V8 Engine 14.3 L 15.1 qt I6.2L V8 Engine Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt Fuel Tank 90.8 L 24.0 gal IShort 106.0 L 28.0 gal ILong Wheelbase Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

400 Technical Data Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 5.3L V8 Engine (L84) D 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) L 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.

Engine Drive Belt Routing If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.

5.3L and 6.2L Engines Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Customer Information 401 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Customer Information Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 410 Cybersecurity ...... 410 Customer Satisfaction Procedure Customer Information Event Data Recorders ...... 411 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 401 OnStar ...... 411 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important Customer Assistance Offices ...... 403 Infotainment System ...... 411 to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, Customer Assistance for Text Telephone any concerns with the sales transaction or (TTY) Users ...... 403 the operation of the vehicle will be resolved Online Owner Center ...... 403 by your dealer's sales or service GM Mobility Reimbursement departments. Sometimes, however, despite Program ...... 404 the best intentions of all concerned, Roadside Assistance Program ...... 404 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . 405 has not been resolved to your satisfaction, Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 406 the following steps should be taken: Collision Damage Repair ...... 407 Publication Ordering Information . . . . . 408 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a Radio Frequency Statement ...... 409 member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts States Government ...... 409 manager, contact the owner of your Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager. Canadian Government ...... 409 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your Motors ...... 410 concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

402 Customer Information We encourage you to call the toll-free disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the number in order to give your inquiry interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited event that you do not feel your concerns prompt attention. Have the following Warranty. Although you may be required to have been addressed after following the information available to give the Customer resort to this informal dispute resolution procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, Assistance representative: program prior to filing a court action, use of General Motors of Canada Company wants . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is the program is free of charge and your case you to be aware of its participation in a available from the vehicle registration or will generally be heard within 40 days. no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. title, or the plate at the top left of the If you do not agree with the decision given General Motors of Canada Company has instrument panel and visible through the in your case, you may reject it and proceed committed to binding arbitration of owner windshield. with any other venue for relief available disputes involving factory-related vehicle to you. service claims. The program provides for the . Dealership name and location. review of the facts involved by an impartial . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll-free telephone number or third party arbiter, and may include an When contacting Chevrolet, remember that write them at the following address: informal hearing before the arbiter. The your concern will likely be resolved at a program is designed so that the entire dealer's facility. That is why we suggest BBB Auto Line Program dispute settlement process, from the time following Step One first. BBB National Programs, Inc. you file your complaint to the final decision, 3033 Wilson Boulevard should be completed in about 70 days. We STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General Suite 600 believe our impartial program offers Motors and your dealer are committed to Arlington, VA 22201 advantages over courts in most jurisdictions making sure you are completely satisfied because it is informal, quick, and free of with your new vehicle. However, if you Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 charge. continue to remain unsatisfied after http://www.bbb.org/council/ following the procedure outlined in programs-services/ For further information concerning eligibility Steps One and Two, you can file with the dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line This program is available in all 50 states and Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, Program to enforce your rights. the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), The BBB Auto Line Program is an by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: out-of-court program administered by BBB General Motors reserves the right to change National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Customer Information 403 The Mediation/Arbitration Program Canada Online Owner Center c/o Customer Care Centre General Motors of Canada Company General Motors of Canada Company The Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Mail Code: CA1-163-005 CA1-163-005 my.chevrolet.com 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Learn more about your vehicle features, , Ontario L1H 8P7 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 shop for and manage your connected Your inquiry should be accompanied by the www.gm.ca services and OnStar plans, and access Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 1-800-263-3777 (English) diagnostic information specific to your vehicle. Customer Assistance Offices 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices Membership Benefits Chevrolet encourages customers to call the (TTYs)) E toll-free number for assistance. However, if a Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 : Download owner’s manuals and view customer wishes to write or e-mail vehicle-specific how-to videos. Overseas Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to: G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and United States and Puerto Rico Please contact the local General Motors Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule Business Unit. service appointments. Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center Customer Assistance for Text I : View service records from your P.O. Box 33170 Telephone (TTY) Users dealership and add your own. , MI 48232-5170 D : Select a preferred dealer and view www.Chevrolet.com To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or speech-impaired and who use locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-800-222-1020 Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices r : Track your vehicle’s warranty equipment available at its Customer information. (TTYs)) Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872 can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: J : View active recalls by Vehicle From U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 0 398. 1-800-496-9994 1-800-263-3830. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

404 Customer Information H : Manage your profile and payment adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, . Location of the vehicle information. View your GM Rewards Card such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Model, year, color, and license plate earnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points. scooter lift for the vehicle. number of the vehicle F : Chat with online help representatives. To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Number (VIN), and delivery date of the Visit my.chevrolet.com and create an Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. vehicle account today. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call . Description of the problem 1-800-833-9935. Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada) Coverage mychevrolet.ca General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call Services are provided for the duration of the Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. vehicle’s powertrain warranty. mychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. (French) to access similar benefits to the In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is U.S. site. covered. In Canada, a person driving the Roadside Assistance Program vehicle without permission from the owner GM Mobility Reimbursement For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call is not covered. Program 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY): Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New 1-888-889-2438.) Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call North America and Chevrolet reserve the 1-800-268-6800. right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days time without notification. a year. General Motors North America and Chevrolet Calling for Assistance reserve the right to limit services or This program is available to qualified When calling Roadside Assistance, have the payment to an owner or driver if they applicants for cost reimbursement, up to following information ready: decide the claims are made too often, or the certain limits, of eligible aftermarket same type of claim is made many times. . Your name, home address, and home telephone number . Telephone number of your location Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Customer Information 405 Services Provided be reimbursed within the Powertrain . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of warranty period. Items considered are required. enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the reasonable and customary hotel, meals, . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: nearest service station. rental car, or a vehicle being delivered Must be over 150 km from where your back to the customer, up to 500 miles. . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the trip was started to qualify. vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Services Not Included in Roadside Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a copy of the repair orders unlock may be available if you have Assistance OnStar. For security reasons, the driver are required. Once authorization has been . Impound towing caused by violation of must present identification before this received, the Roadside Assistance advisor any laws service is given. will help to make arrangements and . Legal fines explain how to receive payment. . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot dealer for warranty service, or if the snow tires, chains, or other traction be provided right away, the Roadside vehicle was in a crash and cannot be devices Assistance advisor may give permission to get local emergency road service. You will driven. Assistance is not given when the Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an receive payment, up to $100, after vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, area that is not accessible to the service sending the original receipt to Roadside or snow. vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or Assistance. Mechanical failures may be maintained public road, which includes ice . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat covered, however any cost for parts and and winter roads. Off-road use is not tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, labor for repairs not covered by the covered. if equipped, must be in good condition warranty are the owner responsibility. and properly inflated. It is the owner's Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased responsibility for the repair or Scheduling Service Appointments replacement of the tire if it is not covered Vehicles by the warranty. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to When the vehicle requires warranty service, contact your dealer and request an . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start 7 liters. If available, diesel fuel delivery appointment. By scheduling a service a dead battery. may be restricted. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this appointment and advising the service . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: service. consultant of your transportation needs, If your trip is interrupted due to a your dealer can help minimize your warranty event, incidental expenses may inconvenience. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

406 Customer Information If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the Owner Assistance Information” furnished Courtesy Rental Vehicle service department immediately, keep with each new vehicle provides detailed For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer driving it until it can be scheduled for warranty coverage information. may provide an available courtesy rental service, unless, of course, the problem is Transportation Options vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a safety related. If it is, please call your rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and dealership, let them know this, and ask for Warranty service can generally be must be supported by original receipts as instructions. completed while you wait. However, if you well as a signed and completed rental If your dealer requests you to bring the are unable to do so, your dealer may offer agreement and meet state/provincial, local, vehicle for service, you are urged to do so the following transportation options: and rental vehicle provider requirements. as early in the work day as possible to Shuttle Service Requirements vary and may include allow for same-day repair. minimum age requirements, insurance This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees Courtesy Transportation Program service within reasonable time and distance such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, parameters of your dealer's area. To enhance your ownership experience, we levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, and our participating dealers are proud to Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement or rental usage beyond the completion of offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer If overnight warranty repairs are needed, the repair are also your responsibility. support program for vehicles with the and public transportation is used, the It may not be possible to provide a like Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage expense must be supported by original vehicle as a courtesy rental. period in Canada), extended powertrain, receipts and within the maximum amount and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange Additional Program Information U.S. and Canada. their own transportation, limited All program options, such as shuttle service, Several Courtesy Transportation options are reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may not be available at every dealer. available to assist in reducing inconvenience may be available. Claim amounts should Contact your dealer for specific availability. when warranty repairs are required. reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for General Motors reserves the right to Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the information. unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate Courtesy Transportation at any time and to manual entitled “Limited Warranty and resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Customer Information 407 Collision Damage Repair appearance and safety performance; Insuring the Vehicle however, the history of these parts is not Protect your investment in the GM vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it known. Such parts are not covered by the with comprehensive and collision insurance is damaged, have the damage repaired by a GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any coverage. There are significant differences in qualified technician using the proper related failures are not covered by that the quality of coverage afforded by various equipment and quality replacement parts. warranty. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish insurance policy terms. Many insurance the vehicle resale value, and safety Aftermarket collision parts are also available. policies provide reduced protection to the performance can be compromised in These are made by companies other than GM vehicle by limiting compensation for subsequent collisions. GM and may not have been tested for the damage repairs through the use of vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance Collision Parts poorly, exhibit premature durability/ companies will not specify aftermarket Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts corrosion problems, and may not perform collision parts. When purchasing insurance, made with the same materials and properly in subsequent collisions. we recommend that you ensure that the construction methods as the parts with Aftermarket parts are not covered by the vehicle will be repaired with GM original which the vehicle was originally built. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment collision parts. If such insurance Genuine GM Collision parts are the best vehicle failure related to such parts is not coverage is not available from your current choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed covered by that warranty. insurance carrier, consider switching to another insurance carrier. appearance, durability, and safety are Repair Facility preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited GM also recommends that you choose a may require you to have insurance that Warranty. collision repair facility that meets your ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original needs before you ever need collision repairs. Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair be used for repair. These parts are typically Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. center with GM-trained technicians and Read the lease carefully, as you may be removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts charged at the end of the lease for poor recommend a collision repair center that has quality repairs. being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment. GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain the vehicle's originally designed Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

408 Customer Information If a Crash Occurs Choose a reputable repair facility that uses vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, quality replacement parts. See “Collision even if your insurance coverage does not If there has been an injury, call emergency Parts” earlier in this section. pay the full cost. services for help. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You If another party's insurance company is care of. Move the vehicle only if its position See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 63. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated puts you in danger, or you are instructed to to accept a repair valuation based on that move it by a police officer. Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair insurance company's collision policy repair Process limits, as you have no contractual limits Give only the necessary information to with that company. In such cases, you can police and other parties involved in the In the event that the vehicle requires have control of the repair and parts choices crash. damage repairs, GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. If you have as long as the cost stays within reasonable For emergency towing see Roadside a pre-determined repair facility of choice, limits. Assistance Program 0 404. take the vehicle there, or have it towed Publication Ordering Information Gather the following information: there. Specify to the facility that any . Driver name, address, and telephone required replacement collision parts be Service Manuals number original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM Service manuals have the diagnosis and . Driver license number parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be repair information on the engine, . Owner name, address, and telephone covered by the GM vehicle warranty. transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, number electrical system, steering system, body, etc. Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but . Vehicle license plate number you must live with the repair. Depending on Customer Literature . Vehicle make, model, and model year your policy limits, your insurance company Owner’s manuals are written specifically for . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) may initially value the repair using owners and are intended to provide basic aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the . Insurance company and policy number operational information about the vehicle. repair professional, and insist on Genuine . General description of the damage to the The owner’s manual includes the GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is other vehicle Maintenance Schedule for all models. leased, you may be obligated to have the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Customer Information 409 Customer literature publications available for Science and Economic Development (ISED) If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / may open an investigation, and if it manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an ICES-GEN. finds that a safety defect exists in a owner’s manual, warranty manual, Operation is subject to the following two group of vehicles, it may order a recall if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. conditions: and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA Current and Past Models 1. The device may not cause harmful cannot become involved in individual Service manuals and customer literature are interference. problems between you, your dealer, available for many current and past model 2. The device must accept any interference or General Motors. year GM vehicles. received, including interference that may To contact NHTSA, you may call the cause undesired operation of the device. To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time Changes or modifications to any of these 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go systems by other than an authorized service For credit card orders only (VISA, to http://www.safercar.gov; or facility could void authorization to use this write to: MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: equipment. www.helminc.com. Administrator, NHTSA To order by mail, write to: Reporting Safety Defects 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Helm, Incorporated , D.C. 20590 Attention: Customer Service Reporting Safety Defects to the You can also obtain other information 47911 Halyard Drive United States Government about motor vehicle safety from Plymouth, MI 48170 If you believe that your vehicle has a http://www.safercar.gov. Make checks payable in U.S. funds. defect which could cause a crash or Reporting Safety Defects to the Radio Frequency Statement could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Canadian Government This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters Highway Traffic Safety Administration / receivers / systems that operate on a If you live in Canada, and you believe radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General that the vehicle has a safety defect, Part 18 of the Federal Communications Motors. notify Transport Canada immediately, Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

410 Customer Information and notify General Motors of Canada General Motors of Canada Company or average speed. These modules may retain Company. Call Transport Canada at Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: personal preferences, such as radio presets, 1-800-333-0510; go to: CA1-163-005 seat positions, and temperature settings. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Cybersecurity www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or GM collects information about the use of or write to: 800-508-0000. your vehicle including operational and safety related information. We collect this In other Central America and Caribbean Transport Canada information to provide, evaluate, improve, Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate and troubleshoot our products and services Defect Investigations and Recalls and to develop new products and services. Division Vehicle Data Recording and The protection of vehicle electronics systems 80 Noel Street Privacy and customer data from unauthorized Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 outside electronic access or control is The vehicle has a number of computers that important to GM. GM maintains appropriate Reporting Safety Defects to record information about the vehicle’s security standards, practices, guidelines and performance and how it is driven or used. controls aimed at defending the vehicle and General Motors For example, the vehicle uses computer the vehicle service ecosystem against In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport modules to monitor and control engine and unauthorized electronic access, detecting Canada) in a situation like this, notify transmission performance, to monitor the possible malicious activity in related General Motors. conditions for airbag deployment and networks, and responding to suspected deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to cybersecurity incidents in a timely, In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write: provide antilock braking to help the driver coordinated and effective manner. Security Chevrolet Motor Division control the vehicle. These modules may incidents could impact your safety or Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center store data to help the dealer technician compromise your private data. To minimize P.O. Box 33170 service the vehicle or to help GM improve security risks, please do not connect your Detroit, MI 48232-5170 safety or features. Some modules may also vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or store data about how the vehicle is devices or connect your vehicle to any 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: operated, such as rate of fuel consumption unknown or untrusted networks (such as Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Customer Information 411 the event you suspect any security incident Note others for research purposes, where a need impacting your data or the safe operation of EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only is shown and the data is not tied to a your vehicle, please stop operating your if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no specific vehicle or vehicle owner. vehicle and contact your dealer. data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data OnStar Event Data Recorders (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and This vehicle is equipped with an event data are recorded. However, other parties, such has an active service plan, additional data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR may be collected and transmitted through is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying the OnStar system. This includes information crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash about the vehicle’s operation; collisions deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation. involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle that will assist in understanding how a To read data recorded by an EDR, special and its features, including infotainment; and vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is equipment is required, and access to the the location and approximate GPS speed of designed to record data related to vehicle vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and dynamics and safety systems for a short the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such Conditions and Privacy Statement on the period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. as law enforcement, that have the special OnStar website. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record equipment, can read the information if they See OnStar Additional Information 0 413. such data as: have access to the vehicle or the EDR. . How various systems in your vehicle were GM will not access these data or share it Infotainment System operating; with others except: with the consent of the If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation . Whether or not the driver and passenger vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, system as part of the infotainment system, safety belts were buckled/fastened; with the consent of the lessee; in response use of the system may result in the storage . How far (if at all) the driver was to an official request by police or similar of destinations, addresses, telephone depressing the accelerator and/or brake government office; as part of GM's defense numbers, and other trip information. See the pedal; and, of litigation through the discovery process; infotainment section for information on . How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects stored data and for deletion instructions. or receives may also be used for GM These data can help provide a better research needs or may be made available to understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

412 OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to OnStar the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 412 . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Services Q Emergency ...... 413 . Off: System is off. Press twice to Security ...... 413 speak with an OnStar Advisor. Q OnStar Additional Information = Voice Command Button Press or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Additional Information ...... 413 Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button > Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region. This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to: comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See OnStar System 0 155 for Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app. require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice satellite signals to be available and commands. operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped. collect information about you and your Q vehicle, including location information. See Press to connect to an Advisor to: OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update Software Terms for more details including contact information. system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions. or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

OnStar 413 . Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days If equipped, if the doors are locked and the a week, to provide a central point of . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, contact, assistance, and information during a . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the crisis. Press > to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: with authorities to recover the vehicle. locate a nearby service provider to help with . Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty OnStar Additional . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank. AMBER Alert. Information . Get assistance in severe weather or other Security In- Messages crisis situations and find evacuation If equipped, OnStar provides these services: routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times: OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set recover it. up an account. Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days. and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted. Transferring Service Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press Q to request account transfer is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information. Press > for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

414 OnStar Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations. Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or Not all OnStar services are available control of OnStar — such as hills, tall off by touching Settings, then Apps, and everywhere or on all vehicles. For more buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone information, a full description of OnStar design and architecture of the vehicle, calls can be made or received with OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless using the infotainment display. Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software phone network congestion or jamming — Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). See Radio Frequency Statement 0 409. Number (PIN) . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). Services for People with Disabilities A PIN is needed to access some OnStar . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). services. The PIN will need to be changed . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help: 1-888-4ONSTAR. unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets OnStar equipment may be warranted as part wireless service provider must also have accessibility needs. coverage, network capacity, reception, and of the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

OnStar 415 Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the Navigation route. The Advisor may give a electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after add any electrical equipment. See Add-On an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, the vehicle is driven into an open area. Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 306. Added electrical may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate. send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal OnStar or GM may remotely deliver has been off continuously for 10 days reception. without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith If there is limited cellular coverage or the to help gain access to the vehicle. maintain safety, security, or the operation cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a Q to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations or pre-set radio stations. underpasses; or in an area with very Vehicle and Power Issues Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings. available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of . In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

416 OnStar identify whether updates or changes are OnStar - Software Acknowledgements available, or deliver updates or changes. An To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, active OnStar agreement constitutes consent MPL, and other open source licenses, that is to these software updates or changes and contained in this product, please visit http:// agreement that either OnStar or GM may opensource.lge.com. In addition to the remotely deliver them to the vehicle. source code, all referred license terms, Privacy warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may for a period of three years after our last be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), shipment of this product. This offer is valid or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend to anyone in receipt of this information. that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with solely responsible for provisions of related an Advisor. Users of wireless OSS compliance. communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Connected Services 417 Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds: Connected Services “Do you want to cancel directions?” Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.” Navigation ...... 417 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or Connections ...... 418 connected service plan. Route Preview Diagnostics ...... 419 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar or have them sent to the vehicle’s ready,” then a tone. navigation screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three maneuvers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar 2. Request directions to be downloaded to ready,” then a tone. the vehicle. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. last direction given, then responds with Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Planned Route Get My Destination Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone. For some vehicles, press = to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance other vehicles press = as follows. to the destination, then responds with Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

418 Connected Services Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile begin driving directions. Routes that are sent seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myChevrolet mobile app, to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, (Canada). press = to open the OnStar app on the MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available) infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myChevrolet mobile app to Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones. The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. Chevrolet users can access the following connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi services from a smartphone: For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type (no if factory-equipped. Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The automatic locks. . Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is . Activate the horn and lamps. Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobile possible that the icon may not illuminate . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, application. Make these passwords even though the vehicle has an active or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with different from each other and use a connection. the Tire Pressure Monitor System. combination of letters and numbers to 3. To change the SSID or password, press increase the security. . Send destinations to the vehicle. Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Change the default name of the SSID . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the (Service Set Identifier). This is your market only). SSID and password can be changed in network’s name that is visible to other the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped. descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Connected Services 419 . Request Roadside Assistance. Diagnostics . Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on . Connect with Chevrolet on social media. maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. Features are subject to change. For See www.onstar.com for details and system myChevrolet mobile app information and limitations. Features are subject to change. compatibility, see my.chevrolet.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see An active OnStar or connected service plan my.chevrolet.com. Message and data rates may be required. A compatible device, may apply. factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Remote Services Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Marketplace OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

420 Index A Airbag System (cont'd) Index Accessories and Modifications ...... 309 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 61 Accessory Power ...... 229 Airbags Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 253 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle ...... 68 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 306 Passenger Status Indicator ...... 109 Additional Information Readiness Light ...... 108 OnStar ...... 413 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles ...... 68 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 392 System Check ...... 59 Adjustments Alarm Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 39 Vehicle Security ...... 25 Agreements Alert Trademarks and License ...... 196 Lane Change ...... 272 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 318 Rear Pedestrian ...... 266 Air Conditioning ...... 204, 207 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 272 Air Filter All-Season Tires ...... 342 Life System ...... 318 All-Terrain Tires ...... 342 Air Filter, Passenger Compartment ...... 209 AM-FM Radio ...... 148 Air Suspension Antenna Four Corner ...... 248 Multi-band ...... 151 Air Vents ...... 208 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 240 Airbag System Warning Light ...... 112 Check ...... 69 Appearance Care How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 63 Exterior ...... 376 Passenger Sensing System ...... 65 Interior ...... 380 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 63 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 What Will You See after an Airbag Assistance Program, Roadside ...... 404 Inflates? ...... 63 Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 267 When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 62 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Index 421 Assistance Systems for Parking and Bluetooth Audio ...... 154 California Backing ...... 262 Brake Perchlorate Materials Audio Electric Boost ...... 240 Requirements ...... 309 Bluetooth ...... 154 Parking, Electric ...... 240 California Proposition Auto Stop System Warning Light ...... 111 65 Warning ...... 309, 327, 369, Stop/Start System ...... 229 Brake Pad Life System ...... 325 Back Cover Automatic Brakes ...... 324 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Dimming Mirrors ...... 29 Antilock ...... 240 Capacities and Specifications ...... 398 Door Locks ...... 17 Assist ...... 241 Carbon Monoxide Emergency Braking (AEB) ...... 269 Fluid ...... 326 Engine Exhaust ...... 231 Headlamp System ...... 135 Pad Life System ...... 325 Liftgate ...... 18 Transmission ...... 232 Braking ...... 214 Winter Driving ...... 221 Transmission Fluid ...... 317 Automatic Emergency (AEB) ...... 269 Cargo Automatic Transmission Braking System Tie-Downs ...... 91 Manual Mode ...... 235 Front Pedestrian (FPB) ...... 270 Caution, Danger, and Warning ...... 2 Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices ...... 151 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 226 Center Console Storage ...... 90 Axle, Front ...... 328 Bulb Replacement Chains, Tire ...... 357 Axle, Rear ...... 328 Headlamp Aiming ...... 331 Charging B Headlamps ...... 331 Wireless ...... 99 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, Charging System Light ...... 110 Battery and Back-up Lamps ...... 331 Check Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 140 Buying New Tires ...... 353 Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . 110 Load Management ...... 139 Child Restraints Power Protection ...... 140 C Infants and Young Children ...... 71 Battery - North America ...... 327, 369 Calibration ...... 97 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Blade Replacement, Wiper ...... 329 Children ...... 76 Bluetooth Older Children ...... 70 Overview ...... 181, 182 Securing ...... 83, 85, 87 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

422 Index Child Restraints (cont'd) Controls Data Collection (cont'd) Systems ...... 73 Steering Wheel ...... 144 OnStar ...... 411 Circuit Breakers ...... 333 Convenience Net ...... 92 Data Recorders, Event ...... 411 Cleaning Convex Mirrors ...... 27 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 176 Exterior Care ...... 376 Coolant Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 135 Interior Care ...... 380 Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 107 Defensive Driving ...... 214 Climate Control Systems Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . . 115 Delayed Locking ...... 17 Dual Automatic ...... 204 Cooling ...... 204, 207 Destination ...... 168 Rear ...... 207 Cooling System ...... 319 Diagnostics Clock ...... 98 Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 406 Connected Services ...... 419 Cluster, Instrument ...... 102 Coverage Explanations ...... 176 Distracted Driving ...... 213 Collision Damage Repair ...... 407 Cruise Control ...... 251 Dome Lamps ...... 138 Compartments Light ...... 118 Door Storage ...... 88 Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 253 Ajar Light ...... 118 Compass ...... 97 Cupholders ...... 88 Delayed Locking ...... 17 Connected Services Customer Assistance ...... 403 Locks ...... 15 Connections ...... 418 Offices ...... 403 Power Locks ...... 16 Diagnostics ...... 419 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 403 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 400 Navigation ...... 417 Customer Information Driver Connections Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 408 Teen ...... 193 Connected Services ...... 418 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 401 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 260 Control Cybersecurity ...... 410 Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 119 Hill Descent ...... 244 Driver Mode Control ...... 245 D Traction and Electronic Stability ...... 242 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 115 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 407 Control Light Driving Danger, Warning, and Caution ...... 2 Hill Descent ...... 113 Assistance Systems ...... 267 Data Collection Control of a Vehicle ...... 214 Better Fuel Economy ...... 213 Infotainment System ...... 411 Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 280 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Index 423 Driving (cont'd) Emergency Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 140 Defensive ...... 214 OnStar ...... 413 F Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 220 Engine Fan If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 221 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 318 Engine ...... 324 Impaired ...... 214 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 110 Filter, Loss of Control ...... 216 Compartment Overview ...... 312 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 318 Off-Road ...... 216 Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 107 Flash-to-Pass ...... 135 Off-Road Recovery ...... 215 Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . 115 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 136 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 222 Cooling System ...... 319 Flat Tire ...... 357 Wet Roads ...... 219 Drive Belt Routing ...... 400 Changing ...... 358 Winter ...... 221 Exhaust ...... 231 Floor Console Storage ...... 91 Dual Automatic Climate Control Fan ...... 324 Floor Mats ...... 383 System ...... 204 Oil Life System ...... 316 Fluid Dynamic Fuel Management ...... 231 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 106 Automatic Transmission ...... 317 Oil Pressure Light ...... 117 E Brakes ...... 326 Overheating ...... 322 Electric Brake Boost ...... 240 Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case ...... 236 Power Messages ...... 124 Electric Parking Brake ...... 240 Washer ...... 324 Running While Parked ...... 232 Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 112 Folding Mirrors ...... 28 Starting ...... 228 Electrical Equipment, Add-On ...... 306 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 267 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 318 Electrical System Four Corner Air Suspension Light ...... 116 Entry Lighting ...... 139 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 333 Four Corner Air Suspension System ...... 248 Equipment, Towing ...... 287 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 333 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 236, 327 Event Data Recorders ...... 411 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 337 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 113 Exit Lighting ...... 139 Overload ...... 332 Frequency Statement Extended Parking ...... 231 Rear Compartment Fuse Block ...... 339 Radio ...... 409 Extender, Seat Belt ...... 58 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Front Axle ...... 328 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 133 Light ...... 115 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 135 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

424 Index Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Gauges Headlamps System ...... 270 Engine Coolant Temperature ...... 107 Aiming ...... 331 Front Seats Engine Oil Pressure ...... 106 Automatic ...... 135 Heated and Ventilated ...... 43 Fuel ...... 105 Bulb Replacement ...... 331 Fuel Odometer ...... 105 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 135 Additives ...... 278 Speedometer ...... 105 Flash-to-Pass ...... 135 Dynamic Management ...... 231 Tachometer ...... 105 High-Beam On Light ...... 118 Economy, Driving for Better ...... 213 Trip Odometer ...... 105 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 135 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 279 Voltmeter ...... 107 Lamps On Reminder ...... 118 Filling the Tank ...... 278 Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 101 Heated Foreign Countries ...... 278 General Information Rear Seats ...... 44 Gauge ...... 105 Service and Maintenance ...... 385 Steering Wheel ...... 94 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 117 Towing ...... 280 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats ...... 43 Prohibited Fuels ...... 277 Vehicle Care ...... 309 Heated Mirrors ...... 29 Recommended ...... 277 Glass Replacement ...... 330 Heating ...... 204, 207 Top Tier ...... 276 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 174 High-Beam On Light ...... 118 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 368 Glove Box ...... 88 High-Speed Operation ...... 347 Fuses GM Mobility Reimbursement Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 220 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 333 Program ...... 404 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 244 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 333 Guidance Hill Descent Control Light ...... 113 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 337 Problems with the Route ...... 175 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 242 Rear Compartment Fuse Block ...... 339 H Hood ...... 310 Horn ...... 95 G Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 136 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 53 Garage Door Opener ...... 129 HD Radio Technology ...... 149 HVAC ...... 204, 207 Programming ...... 129 Head Restraints ...... 36 Gas Strut(s) ...... 330 Head-up Display ...... 121 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Index 425 I Lamps Lights (cont'd) If the System Needs Service ...... 175 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 135 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Ignition Positions ...... 226 Dome ...... 138 Warning ...... 112 Immobilizer ...... 27 Exterior Controls ...... 133 Brake System Warning ...... 111 Indicator Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 135 Charging System ...... 110 Pedestrian Ahead ...... 114 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 140 Check Engine (Malfunction Vehicle Ahead ...... 113 Malfunction Indicator (Check Indicator) ...... 110 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . .71 Engine) ...... 110 Cruise Control ...... 118 Information On Reminder ...... 118 Door Ajar ...... 118 Publication Ordering ...... 408 Reading ...... 138 Driver Mode Control ...... 115 Infotainment System ...... 411 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 272 Electric Parking Brake ...... 112 Rear Seat ...... 156 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 275 Electronic Stability Control Instrument Cluster ...... 102 Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 113 (ESC), Off ...... 115 Instrument Panel Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 55 Engine Coolant Temperature Storage Area ...... 88 LATCH System Warning ...... 115 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 4 Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 82 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 117 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 30 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Flash-to-Pass ...... 135 Introduction ...... 1, 141 Children ...... 76 Four Corner Air Suspension ...... 116 LED Lighting ...... 331 Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 113 J Liftgate ...... 18 High-Beam On ...... 118 Jump Starting - North America ...... 369 Lighting High/Low Beam Changer ...... 135 K Entry ...... 139 Hill Descent Control ...... 113 Keyless Entry Exit ...... 139 Lane Keep Assist ...... 113 Remote (RKE) System ...... 8 Illumination Control ...... 137 Low Fuel Warning ...... 117 Keys...... 7 LED ...... 331 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 108 L Lights Security ...... 117 Airbag Readiness ...... 108 Service Electric Parking Brake ...... 112 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 343 Tire Pressure ...... 116 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

426 Index Lights (cont'd) Maintenance Schedule (cont'd) Mode (cont'd) Traction Off ...... 114 Recommended Fluids and Driver Control ...... 245 Lock Lubricants ...... 395 Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 348 Steering Column ...... 26 Transfer Case ...... 236 Multi-band Antenna ...... 151 Locking Rear Axle ...... 248 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 110 N Locks Manual Mode ...... 235 Navigation Automatic Door ...... 17 Map Data Updates ...... 175 Connected Services ...... 417 Delayed Locking ...... 17 Maps ...... 167 Destination ...... 168 Door ...... 15 Media Using the System ...... 164 Lockout Protection ...... 17 Avoiding Untrusted Devices ...... 151 Navigation Symbols ...... 167 Power Door ...... 16 Memory Seats ...... 40 Net, Convenience ...... 92 Safety ...... 17 Messages New Vehicle Break-In ...... 226 Loss of Control ...... 216 Engine Power ...... 124 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 117 Vehicle ...... 124 O Low-Profile Tires ...... 342 Vehicle Speed ...... 124 Odometer ...... 105 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Mirror Trip ...... 105 Children (LATCH System) ...... 76 Rear Camera ...... 30 Off-Road ...... 216 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 39 Mirrors Driving ...... 216 Front Seats ...... 39 Automatic Dimming ...... 29 Recovery ...... 215 Oil M Automatic Dimming Rearview ...... 30 Convex ...... 27 Engine ...... 315 Magnetic Ride Control ...... 247 Folding ...... 28 Engine Oil Life System ...... 316 Maintenance Heated ...... 29 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 106 Records ...... 397 Manual Rearview ...... 30 Pressure Light ...... 117 Maintenance and Care Power ...... 28 Older Children, Restraints ...... 70 Additional ...... 392 Tilt in Reverse ...... 29 Online Owner Center ...... 403 Maintenance Schedule ...... 386 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 30 OnStar ...... 411 Mode ...... 245 OnStar Additional Information ...... 413 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Index 427 OnStar Emergency ...... 413 Personalization Publication Ordering Information ...... 408 OnStar Overview ...... 412 Vehicle ...... 124 R OnStar Security ...... 413 Phone Radio OnStar System ...... 155, 174 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 HD Radio Technology ...... 149 Outlets Bluetooth ...... 181, 182 Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 150 Power ...... 98 Port Radio Frequency Statement ...... 409 Overheating, Engine ...... 322 USB ...... 152 Radio Reception ...... 151 Overview ...... 142 Positioning Radios Instrument Panel ...... 4 Vehicle ...... 175 AM-FM Radio ...... 148 Power P Satellite ...... 150 Door Locks ...... 16 Park Reading Lamps ...... 138 Mirrors ...... 28 Shifting Into ...... 230 Rear Axle ...... 328 Outlets ...... 98 Shifting Out of ...... 230 Locking ...... 248 Protection, Battery ...... 140 Park Assist ...... 262 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 30 Retained Accessory (RAP) ...... 229 Parking Rear Climate Control System ...... 207 Seat Adjustment ...... 39 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Rear Pedestrian Alert ...... 266 Windows ...... 32 Check ...... 328 Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) System . . . . . 156 Power Assist Steps ...... 25 Extended ...... 231 Rear Seats ...... 44 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts ...... 58 Over Things That Burn ...... 231 Heated ...... 44 Privacy Parking or Backing Rear Storage ...... 89 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 410 Assistance Systems ...... 262 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 262 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 175 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 109 Rear Window Washer/Wiper ...... 96 Program Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 209 Rearview Mirrors ...... 30 Courtesy Transportation ...... 406 Passenger Sensing System ...... 65 Automatic Dimming ...... 30 Prohibited Fuels ...... 277 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 114 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 40 Proposition 65 Warning, Perchlorate Materials Requirements, Recognition California ...... 309, 327, 369, California ...... 309 Voice ...... 176 Back Cover Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

428 Index Recommended Ride Control Systems Seat Belts (cont'd) Fuel ...... 277 Magnetic ...... 247 Use During Pregnancy ...... 58 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 395 Roads Seats Records Driving, Wet ...... 219 Head Restraints ...... 36 Maintenance ...... 397 Roadside Assistance Program ...... 404 Heated and Ventilated Front ...... 43 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 373 Roof Heated, Rear ...... 44 Reimbursement Program, GM Sunroof ...... 34 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 39 Mobility ...... 404 Roof Rack System ...... 92 Memory ...... 40 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 8 Rotation, Tires ...... 352 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 39 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 14 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 400 Rear ...... 44 Replacement Running the Vehicle While Parked ...... 232 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 40 Second Row ...... 45 Glass ...... 330 S Replacement Parts Third Row Seat ...... 49 Safety Defects Reporting Airbags ...... 69 Second Row Seats ...... 45 Canadian Government ...... 409 Maintenance ...... 396 Securing Child Restraints ...... 83, 85, 87 General Motors ...... 410 Replacing Airbag System ...... 69 Security U.S. Government ...... 409 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Light ...... 117 Safety Locks ...... 17 Crash ...... 82 OnStar ...... 413 Safety System Check ...... 58 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after Vehicle ...... 25 Satellite Radio ...... 150 a Crash ...... 59 Vehicle Alarm ...... 25 Scheduling Appointments ...... 405 Reporting Safety Defects Service ...... 210 Seat Belts ...... 52 Canadian Government ...... 409 Accessories and Modifications ...... 309 Care ...... 58 General Motors ...... 410 Doing Your Own Work ...... 310 Extender ...... 58 U.S. Government ...... 409 Maintenance Records ...... 397 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 53 Restraints Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 385 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 55 Where to Put ...... 75 Parts Identification ...... 398 Reminders ...... 108 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 229 Scheduling Appointments ...... 405 Replacing after a Crash ...... 59 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 29 Service Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 112 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Index 429 Services Storage Systems Special Application ...... 392 Rear ...... 89 Driver Assistance ...... 260 Servicing System ...... 175 Storage Areas T Servicing the Airbag ...... 68 Center Console ...... 90 Tachometer ...... 105 Settings ...... 187 Convenience Net ...... 92 Taillamps Shifting Floor Console ...... 91 Bulb Replacement ...... 331 Into Park ...... 230 Glove Box ...... 88 Teen Driver ...... 193 Out of Park ...... 230 Instrument Panel ...... 88 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 403 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 272 Roof Rack System ...... 92 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 27 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change ...... 137 Storage Compartments ...... 88 Immobilizer ...... 27 Software Updates ...... 148 Struts Third-Row Seats ...... 49 Special Application Services ...... 392 Gas ...... 330 Time ...... 98 Specifications and Capacities ...... 398 Stuck Vehicle ...... 221 Tires ...... 341 Speedometer ...... 105 Sun Visors ...... 34 All-Season ...... 342 Start Assist, Hill ...... 242 Sunroof ...... 34 All-Terrain ...... 342 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 14 Symbols ...... 2 Buying New Tires ...... 353 Starting the Engine ...... 228 Navigation ...... 167 Chains ...... 357 Steering ...... 215 System Changing ...... 358 Heated Wheel ...... 94 Brake Pad Life ...... 325 Designations ...... 344 Wheel Adjustment ...... 94 Engine Air Filter Life ...... 318 Different Size ...... 354 Wheel Controls ...... 94 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) ...... 267 Full-Size Spare ...... 368 Steering Column Lock ...... 26 Four Corner Air Suspension ...... 248 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 357 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 144 Global Positioning ...... 174 Inspection ...... 351 Steps Infotainment ...... 411 Low Profile ...... 342 Power Assist ...... 25 OnStar ...... 174 Pressure ...... 346, 347 Stop/Start System ...... 229 Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) ...... 156 Pressure Light ...... 116 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Roof Rack ...... 92 Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 349 Bulb Replacement ...... 331 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

430 Index Tires (cont'd) Trailer Towing Vehicle (cont'd) Pressure Monitor System ...... 348 App ...... 297 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Rotation ...... 352 Trailering App ...... 297 Control ...... 214 Sidewall Labeling ...... 343 Transfer Case ...... 236 Identification Number (VIN) ...... 398 Terminology and Definitions ...... 344 Transmission Load Limits ...... 222 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 355 Automatic ...... 232 Messages ...... 124 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 356 Fluid, Automatic ...... 317 Personalization ...... 124 Wheel Replacement ...... 356 Transportation Program, Courtesy ...... 406 Remote Start ...... 14 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 353 Trip Odometer ...... 105 Security ...... 25 Winter ...... 342 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 137 Speed Messages ...... 124 Top Tier Fuel ...... 276 Turn Signal Towing ...... 372 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 235 Bulb Replacement ...... 331 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 113 Towing Vehicle Care U Driving Characteristics ...... 280 Tire Pressure ...... 346 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 355 Equipment ...... 287 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 410 Universal Remote System ...... 129 General Information ...... 280 Vehicle Positioning ...... 175 Operation ...... 131 Recreational Vehicle ...... 373 Vehicle Security Programming ...... 129 Trailer ...... 284 Steering Column Lock ...... 26 Updates Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 295 Ventilation, Air ...... 208 Map Data ...... 175 Vehicle ...... 372 Visors ...... 34 Software ...... 148 Traction Voice Recognition ...... 176 USB Port ...... 152 Off Light ...... 114 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 107 Using the Navigation System ...... 164 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Using the System ...... 145 W Control ...... 242 Using This Manual ...... 2 Warning Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 196 Brake System Light ...... 111 Trailer V Sway Control (TSC) ...... 295 Vehicle Towing ...... 284 Alarm System ...... 25 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico-13690484) - 2021 - crc - 8/17/20

Index 431 Warning (cont'd) Caution and Danger ...... 2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ...... 101 Warnings Hazard Flashers ...... 136 Washer Fluid ...... 324 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 356 Different Size ...... 354 Replacement ...... 356 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 353 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 75 Windows ...... 32 Power ...... 32 Windshield Replacement ...... 330 Wiper/Washer ...... 95 Winter Driving ...... 221 Winter Tires ...... 342 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 329 Wipers Rear Washer ...... 96 Wireless Charging ...... 99 21_CHEV_TahoeSuburban_COV_en_US_84266975B_2020AUG24.pdf 1 7/16/2020 11:09:15 AM

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

84266975 B